wordingProbationary Log no longer required to be given to Chief Steward before going on track.
As printed in Fastrack
In Range of Penalties, GCR section 7.2.K, change as follows effective 9/1/26: "Suspension of license privileges SCCA license privileges for a driver, crew, or official may be suspended for a period of time not to exceed 12 months. The suspension is effective immediately. If a fine is imposed concurrently with the suspension, the suspension period will not be completed until the fine is received by the Chair of the SOM, review committee, or National Office. A competitor's Probationary Log must be given to the Chief Steward/Race Director before going on track."
Objection to letter #39921 Revisions to GCR 9.3.29A. and 9.3.29B
wordingIdentification marking legibility determination removed from GCR 9.3.29B; Chief of Timing and Scoring and Race Director authority deleted.
As printed in Fastrack
In Identification Markings, GCR section 9.3.29.B, change as follows: "The minimum height of all numbers is 8 inches with a minimum 1.5-inch stroke width on a single-color contrasting background. All numbers must be the same color and style. Metallic (reflective) identification characters and backgrounds are prohibited. The minimum height of all class identifications is 4 inches with a minimum 1/2-inch stroke width on a single-color contrasting background. The Chief of Timing and Scoring and the Race Director/Chief Steward will determine legibility of markings."
Revise sound control section
#40558 from Road Racing Competition Committee · Rule change · TB 26-08 (2026-08 Fastrack)
Summary
wordingSound Control equipment location requirements wording revised for flexibility with track management and authorities.
As printed in Fastrack
In Sound Control, GCR section 5.7.1.A, change as follows: "Ensure that the sound monitoring equipment is located at an official certified site in accordance with the SCCA Sound Control Manual unless otherwise directed by track management or local government authorities."
Change GCR references from CRB to RRCC
#40690 from Road Racing Competition Committee · Rule change · TB 26-08 (2026-08 Fastrack)
Summary
wordingAdministrative update: Club Racing Board references changed to Road Racing Competition Committee throughout GCR.
As printed in Fastrack
In GCR, change CRB to RRCC in the following sections: Contents 2.7. 1.2.3.D.1. (twice) 1.2.3.D.2. 1.2.3.D.4. 1.2.3.D.4.a. 1.2.3.D.4.b. 2.2.1.
Show 1 more lines
2.7. (four times)
A specification table follows in the original; it is not shown here.
E&O - Fastrack changes
#40479 from Road Racing Competition Committee · Rule change · TB 26-07 (2026-07 Fastrack)
Summary
wordingIdentification marking wording clarified for number placement, reservation period end, and stroke width specifications.
As printed in Fastrack
In Identification Markings, GCR section 9.3.29.A, change as follows: "Numbers shall be placed on the front and both sides of the car. All closed-wheel cars must have the front number located on the hood. All formula cars with a rear wing must have legible numbers on each rear wing end plate. Numbers may be one, two, or three digits. Three-digit numbers must begin with the number "1". Class identifications must be placed on both sides of the car. Numbers and class identifications on the rear of the car are recommended. Cars running in multiple classes must clearly identify which class and weight they are running. The number "1" will be exclusively reserved for the current national champion in each class for Conference Majors/Super Tour events. The number "1" will be reserved until the end of the period for submitting advanced or pre-event entries, and then will be released. If two or more national champions are entered in the same
Show 8 more lines
run group, the first to enter will have preference. Duplicate car numbers within the same run group are prohibited. See also GCR section 6.4.1.A." In Identification Markings, GCR section 9.3.29.B, change as follows: "The minimum height of all numbers is 8 inches high, with a minimum 1.5-inch stroke width on a single-color contrasting background. All numbers must be the same color and style. Metallic (reflective) identification characters and backgrounds are prohibited. The minimum height of all class identifications is 4 inches minimum with a minimum 1/2-inch stroke width on a single-color contrasting background. The Chief of Timing and Scoring and the Race Director/Chief Steward will determine legibility of markings.”
wordingAll classes: number height stays 8 inches, stroke width stays 1.5 inches; class ID height stays 4 inches, stroke width stays 0.5 inches.
As printed in Fastrack
In Size of Numbers and Class Identifications, GCR section 9.3.29.B, change as follows: "The minimum height of all numbers is 8 inches high with a minimum 1.5-inch stroke width on a single-color contrasting background. All numbers must be the same color and style. Metallic (reflective) identification characters and backgrounds are prohibited. The minimum height of all class identifications is 4 inches high with a minimum 1/2-inch stroke width on a single- color contrasting background. The Chief of Timing and Scoring and the Race Director/Chief Steward will determine legibility of markings."
wordingAll classes: car numbers minimum height 8 inches with 1.5-inch stroke; class identifications minimum 4 inches with 0.5-inch stroke; reflective numbers prohibited.
As printed in Fastrack
In Numbers and Class Identifications, GCR section 9.3.29.A, change as follows: "Numbers shall be placed on the front and both sides of the car so that they are legible. All closed-wheel cars must have the front number located on the hood. All F formula cars with a rear wing must have legible numbers on each rear wing end plate. Numbers may be one, two, or three digits. Three-digit numbers must begin with the number "1." and must meet the approval of the Chief of Timing and Scoring. Class identifications must be placed on both sides of the car so that they are legible. Rear n Numbers and class identifications on the rear of the car are recommended. Cars running in multiple classes must clearly identify which class and weight they are running. The numeral number "1" will be exclusively reserved for the current national champion in each class for Conference Majors/Super Tour events. The numeral number "1" will be reserved until the end of the
Show 12 more lines
period for submitting advanced or pre-event entries, and then will be released. If two or more national champions are entered in the same run group, the first to enter will have preference. Duplicate car numbers within the same run group are prohibited. See also GCR section 6.4.1.A." In Size of Numbers and Class Identifications, GCR section 9.3.29.B, change as follows: "The minimum height of all N numbers must be at least is 8 inches high, with a minimum 1.5-inch stroke width on a solid single- color contrasting background (rear-winged Formula cars must have as large a number as possible on their rear wing end plates). All numbers must be the same color and style. Metallic (reflective) numbers and class letters identification characters and backgrounds are prohibited. The distance between two numbers must be at least as wide as the stroke of the numbers. Front and side numbers must be surrounded by 6 inches of contrasting background free of all other graphics. If multiple digits are used, each number digit must be the same color. Cars with illegible numbers may not be scored. The Chief of Timing and Scoring and the Race Director/Chief Steward will determine legibility of markings. The minimum height of all C class identifications must be at least is 4 inches high, with a minimum 1/2-inch stroke width on a solid single-color contrasting background."
wordingProbation Letter renamed to Probation Log throughout GCR sections 5.12.1.B.2, 8.4.3.B.2, Appendix A section 26b, and Appendix C section 3; license surrender requirement removed from section 7.2.K.
As printed in Fastrack
In Chair of the SOM, GCR section 5.12.1.B.2, change as follows: "The name(s) of anyone placed on probation, or whose competition privileges were suspended, must be faxed or emailed to the Road Racing Department on Monday following the event. Required information includes the name, member number, event date/location, and the name of the Chair of the SOM. The confiscated license(s) and tear-off coupon(s) from the Probation Letter(s) Log must be sent with the Observer's Report." In Appeal Procedures, GCR section 8.4.3.B.2, change as follows: "a competition license surrendered to the Chair of the SOM or the Race Director or Chief Steward in return for a Probation Letter Log must be received by the National Office; and"
Show 18 more lines
In Appendix A, Penalty Definitions, section 26 b), change as follows: "Probation – A penalty against a specific privilege(s) (e.g.. competition license, specialty license) authorized by SCCA which requires observation for a specified amount of time and/or completion of a specific set of conditions. When a probation penalty is applied, a Membership – Probationary License form Log will be issued and used during the probationary period." In Appendix C, Non-Standard License Situations, section 3, change as follows: "A. Probation Letter Log as License 1. The Chair of the SOM or other review committee or Court of Appeals issues a Probation Letter Log to temporarily replace the confiscated License of a member whose penalty is probation. 2. The member uses the Probation Letter Log as a License until the terms of the probation have been met completely. 3. When the terms are completed, the member sends the Probation Letter Log to the National Office and receives their License in return." In Range of Penalties, GCR section 7.2.K, change as follows: "Suspension of license privileges SCCA license privileges for a driver, crew, or official may be suspended for a period of time not to exceed 12 months. A license holder whose privileges are suspended must immediately surrender their license to the Chair of the SOM, review committee, or Court of Appeals. The suspension is effective immediately. If a fine is imposed concurrently with the suspension, the suspension period will not be completed until the fine is received by the Chair of the SOM, review committee, or the National Office. A competitor's Probationary Log must be given to the Chief Steward/Race Director before going on track."
wordingProduction Category wording clarified on transmission speeds; event officials and results distribution requirements updated.
As printed in Fastrack
In Production Category Specifications, GCR section 9.1.5.E.9.n, change as follows: "6. The "Trans. Speeds" number listed in a car's specification line indicates the maximum number of forward gears that may be operable by the driver from the normal seated position (e.g. a 6 speed transmission with 1 forward gear removed/disabled is considered a 5 speed transmission)." In Appendix B, Required Contents of Supplemental Regulations, GCR section 1.4.1.I, change as follows: "The names of the Chief Steward and if applicable the Chair of the SOM. For Super Tour events, add the Race Director and the Series Administrator." In Appendix B, Results, GCR section 1.5.2, change as follows:
Show 3 more lines
"Organizers must distribute Official Race Results to all participants in a timely manner within 7 days of the event, or within 7 days of any protest or unless a Court of Appeals decision affecting results, whichever occurs first is pending. Results must be made available by one or more of the following methods:"
wordingAll classes must use forward-facing camera recording on track; mounting clarified, video format now requires VLC media player compatibility.
As printed in Fastrack
In Camera and Camera Mounts, GCR section 9.3.11.A, change as follows: "All cars competing at Regionals, Conference Majors, Super Tour events, and the SCCA Runoffs must have a forward-facing camera that is recording at all times while on track and provides a clear horizontal field of view of the cars and track ahead. The cameras may be mounted either inside the car, or on the body exterior of the car, or on the roll cage. Helmet-mounted cameras do not satisfy the forward-facing camera rule. If video is needed as part of an investigation or appeal of an incident, a competitor's video of the full unedited session may be requested by race officials regardless of whether or not said competitor was involved in the incident. Altering the video in any way or failing to provide such video may result in penalties. Forward- facing cameras are recommended at all other SCCA-sanctioned events. The video format must be a digital file so it can be
Show 2 more lines
viewed in an MS Windows compatible viewer provided on a removable USB flash drive or SD card media chip and must be viewable using the VideoLAN VLC media player."
wordingIncident reporting procedures updated: remove requirement for full incident details in observer reports, streamline accident report submission via Member Account Portal or email instead of mail.
As printed in Fastrack
In Observer's Reports, GCR section 5.12.1.B.1, change as follows and re-letter the following sections accordingly: "f. Full details of any incidents," In Assistant Chief Steward – Safety, GCR section 5.12.4.A, change as follows: "Investigate accidents and forward the originals or scanned pdf by electronic filing of all reports, including original releases, submit reports and releases via SCCA Member Account Portal or email to the Sanction/Insurance Department of the SCCA." In Assistant Chief Steward – Safety, GCR section 5.12.4.C, change as follows: "Mail or e Email copies of the material sent to the SCCA Sanction/Insurance Department to the Divisional Safety Administrator (if
wordingAppendix P racing room and passing guidelines clarified: overtaking car bears responsibility for safe passing, must be completely past before considering pass complete.
As printed in Fastrack
In Appendix P. Racing Room & Passing Guidelines, Part 1, add the following: "Safe, successful passing is based on what drivers can see. An overtaking car bears the largest percentage of responsibly responsibility for passing safely. This responsibility is met and a pass is successfully completed when the overtaking car is completely, physically past the car being overtaken. Simply being ahead, while still alongside, does not absolve the driver of the overtaking car of the obligation to allow racing room to the overtaken car. At the same time, the overtaken driver must not impede or block the overtaking car but is not required to fall back as long as the driver provides racing room to the overtaking car."
Update Appendix C for name change from Track Event to Track Day
wordingTrack Event renamed to Track Day throughout Appendix C licensing requirements for all classes.
As printed in Fastrack
In Appendix C. Licensing and Types, GCR section 2.7.E.3.a, change as follows: "The Driver Participation Log may be used to track experience at SCCA and non-SCCA Track Events Days, Time Trials, HillClimbs, or non-SCCA wheel-to-wheel events; however, the Drivers School Page may only be completed after observation at an SCCA Race Experience Event." In Appendix C. Licensing and Types, GCR section 2.7.F, change as follows: "Drivers who have fulfilled the Drivers' School requirements complete the Novice Permit by successfully competing in 3 Regional event weekends within the 2-year term of the Permit. The Chief Steward for each race must sign the Permit to indicate participation.
Show 8 more lines
When the third Regional event weekend is credited, the Chief Steward or Chair of the SOM for that event must also sign the Permit acknowledging completion of the Novice Permit requirements. If the Chief or Chair will not sign the Permit, a Novice Permit holder may appeal that decision to their Divisional Licensing Administrator for a final decision. Note: 1 SCCA Track Event Day or Time Trial event may be substituted for 1 of the Regional Race events. Appropriate Official's Signature on Permit." In Appendix C. Licensing and Types Table, NOVICE TO FULL COMPETITION line, change the Other column as follows: "Complete School Requirements + 3 Regional Race weekends. All in prior 24 months. Note: 1 SCCA Track Event Day or Time Trial event may be substituted for 1 of the Regional Race events. Appropriate Official's Signature on Permit."
cars addedRace Experience vehicles newly classified as optional regional class RE, must meet Race Experience Section 3 requirements.
As printed in Fastrack
In GCR, Section 9.1.C.2. change as follows: "2. In addition, organizers may include any combination of the following Optional Regional Classes in their events defined in 3.1.2." In GCR, Section 9.1.C.2. add the following: "c. Race Experience Vehicles Race Experience (RE) (Optional Regional Class): Cars which fall within the requirements of Race Experience, meeting vehicle eligibility, performance range and the required modifications and safety gear in SCCA Race Experience Section 3, “Race Experience Vehicles.” Note: When running as a class at a GCR event, RE Vehicles should either run as a single class, or be classed with Improved Touring catch-all classes. E.g., IT-EZ, ITX, etc."
wordingFire system recertification requirement removed for all SFI systems; biennial recertification no longer mandatory.
As printed in Fastrack
In On-Board Fire System Requirements, GCR section 9.3.22.A.6, change as follows: "All fire systems shall be serviced according to manufacturer's specifications; however, biennial recertification of SFI systems is not required."
fasterFST wheelbase maximum increases 85.5" to 90.0"; overall length maximum increases 140" to 150".
As printed in Fastrack
In FST, GCR section 9.1.1.F.5.9, add a new section as follows and renumber the existing sections 11 and 12 accordingly: "11. The venturi may not be removed from the base, and the large dime sized plug that holds the venturi in place also may not be removed. If the plug has been removed, the carburetor base must be discarded." In FST, GCR section 9.1.1.F.5.9.8, change as follows: "Vacuum fittings may be removed and ports plugged. The soft plug closing off the front accelerator pump passage may be removed to clean a clogged passage. It may be replaced by a threaded plug." In FST, GCR section 9.1.1.F.1.6, change as follows: "2. Wheelbase minimum 81.5"; maximum 85.5 90.0"
Show 12 more lines
5. Overall length: Maximum 140 150" (includes exhaust)" In FST, GCR section 9.1.1.F.5.2, change as follows: "-Exhaust port dimension at head: 33 mm maximum -Intake seat maximum OD 38.13 mm (1.501 inches) -Intake seat maximum ID 32.51 mm (1.280 inches) -Intake seat maximum depth 11.43 mm (0.450 inches) -Exhaust seat maximum OD 36.86 mm (1.451 inches) -Exhaust seat maximum ID 29.21 mm (1.150 inches) -Exhaust seat maximum depth 11.43 mm (0.450 inches)" In FST, GCR section 9.1.1.F.5.6.1, change as follows: "OE VW Replacement P/N 043-101-375H Casting "043" EMPI P/N 040.101.375.13"
wordingClass Ambassador role added for advisory support to Race Director, drivers, and teams during events.
As printed in Fastrack
In Events, GCR section 3.1.1.C, add a new section as follows: "9. A Class Ambassador (CA) may be designated for a specific class during an event to be available in an advisory role for the Race Director, drivers, and teams."
engineTraditional GTA Chevrolet and Ford cylinder heads gain aluminum alternatives; new part numbers specified for cast iron options.
As printed in Fastrack
In GCR, Section 9.1.2.G., IX Engine Specifications, Appendix B:, change as follows: "5. Chevrolet cylinder heads must be Dart II cast iron heads, part #11310010p, which replaced part #1112B and #1115B. Chevrolet cylinder heads must be Dart cast iron part #10310010P (which replaced part #1112B and #1115B), or Dart aluminum part # 11310010P. 6. Ford cylinder heads must be Dart II cast iron heads, part #5302B or World Products’ Roush head, part #053040. Ford cylinder heads must be Dart cast iron part #13410010, Dart aluminum part #13210010, or World Products’ Windsor cast iron part #053040." In GCR, Section Appendix L. TA2 Rules, change as follows:
Show 6 more lines
"C.4.3: Chevrolet cylinder heads must be Dart Iron Eagle 200 cast iron heads, part #10310010, which replaced part #1112B and #1115B. Chevrolet cylinder heads must be Dart cast iron part #10310010P (which replaced part #1112B and #1115B), or Dart aluminum part # 11310010P. C.4.4: Ford cylinder heads must be Dart Iron Eagle 200 cast iron heads, part #5302B, or World Products’ Windsor Sr. iron heads, part #053040. Ford cylinder heads must be Dart cast iron part #13410010, Dart aluminum part #13210010, or World Products’ Windsor cast iron part #053040."
wordingSCCA GCR 9.1 adds Optional Regional Classes category allowing organizers to develop local car classes with Road Racing Department approval.
As printed in Fastrack
In Categories and Classes, GCR section 9.1, change as follows: "All cars competing in SCCA sanctioned races must comply with the requirements of the GCR. There are 3 three types of SCCA classes. A. U.S. Majors Tour Eligible Classes U.S. Majors Tour Eligible classes are those listed below which are not designated "Regional Class(es) Only"." An exhibition class may be added to select Super Tour events with the approval of the Head of Road Racing. B. Regional Classes Regional classes are identified in the list below.
Show 6 more lines
C. Optional Regional Classes 1. (Effective 6/1/25) Organizers may develop classes of cars to accommodate local demand and interest. Preparation rules must meet the General Technical Specifications and be approved by the Road Racing Department. Approved Regional-only rulesets must be available on SCCA Region and/or Division websites or included in the event supplemental regulations. When changes are made in the local classes, and are approved by the Road Racing Department, i It is the organizer's option to I include these classes in events defined in 3.1.2."
wordingAppendix B wording changed: U.S. Majors replaced with Super Tour for event official requirements.
As printed in Fastrack
In Required Contents of Supplemental Regulations, Appendix B, GCR section 1.4.1.H, change as follows: "The names of the Chief Steward and Chairman SOM. For U.S. Majors Super Tour events, add the Race Director and the Series Administrator."
Memorializing/Codifying Prior CRB Rulings on Intent
wordingGCR 6.11.3.A adds track limits rule; GCR 3.6.4 updates pronoun language in refuse awards section.
As printed in Fastrack
In Off-Course Excursions (Track Limits), GCR section 6.11.3.A, add the following: "Drivers are required to follow the pavement or marked course of the racing surface (Appendix A, Racing Surface). Drivers gaining an unfair advantage by placing four wheels beyond the designated racing surface may incur penalties. Placing four wheels on the curbing would be beyond the designated racing surface." In Refuse Awards, GCR section 3.6.4, change as follows: "A driver may refuse all event/series awards for an individual race, event, or entire series by notifying the Race Director or Chief Steward before his the race. He The driver must meet all other GCR requirements, including impound. He The driver may earn a lap record and, provided he finishes. he may receive license credit for the race if scored as a race finisher."
wordingWindow net wording clarified: shall becomes must, FIA J253.11 alternative added, expiration date note removed, SFI 27.1 required or FIA standard with proof.
As printed in Fastrack
In Window Safety Nets, GCR section, 9.3.55, change as follows: "Window safety nets shall must be used on the driver's side window of all closed cars unless these are factory (OEM manufacturer) and FIA GT3/GT4 race prepared cars with fixed Lexan front door windows as noted on a Specification Line. All window nets shall must meet SFI Specification 27.1., and shall must bear an "SFI Spec 27.1.,Label" to that effect. Alternatively, window nets that meet the requirements of FIA J253.11 may be used. Competitors must provide proof of meeting the FIA standard, either via certification or physical measurement. (Note: Window nets need not be dated.) Window nets do not time out irrespective of SFI expiration date. The window net shall must be equipped with a quick release device and when released it shall must fall down, thus not having to be flipped up on the roof. Nets shall must be attached to the roll cage; plastic buckles,
Show 4 more lines
cable ties, hose clamps, and elastic cords are not permitted. Holes in the roll cage to accommodate either support rod are unacceptable unless bushed and welded completely. Refer to figures 7 and 8, "Proper Window Net Installation," for additional information on mounting methods. Closed cockpit Sports Racing cars may use arm restraints in lieu of a window net. Legends Cars are not required to have a window net."
GCR 8.2 Hearings and Judgements - Clarification - Intent of Rule
wordingGCR 8.2 clarifies hearing procedures: '3rd' to 'third', 'hear, read, and view' to 'review and consider', 'him' to 'that party'.
As printed in Fastrack
In Hearings and Judgements, GCR section 8.2, change as follows: "All RFAs and Protests will be heard by the SOM as soon as practical. The parties concerned will be notified when and where the hearing will occur. This may include 3rd third parties who were not immediately identified as being involved in the incident(s) in question. Although all parties have the right to call witnesses, they must state their cases in person. The parties may be heard jointly or separately at the discretion of the SOM. Witnesses may be heard separately from each other. Each party must be given the opportunity to hear, read, and view review and consider all evidence presented to the SOM, including but not limited to videos, but excepting therefrom the items subject to a mechanical protest (or photos/videos of said items). A party is entitled to view, but not receive, a copy of a video or photos obtained from another party or witness which is used by or presented to the
Show 3 more lines
SOM in said action. Personally Identifiable Information (PII) in witness statements or evidence presented will be redacted from the shared material. Unless they are specifically released by the Chairman SOM, all parties must remain at the event until a ruling has been issued. If any party is absent, a judgment may still be rendered, and may by default go against him that party."
wordingDefending champion provisional entry restricted; drivers in uninvited classes cannot use it in other classes.
As printed in Fastrack
In SCCA Runoffs, GCR section 3.7.4.A.2, add a new section as follows: "e. Drivers in classes not invited to the Runoffs will not be permitted to use the defending champion's provisional entry in other classes."
wordingAdministrative cleanup: Orbits database version preference updated to 5, Division Championship program approval process removed, Conference Championships restructured, Runoffs qualification paths reduced from three to two, competitor termi…
As printed in Fastrack
Per RM 25-03 In GCR, Section 3.1.1.F.2., change as follows: “(Effective 3/1/2025) For the purposes of Conference points keeping, timing and scoring shall supply an Orbits database backup file (Orbits 4 5 preferred) to the SCCA National office (see front of book for email address) within three business days of the event to tabulate series points. Any revisions not included in that file shall be communicated with the submission.” In GCR, Section 3.7.1., change as follows: “(Effective 3/1/2025) Each Division will conduct an SCCA approve d championship program for members of its included Regions for Runoffs invitations. The program must be submitted for approval to the Head of Road Racing or his designate by December 1st each year. Division Championship rules will be posted on the SCCA Division website or other publicly-available
Show 46 more lines
online location.” In GCR, Section 3.7.2., change as follows: “(Effective 3/1/2025) Each Conference will award Championships for each Runoffs Majors-eligible class based on points earned in U.S. Majors Tour Conference and Super Tour races. A competitor driver may enter events in one or more Conferences, but points only accrue within the Conference in which the event is held. If a single event is designated for multiple Conferences, points are scored in each Conference. The minimum number of U.S. Majors Tour races per Conference is 10 and the total may vary; a driver shall count the best 8 finishes in a conference for the class championship. Point standings are maintained by the SCCA National Office and posted at www.scca.com.” In GCR, Section 3.7.4., change as follows: “(Effective 3/1/2025) SCCA schedules and conducts an event each year called the SCCA Runoffs, open to all U.S. Majors Tour participants and Division Championship participants who meet the invitation qualifications. A competitor driver must qualify in the same class(es) in which he is entering the Runoffs, though he may compete in any car eligible for the class(es). The SCCA Runoffs determine the SCCA National Champion in each eligible class. SCCA publishes the Supplemental Regulations defining driver and car eligibility and other event details. 1. Invitations to the SCCA Runoffs Three Two distinct paths exist for qualifying for a Runoffs invitation. Invitations are issued to all drivers in invited Runoffs-eligible classes based on the following minimum qualifications: 1. U.S. Majors Tour Super Tour and/or Conference Events A competitor driver must meet participation and performance requirements. 1. Participation Requirements Participate on track in a minimum of three (3) separate U.S. Major Super Tour and/or Conference event weekends and have a minimum of three (3) individual race finishes, all in the same class. Events may be a part of any Conference. A driver may substitute two (2) Regional-sanctioned weekends for one (1) of his three (3) Majors weekend participation requirements. Eligible Regional weekends shall occur between the conclusion of the previous Runoffs and a date not less than two (2) weeks prior to the start of the Runoffs or as otherwise specified in the Runoffs supplemental regulations. This replaces Majors event participation but not the Majors finish or points requirements. Endurance races are not eligible. 1. Performance Requirements A competitor driver must meet one of the following: 1. Finish in the top 10 of a Conference’s point standings in class, or, in classes with more than 20 participants, finish in the top 50 percent. 2. Finish in the top 50 percent of the Super Tour point standings following the last Super Tour/ Majors race. Example: If 100 drivers participate in a class within a Conference or the Super Tour in the current race season, the top 50, who score any points, will receive an invitation. 1. FV and FF are exempted from the performance requirement for the 2025 season. 2. Defending Runoffs Race Winner In addition, a current defending Runoffs race winner, who has not met the Runoffs invitation requirements in 3.7.4.A.1 or 2, may be accepted as an entrant even if he did not meet the participation requirements of 3.7.4.A.1 or 2. 1. The entry will not be included in the total count of Runoffs invitations. 1. He may compete only in the class(es) being defended, though he may compete in any car eligible for the class(es). 2. He will not bump anyone from the field who was invited based on the qualifications in 3.7.4.A.1 or 2. 3. A driver may not invoke the provisions of this section in two consecutive years in the same class, even if he repeats as a Runoffs race winner. 4. Additional Requirements The driver must hold a current SCCA Full Competition License.”
GCR Section 3.1.1.D U.S. Majors Tour Event Format Change
wordingWording clarified for U.S. Majors Tour event formats, Conference and Super Tour scheduling, and Runoffs eligibility criteria.
As printed in Fastrack
In GCR, Section 3.1.1.D., change as follows: “D. (Effective 3/1/2025) Event Format/Schedule The National Office has developed standard formats for each type of U.S. Majors Tour event. Standard formats may be altered on a limited, case-by-case basis by the Head of Road Racing in coordination with the Chairman of the Club Racing Board. 1. Conference Events a. The National Office has developed standard formats for each type of U.S. Majors Tour event. b. a. There shall be a maximum of two (2) races per race weekend. At least one race for each race group
Show 46 more lines
will be a minimum of 45 miles. The other race of the weekend shall be a minimum of 20 minutes in length. c. b. Minimum track time 1. Two-day events shall have a minimum of 35 minutes of non-racing track time available per Majors class entry. Two qualifying sessions are recommended. 2. Three-day events shall have a minimum of 50 minutes of non-racing track time available per Majors class entry. Two qualifying sessions are recommended. End-of-session hardship policy is recommended. 2. Super Tour Events a. The National Office has developed standard formats for each type of U.S. Majors Tour event, and works with Regions to create a specific schedule, which must be approved by the Head of Road Racing, who has final authority. b. a. There shall be a maximum of two (2) races per race weekend. At least one race for each race group will be 35 minutes in length with a maximum of 50 miles (variations may be approved by the head of Road Racing and published in the supplemental regulations). The other race of the weekend shall be a minimum of 25 minutes in length. c. b. Minimum track time 1. Two-day events shall have a minimum of two (2) qualifying sessions totaling at least 35 minutes of non-racing track time available per Majors class entry. Three-day events shall have a minimum of one practice session and one qualifying sessions totaling at least 50 minutes of non-racing track time available per Majors class entry. Two qualifying sessions are recommended. End-of-session hardship policy is recommended.” 3. #37935 (Club Racing Board ) Staff proposes edits to current GCR section 3.1.1.A In GCR, Section 3.1.1.A., change as follows: "(Effective 3/1/2025) A. Types of U.S. Majors Tour Event 1. Conference Events Points earned in Conference races in Majors-eligible classes will count toward Conference Championships (see 3.7.2). Drivers in Majors-eligible classes that are also invited to included in the Runoffs will earn participation credit for the toward National Championships Runoffs eligibility (see 3.7.4). There may be a non-Majors eligible component of an event (see 3.1.1.E.2). Bonus Majors Classes: Bonus Majors are intended to offer a replacement Conference Majors event opportunity for specific classes that are Majors-eligible, but not Super Tour-eligible. At designated Regional events, the Head of Road Racing may designate select classes as “Bonus Majors” eligible. Bonus Majors events and races will count toward Conference Championships and Runoffs eligibility the same as a Conference Majors event. At select Regional events Majors-eligible classes may be designated to receive points that will count towards the Conference Majors Championship (see 3.7.2) within which the event is held, together with participation credit for purposes of the National Championship Runoffs (see 3.7.4). This option, to be exercised by the CRB with assistance from the Head of Road Racing, is intended to provide additional opportunities for classes that are not eligible for Super Tour events or to otherwise improve participation and competition in other classes. Competitors will find information on the classes eligible and the structure for each event on the SCCA website and in the Supplemental Regulations. 2. Super Tour EventsSuper Tour Events are specially-designated Conference Events that include additional enhancements. A select number of Majors eligible classes will be designated by the CRB no later than December 1st as Super Tour-classes for the following season. Points earned in Super Tour Events in will count toward the Conference Majors Championships (see 3.7.2), and the Super Tour Championship (see 3.7.3) for Super Tour-eligible classes (see 3.1.1.E). Drivers in Super Tour classes that are also invited to included in the Runoffs will earn participation credit for the toward National Championships Runoffs eligibility (see 3.7.4). 3. Festival Entry invitations are limited to the particular class(es) specified in the Supplemental Regulations. Points earned in Festival events do not count toward Conference Championships.”
Request to Modify 3.1.2.C.3 to correct the reference of the SCCA
wordingGCR 3.1.2.C.3 clarifies SCCA-approved organization license eligibility and probation list enforcement for event participation.
As printed in Fastrack
In Events, GCR section 3.1.2.C.3, add the following: "SCCA members holding competition licenses issued by SCCA-approved organizations. The event Supplemental Regulations must list the particular organizations and licenses not eligible for a specific race or else exclude the entire group of organizations and licenses by reference to this section. Minors possessing competition licenses issued by SCCA approved organizations must also complete the minor competition license requirements found in AppC.2.5. If a driver is currently listed on the SCCA Probation and Suspension List, then they may not use any other sanctioning body's competition license to participate in an SCCA event."
slowerGT3U Majors/Runoffs cars run current GT3 weight plus 150 lbs, with tyre/wheel options: 245 max width on 15×9 wheels, or 18×9 with 3% weight penalty, or 15×7 with 225 max width and 25 lb reduction.
As printed in Fastrack
Per Race Memo 24-08 In GCR section 9.1.2, make changes as follows: "GT3 (GT3) Regional Class" "GT-3U (GT3U)" In GCR section 9.1.2.f, make changes as follows: "9.1.2.F GT-2, 3, 3U, Lite CATEGORY SPECIFICATIONS" In GCR section 9.1.2.F.3, add as follows: "9. All GT3U (Majors and Runoffs) cars shall run at current GT3 race weight plus 150lbs. All GT3U cars shall run one of the following tire and wheel combinations: A Dot approved tire with maximum section width of 245. GT3U cars base wheel is a
Show 2 more lines
maximum of 15"x9". "18"x9" wheels are allowed with a 3% weight addition. GT3 U cars utilizing 15"x7" wheels are limited to a section width of 225 with a 25 pound weight reduction."
wordingGCR 6.11 Appendix P wording clarified: Racing Room & Passing Guidelines now explicitly define intent and fault determination.
As printed in Fastrack
In Rules of the Road, GCR section 6.11, change as follows: "GCR Appendix P. contains the Racing Room and& Passing Guidelines which further define theintent of this GCR Section provides guidance to officials when determining fault and penalties associated with driver conduct in Section 6.11.1.A through 6.11.1.E."
Classes to be included in U.S. Majors Tour Events.
wordingMajors-eligible classes now selectively included in Super Tour events, announced by December 1st annually.
As printed in Fastrack
RM 24-08 In GCR section 3.1.1.E make changes as follows: E. C-lasses to be included in U.S. Majors Tour events: 1. All Majors-eligible classes will be included in Conference and Super Tour events. 2. Regional classes may be included in Majors run groups at Conference Majors events only. See also 3.1.1.1.F.2.b 2. A select number of Majors-eligible classes will be included in the Super Tour events. Included classes will be announced no later than December 1st prior to the start of the season. 3. Regional classes may be included in Majors run groups at Conference Majors events only. See also 3.1.1.1.F.2.b
wordingTest Day eligibility wording corrected from 'identifies' to 'identify' for grammatical accuracy.
As printed in Fastrack
In SCCA Test Days, GCR section 3.1.5.B, change as follows: "Sections 9.1 and 3.1.4.C identifies identify the classes of cars eligible to compete in SCCA Test Days."
Proposed Clarification to GCR Appendix A Section 5
wordingAppendix A Section 5 removes duplicate 'for' and clarifies CRB authority over Road Racing programs and licensing.
As printed in Fastrack
In Appendix A, section 5, change as follows: "The SCCA Club Racing Board (CRB) establishes rules, specifications, and standards for competition vehicles, as well as for for scheduling, organization, conduct, and supervision of Road Racing programs, and the licensing of drivers and officials."
otherAll Runoffs cars must install FT200 or FT-RD in-car flagging system for course condition notifications.
As printed in Fastrack
In IN-CAR FLAGGING SYSTEM, GCR section 9.3.30.1, add the following: "All cars competing in the SCCA Runoffs (beginning in 2024) must have a functioning FT200 or FT-RD unit that provides visual notification of changing course conditions to the driver while on track at all times. Driver notification may be made through the FT200 or FT-RD display or through the car's dash via an FT200 CAN Bus connection. It is recommended that the Flagtronics unit be installed with the buttons within the driver's reach while belted in the normal driving position to allow the driver to respond to messages from Race Control in the event of an impact that triggers the Flagtronics impact alert. The unique ID number of the Flagtronics unit must be provided to the SCCA during the event registration process or as defined by the event supplemental regulations."
wordingAll cars at Regionals, Conference Majors, Super Tour, and Runoffs must have forward-facing camera recording on track.
As printed in Fastrack
In Camera and Camera Mounts, GCR section 9.3.11.A, add the following: "All cars competing at Regionals, Conference Majors, Super Tour events, and the SCCA Runoffs must have a forward-facing camera that is recording at all times while on track and provides a clear horizontal field of view of the cars and track ahead. The cameras may be mounted either inside the car, or on the body. If video is needed as part of an investigation of an incident, a competitor’s video of the full unedited session may be requested by race officials regardless of whether or not said competitor was involved in the incident. Altering the video in any way or Failure failing to provide such video may result in penalties. Forward-facing cameras are recommended at all other SCCA-sanctioned events. The video format must be a digital file so it can be viewed in an MS Windows compatible viewer."
Non-Formula and non-Sports Racing alternate optional rain light
otherNon-Formula and non-Sports Racing cars may optionally use Super Bright LEDs Inc. P/N PT-STRB-R24 rain light instead of FIA Standard 8874-2019.
As printed in Fastrack
In Rain Lights, GCR section 9.3.33.B.2, change as follows: "A red rain light meeting FIA Standard 8874-2019, Technical List No. 76, is required on all Formula (open wheel) and Sports Racing cars. This light must be mounted approximately on the centerline of the car. Cars competing in classes other than Formula and Sports Racing classes may use either a rain light meeting FIA Standard 8874-2019, Technical List No. 76, or a Super Bright LEDs Inc. P/N PT-STRB-R24 rain light if desired. The rain light may strobe only on Formula and Sports Racing cars."
wordingAll classes: roll cage tubing for 2700-3999 lbs cars now allows 1.75 x .095 inch tubing option.
As printed in Fastrack
In GCR, Section 9.4.5.E.4.b., change table as follows: "Over 2699 2700-3999 lbs. 1.50 x .120 1.75 x 0.095 2.00 x .080 4000 lbs. and up 1.75 x .120 2.00 x .095"
wordingSound Control allows passive muffling devices on spec exhausts to meet event sound requirements, overriding class rules.
As printed in Fastrack
In Sound Control, GCR section 5.7.4, change as follows: "Cars running in classes with a class or manufacturer "spec" exhaust system per GCR rules for those classes may modify the exhaust system by means of a passive muffling device to meet event sound requirements. This provision overrides all class or spec line rules, regulations, and standards."
Request for oversize forged pistons for 593 (non-HO)
wordingSR1 and SR3 Radical classes clarify eligible models and engine options; typo correction from Fuell to Fuel Cell.
As printed in Fastrack
In Radical Sports Racer 1 (SR1), GCR section 9.1.8.I.1.B, change as follows: "A class for the Radical SR13 models RS, RSX, XX and XXR using the Suzuki 1340cc engine with Fuell Fuel Cell and Safety Equipment conforming to the GCR." In Radical Sports Racer 3 (SR3), GCR section 9.1.8.I.1.C, change as follows: "A class for the Radical SR3 models RS, RSX, XX, and XXR using the Suzuki 1340cc or 1500cc engine with Fuell Fuel Cell and Safety Equipment conforming to the GCR."
fasterAll classes may remove front door window glass and operating mechanisms; wording clarified on interior trim allowances.
As printed in Fastrack
GCR, Section 9.1.10.E.34., change as follows: "34. Interiors may be removed including seats, seat brackets, carpet, carpet padding, rear door panels, OEM seat belts, interior trim, and headliners. Front door window glass, front window operating mechanisms, inner door trim panel, armrest, map pockets, wiring harnesses for front door locks, power mirrors, seat wiring, etc., and inside front door latch/lock operating mechanism may be removed. Original radio/ stereo audio equipment and air conditioner refrigerant systems may be removed. Heater cores, and hoses, must remain except duct work under seats. Duct work behind the dash may be trimmed but not removed to allow for roll cage installation."
otherAll classes: roll cage padding must be 1 inch minimum or meet SFI 45.1/FIA 8857-2001 or SFI 45.2/FIA standards.
As printed in Fastrack
In Cars and Equipment, GCR section 9.4.G.1, change as follows: "All portions of the roll cage subject to contact by the driver must be padded. Padding either must be with a minimum 1 inch of material. Padding that meets or exceeds or must meet or exceed SFI 45.1 or FIA 8857-2001 (curved padding), or SFI 45.2 or FIA sports car head rest material (flat padding). Padding that meets SFI/FIA specifications is recommended."
Clarify Appendix O. Small Regional Steward Model process In Appendix O. Small
wordingAppendix O Small Regional Event Steward Model clarifies Chief Steward powers and SOM protest procedures.
As printed in Fastrack
Regional Event Steward Model, section 4.A, change as follows: "1. Unless specifically altered in this section, the Chief Steward, prior to and during the event, shall will have all of the powers and responsibilities assigned to the Stewards of the Meeting in GCR Section 5.12.1, as well as Section 7, and Section 8. Incidents resolved by the Chief Steward without going to an appointed SOM will be treated as a CSA and the appropriate driver point will be applied per GCR Section 7.4.B. 2. In certain circumstances it may be necessary to defer a protest or RFA of an incident to the an SOM appointed by the Executive Steward. The Chief Steward shall will inform all parties involved that the action will be processed by the SOM. The Chief Steward or his designee shall will collect and forward all
Show 3 more lines
related information regarding the actions to the appointed SOM. The SOM will make every effort possible to ensure the action will be processed in a timely manner. RFAs and Protests sent to the appointed SOM will have the standard driver points applied per the GCR.”
wordingAll classes: suspension mounting points may now be reinforced; relocation still prohibited except as allowed.
As printed in Fastrack
GCR Section 9.1.4.M.5., change as follows: "Unless otherwise specified, suspension components including mounting points, shall be the stock OEM parts, but they may be reinforced. Standard suspension bushings may be replaced with solid or spherical bushings." IN GCR Section 9.1.4.2.D.3., change as follows: "Unless otherwise allowed in these regulations, no other relocation or reinforcement of any suspension component or mounting point is permitted."
cars addedBMW M4 GT4 (F82/83) added to GT2/ST class at 3200 lbs with driver, twin turbo 2993cc.
As printed in Fastrack
GT2 In GT2/ST Cars - BMW, classify the BMW M4 GT4 (F82/83) as Follows per RM 24-04: GT2/ST Cars - BMW Model Years Body Style Drive- line Wheel- base (in) Notes
Show 11 more lines
BMW M4 GT4 (F82/83) 2018 2dr RWD 110.7 6 cyl. twin turbo 2993cc 3200 lbs. w/driver Must comply with all FIA GT4 rules except as noted on spec line. Must have complete factory build specifications in possession at each race event. Car must be prepared exclusively to these factory build specifications. May use any color BMW factory power stick.
wordingGCR Section 6.1 flags now require Chairman and stewards approval to amend for in-car flagging system procedures.
As printed in Fastrack
Flags, change as follows: "RM 24-05 Flags convey the commands or information indicated below. They must be obeyed immediately and without question. The content of this section cannot be amended by any event Supplemental Regulations unless expressly approved by the Chairman of the Club Racing Board, the Chairman of the Executive Stewards and the Head of Road Racing for the purpose of incorporating in-car flagging system procedures." General None.
wordingMCSCC Instructor, Full, and Novice permit added to accepted licenses in GCR 2.8.B.7.
As printed in Fastrack
In Appendix C. Licensing and Types, GCR section 2.8.B.7, add the following: "Midwestern Council of Sports Car Clubs (MCSCC) Instructor, Full, and Novice permit"
wordingSMX and other classes exempted from aftermarket fuel cell requirement if stock tank is between axles and within frame rails.
As printed in Fastrack
In Fuel Cell Specifications, GCR section 9.3.26, add the following: "All cars must be equipped with a safety fuel cell complying with these specifications, except for Touring, B-Spec, C-Spec, Spec Miata, Spec MX-5, Improved Touring, American Sedan restricted prep, production-based Vintage cars, and cars where the stock fuel tank is located between the axle center lines and within the main chassis structure (i.e., frame rails, etc.)."
wordingAll Runoffs cars must have functioning FT200 Flagtronics unit for visual course condition notification.
As printed in Fastrack
In Cars and Equipment, GCR section 9.3.30.1, add the following: RM 24-02 "All cars competing in the SCCA Runoffs (beginning in 2024) must have a functioning FT200 unit that provides visual notification of changing course conditions to the driver while on track at all times. Driver notification can may be made via through the FT200 display or through the car's dash via an FT200 CAN Bus connection. It is recommended that the Flagtronics unit be installed with the buttons within the driver's reach while belted in the normal driving position to allow the driver to respond to messages from Race Control in the event of an impact that triggers the Flagtronics impact alert. The unique ID number of the Flagtronics unit shall must be provided to the SCCA during the event registration process or as defined by the event supplemental regulations."
wordingImproved Touring, Spec Miata, T4, B-Spec, and C-Spec: figure references updated from 13–15 to 14–16 in safety cage rules.
As printed in Fastrack
In Cars and Equipment, GCR section 9.4.D.4.d, replace photo with image, denote image as Figure 14, and reference as follows: "Cars competing in Improved Touring, Spec Miata, T4, B-Spec, and C-Spec may extend one tube per side from the door bars down to the rocker panel. (Figure 13 14) The attachment point may be no larger than 25 square inches and no longer than 8 inches in any direction. The tube must not exceed door bar diameter and thickness. The attachment points must be approximately centered longitudinally in the door openings." In Cars and Equipment, GCR section 9.4.D.7.b, renumber images as Figures 15 and 16 and reference as follows: "Removable bracing may incorporate connectors of the double-lug, double ear-type, tapered, or muff-type as shown in figures 14 15 and 15 16. The double-lug type must include a doubler, gusset, or capping arrangement to avoid distortion or
Show 1 more lines
excessive strain caused by welding. Double ear-type joints must be fully welded at all the mating surfaces."
Additional Clarification from Letter #34774 Intake Manifolds F600
wordingF600 intake manifolds must remain stock and unmodified; no fairings, funnels, venturis, or structures allowed above or below restrictors.
As printed in Fastrack
In F6, GCR section 9.1.1.D.15.F, change as follows: "Carburetion or fuel injection may be used and must be stock and unmodified for the model and year of the engine that is used, with no modifications to the intake system, including no use of fairings, funnels, venturis, or other structures of any kind in the intake system above or below the intake restrictors. The use of any carburetor jets or needles is permitted. Stock air filters and air boxes may be removed, and air filters and air boxes are unrestricted."
wordingRain light rules clarified for non-Formula/Sports Racing cars; wording tightened on strobe prohibition and light assembly standards.
As printed in Fastrack
In Rain Lights, GCR section 9.3.33.B, change as follows: "RAIN LIGHTS All cars shall must be equipped with rain light(s) clearly visible from the rear. The rain light(s) shall must be turned on when directed to by the Race Director or Chief Steward. 1. Non-Formula and Sports Racing c Cars competing in classes other than Formula (open wheel) and Sports Racing classes shall utilize must use the original equipment red tail lights taillights, or the red rain light described in 9.3.33.B.2, or both. Light assemblies may perform both rain and brake light functions provided they have two distinct illumination levels. The rain light described in 9.3.33.B.2, if used, must not strobe on cars other than Formula or Sports Racing cars.
Show 7 more lines
2. A red taillight rain light meeting FIA Standard 8874-2019, Technical List No. 76, is required on all Formula (open wheel) and Sports Racing cars. This light shall must be mounted approximately on the centerline of the car. Light assemblies are considered one light for the purposes of this rule, irrespective of the number of individual lamps the assembly may contain. The rain light may strobe only on Formula and Sports Racing cars. 3. Original equipment tail light assemblies may be used. Light assemblies may perform both rain and brake light functions provided they have two distinct illumination levels. Lights that function as strobe lights are not permitted except in Formula and Sports Racer classes. The taillight may strobe when directed to be used as a rain light."
Re: #35084 (SCCA Staff) Revise Protest Fee Structure and Pricing
otherProtest fee increased from $50 to $75 for all U.S. Majors Tour, Regional events, and Drivers' Schools.
As printed in Fastrack
In GCR, Section 8.3.1.D, change as follows: "be accompanied by a protest fee of $50, School $75 for all U.S. Majors Tour, Regional events, and Drivers' Schools, which fee must be either paid online through the SCCA Member Account Portal (proof of payment is required) or submitted with the written protest. These fees This fee may be returned to the protestor at the discretion of the SOM;"
wordingAll classes: timing line wording clarified, start/finish line marking and camera placement requirements adjusted.
As printed in Fastrack
In GCR section 6.10.1.B, change as follows: "Scoring is the finish position of the competitor at the end of a race as the competitor crosses the marked Start/ Finish line. If a camera is used to determine a photo finish, the camera must be mounted in a direct line with the start/f Finish line."
wordingRunoffs-eligible classes with fewer than 3 starters may run supplemental without naming a National Champion.
As printed in Fastrack
In SCCA Runoffs, GCR section 3.7.4.C.2, change as follows: "A Runoffs-eligible class that does not have a minimum of 3 race starters, regardless of probation status, will may run as a supplemental class but will not name a National Champion."
otherAll driver suits must bear SFI 3.2A/1, SFI 3.4, or higher SFI certification, or FIA 8856-2000, or FIA 8856-2018 homologation label.
As printed in Fastrack
In Driver's Safety Equipment, GCR section 9.3.19.C.1, add the following: "All suits shall must bear an SFI 3.2A/1, SFI 3.4, or higher SFI certification label or an FIA 1986 Standard or, FIA Standard 8856- 2000, or FIA Standard 8856-2018 homologation label."
wordingGCR section 1.2.2 adds formatting protocol for tracking monthly changes in red and green italics.
As printed in Fastrack
In Revising the GCR, GCR section 1.2.2, add a new paragraph as follows: "D. Current month changes to the GCR are in red italics and previous month changes are in green italics. At the end of each calendar year all previous changes to the GCR are converted to black text."
wordingSpec MX-5 adds mandatory AiM data acquisition with fuel and oil pressure logging, OEM oil system parts, and video camera requirements.
As printed in Fastrack
In GCR, Section 9.1.7.1. SPEC MX-5 (SMX), make edits as follows: 9.1.7.1. D. VEHICLE TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS 3. Chassis b. All cars must use the front subframe PT# - NE51-34-800C c. All cars must use the rear subframe PT# - NE51-28-800B. Re-Letter Appropriately 4. Body q. It is allowed to apply roll bar padding to the crash support bar (52-070) located behind the front bumper to mitigate
Show 51 more lines
damage to the bumper. Re-Letter Appropriately 6. Engine Modifica�ons 6.2. Engine Block Honing of cylinders is permitted to accommodate piston clearance so long as a maximum standard diameter is not exceeded shown in Table 3. b. The cylinders may be bored to accommodate piston clearance requirements so long as maximum permitted overbore diameter is not exceeded shown in Table 3 below. Table 3: Piston Sizes Piston Part # Bore Diameter Max Standard 0000-01-5310 87.6046mm (3.449”) Allowed Overbore (.020) 0000-01-5310-OS 88.1126mm (3.469”) 6.13. Lubrica�on System a. OEM engine oil filter is required; no subs�tu�ons permited. b. OEM oil pump PT# L310-14-100J is required and no modifications are permitted. c. Mazda Motorsports’ compe��on oil cooler adaptor kit with lines (part # 0000-01-5100KT) is required; no modifica�on is permited. d. An oil pressure sensor integrated into the required AIM data acquisition system is required. It must be operational, and a proper value must be visible within the track data when viewed or downloaded in pre or post session inspections. 12. Suspension and Steering: Suspension a. OEM control arms are required; no modification is permitted. Re-Letter Appropriately 13. Hubs c. OEM RX-8 rear uprights, bearings, hubs, and hybrid axel may be used in place of OEM MX-5 parts. 17. Electrical Equipment d. One of the two OEM alternators (Mazda part # LF9H-18-300R-OA, or part # L3P9-18-300D) is required; no modification is permitted. g. One of the two OEM alternator drive pulley’s part # AJ51-18-W10 (60mm), or part# L813-18-W11(55mm) is required; no modification is permitted. Re-Letter Appropriately 20. Data Acquisi�on 1 A technical evaluation process for cars is available from the Series. Part of this process is the required download of AiM Data files after each timed session (Qualifying 1 & 2, Races 1 & 2). Within 30 minutes of each timed session end, all Series Competitors MUST send the AiM Data file (.XRK) for all timed laps of that session to the secure email address (data@specmx-5.com), where data will be reviewed by AiM directly. Failure to adhere to this guideline from the Series, or having non-functioning data, may be grounds for penalty or disqualification by the Series. a. Vehicle must be equipped with current generation AiM data acquisi�on system (configurable in Race Studio 3) that can provide on track data to AiM race studio 3. The data acquisi�on system may only read the OBDII/ECU data stream. It is not permited to alter/manipulate data to and from the ECU. The AiM system may be u�lized to trigger a switch I.E., cooling fans or diff cooler pumps but must be wired via a separate analog circuit. Refer to Sec�on 17: Electrical Equipment above for installa�on requirements. b. The connection at the OBDII port for the AiM system may be made in either one of two ways: 1. Through a dedicated OBDII AiM adaptor. 2. By direct wiring to the back of the OBDII port within 3” of the ODBII connector. c. Fuel pressure datalogging is required. d. Oil pressure datalogging is required. 21. Mandatory Video Camera Cars running in Spec MX-5 must have a functioning video recorder/camera during all qualifying and race sessions as more particularly in 9.3.11. Upon request the SCCA a competitor shall provide their video recording/data which may be used by the SCCA for any purpose including but not limited to rule enforcement and marketing. Failure to comply with a video request from officials, or having non- functioning video, will be grounds for penalty or disqualification.
Please Increase Replacement Piston Availability for 593 Non-H.O.
wordingF6 Rotax engines may use Ingi Tech Sparker ignition part number DCP-CDI-P2, correcting previous part number.
As printed in Fastrack
In F6, GCR section 9.1.1.D.14.M, change as follows: "Alternate ECU for Rotax engines: The use of the Ingi Tech Sparker ignition part number DCP-CDI-P2 is permitted."
wordingSuper Tour Format: Majors three-day events reduce from two to one qualifying session, 50 minutes non-racing track time minimum.
As printed in Fastrack
In GCR, Section 3.1.1.D.1.c.2. Majors – Conference Events – Minimum Track Time, change as follows: "Three-day events shall have a minimum of 50 minutes of non-racing track time available per Majors class entry. One practice session and Two one qualifying sessions are recommended. End-of-session hardship policy is recommended." In GCR, Section 3.1.1.D.2.c.2: Majors – Super Tour Events – Minimum Track Time, change as follows: "Three-day events shall have a minimum of two (2) one practice session and one qualifying sessions totaling at least 50 minutes of non-racing track time available per Majors class entry. One practice session and two one qualifying sessions are recommended. End-of-session hardship policy is recommended."
wordingFormula and Sports Racing class grouping rules reworded; FB, FC, FE2, FM classes renamed or reclassified to FE, FX; SRF3 renamed SRF.
As printed in Fastrack
In Appendix B, GCR section 1.4.2, change as follows: "A. The speed and performance differences among the cars may not be extreme. B. Any Formula classes may be combined with Sports Racing classes. C. It is more preferable to combine Sports Racing classes with appropriate Formula classes rather than with Production or GT classes. D. It is preferable not to combine FA, FB, F C, FE2 FE, and or FM FX with FV, and/or F600, or FF. FV may be combined with F600 and FF. E. SRF3 SRF may be combined with F and H Production and GTL.
Show 6 more lines
F. Formula classes shall not be combined with cars from any other category except Sports Racing. The only exception is in race groups consisting solely of Vintage/Historic cars. G. It is preferable not to combine GT1, AS, T1, T2, T3, and STU with P1, P2, SRF3 SRF, FP, HP, or GTL. H. Vintage cars may not be grouped with any other type of cars at SCCA Regional or U.S. Majors Tour events but may be combined at Drivers' Schools. I. Vintage/Historic sanctioned race groups may include non-vintage classes."
Clarify minimum age allowed in conjunction with FRP license
wordingGCR 9.2.2 corrects punctuation and clarifies homologation certificate requirements for Formula, Sports Racing, P1, and P2 cars.
As printed in Fastrack
In Homologation Requirements, GCR section 9.2.2, change as follows: "All Formula, Sports Racing, and P1, and P2 cars must be constructed in strict accordance with the rules and regulations contained in the current GCR unless specifically excepted. Cars registered prior to January 1, 1983 do not require a Homologation Certificate. Cars that comply with the design criteria set forth for roll hoops (GCR section 9.4.5) do not require a Homologation Certificate. Cars that do not comply with the design criteria set forth for roll hoops (GCR section 9.4.5) may submit an application to the Road Racing Technical Manager as defined in GCR section 9.4.5.F. The Road Racing Technical Staff, may deny any application for a configuration thats that does not comply with the rules, that incorporates design characteristics or conditions that
Show 10 more lines
fundamentally diverge from standard safety considerations, or that is otherwise incompatible with the relevant class structure or philosophy. A fee to be determined by the Road Racing Department will be assessed for all such applications. Cars that are excepted from the published design criteria, must at all times have available for examination a current logbook, a copy of the letter of exception from the Road Racing Department, and supporting engineering documentation. Cars that have previously been issued Homologation Certificates may satisfy this rule by presentation of said certificate or a copy thereof. All cars are subject to inspection for compliance with the data that was submitted in support of an alternative roll structure. The existence of a Homologation Certificate or letter of exception from the Road Racing Department is not conclusive evidence of rules compliance. The existence of a Homologation Certificate or letter of exception from the Road Racing Department is not conclusive evidence of rules compliance."
wordingOverhang definition in Technical Glossary clarified for measurement consistency across all classes.
As printed in Fastrack
In Appendix F - Technical Glossary, change as follows: "Overhang – The distance which that the end of the bodywork extends away from beyond the wheels wheelbase at the referenced end front and rear of the car, measured from the center of the wheel."
wordingWheelbase definition changes from axle centerlines to wheel centers, all classes affected.
As printed in Fastrack
In Appendix F - Technical Glossary, change as follows: "Wheelbase – The distance between the centers of the front and rear axle centerlines wheels of a car, with the front wheels in the straight-ahead position."
wordingF600 Honda CBR600RR, Suzuki GSXR600, and Yamaha R6 remove note 5 from engine specifications.
As printed in Fastrack
In F600 engine table, Honda CBR600RR spec line, change the notes as follows: "Notes 2, 3, and 4, and 5" In F600 engine table, Suzuki GSXR600 spec line, change the notes as follows: "Notes 2, 3, and 4, and 5" In F600 engine table, Yamaha R6 spec line, change the notes as follows: "Notes 2, 3, and 4, and 5"
wordingFormula, Sports Racing, P1 and P2 cars: homologation wording clarified for roll hoop compliance and technical manager applications.
As printed in Fastrack
In Homologation Requirements, GCR section 9.2.2, change as follows: "All Formula, Sports Racing, and P1 and P2 cars sha llmust be constructed in strict accordance with the rules and regulations contained in the current GCR unless specifically excepted. Cars registered prior to January 1, 1983 do not require a h Homologation c Certificates. Cars which do that comply with the design criteria set forth for roll hoops (GCR section 9.4.5) do not require a h Homologation c Certificate. Cars which that do not comply with the design criteria set forth for roll hoops (GCR section 9.4.5) may submit an application to the Road Racing Technical Manager as defined in GCR section 9.4.5.F. The Road Racing Technical Staff, may deny any application for a configuration which is that does not compliant comply with the
Show 11 more lines
rules, which that incorporates design characteristics or conditions that are fundamentally divergent diverge from standard safety considerations, or that is otherwise incompatible with the relevant class structure or philosophy. A fee to be determined by the Road Racing d Department shall will be assessed for all such applications. Cars which that are excepted from the published design criteria, shall must at all times have available for examination a current logbook, a copy of the letter of exception from the Road Racing d Department, and supporting engineering documentation. Cars which that have previously been issued a Homologation Certificates may satisfy this rule by presentation of said certificate or a copy thereof. All cars are subject to inspection for compliance with the data which that was submitted in support of the an alternative roll structure. The existence of a Homologation Certificate or letter of exception from the Road Racing d Department is not conclusive evidence of rules compliance."
wordingGTA tire rules clarified: any retail-available tire allowed on 15" steel rims, all four must match manufacturer and model.
As printed in Fastrack
In GCR, Section 9.1.2.G.VII. Wheel and Tire Specifications, replace in its entire with the following: "A. Rims must be 15" diameter steel stock car rims of a one-piece construction specifically designed for racing. Wheel backspacing must be a minimum of 3.00 inches and a maximum of 7.00 inches. Maximum wheel width is 10 inches. B. Any tire may be used that fits the rim specified in VII.A. C. All four tires on the car at any time must be the same manufacture and model number. D. Tires must be equally available to all competitors (i.e.- tires must be available through retail channels). E. The tire manufacturer and model must not appear on the following exclusion list, which may be altered at any time by CRB upon notification to the membership:
Show 2 more lines
- No tires are currently listed as excluded. F. Soaking or chemical treating of the tires is prohibited."
wordingPolycarbonate windshields like Lexan now allowed in most classes except IT, AS, B-Spec, Spec Miata, T2, T3, T4; must be 6mm minimum thickness.
As printed in Fastrack
In WINDOWS, GCR section 9.3.53, change as follows: "Windows shall must be clear or uncolored, except in Production, Super Touring, and Touring if no factory or aftermarket clear windows are available. Officials may require the replacement of windshields windows that are considered a safety hazard. Factory (OEM Manufacturer) and FIA GT3/GT4, race-prepared cars with fixed Lexan front door windows may race with windows as delivered and noted on the Spec Line. All other closed cars shall must run with both front door windows fully open." In WINDSHIELDS/WINDSHIELD CLIPS/REAR WINDOW STRAPS, GCR section 9.3.55, add the following: "Polycarbonate windshields such as Lexan are allowed except in Improved Touring, American Sedan, B-Spec, Spec Miata, T2, T3, and T4. Alternate windshields must be of 6mm minimum thickness. Officials may require the replacement of any windshield
fasterGTA LS engine gets 6800 RPM limit, LS-6 heads, Manley valves, upgraded valve springs, ARP rod bolts, Howard's cam, and three intake options including Holley 650 carb.
As printed in Fastrack
In GTA Category Specifications, GCR Section 9.1.2.G., Appendix D, change as follows: "1. Must meet all requirements listed in Appendix A. 2. An ECU re-flash to raise the maximum RPM limit to 6800 is allowed. 2 3. The base LS-1 heads may be replaced with unmodified cylinder heads, part #243 or 799. 4. New intake valves, Manley #11360H, and exhaust valves, Manley #11361, may be installed to 243 and 799 heads to matchLS-6 specific 243 hollow intake & sodium exhaust valves. 5. New valve springs, isky #165A or GM part #12586484, should be installed to handle the higher RPM limit. 6. New ARP rod bolts, part #134-6006, should be installed to handle the higher RPM limit.
Show 21 more lines
7. Howard's Camshaft, PN #197715-10, may be used to unavailability of GM #12480110. 1.7:1 rockers must still be used. 3. An ECU re-flash to raise the maximum RPM limit to 6800 is allowed. 3. 8. Optional upgraded intake systems: Option 1: Any 90mm throttle body may be installed. One example is GM part #12589181. A stock, unmodified LS-2 intake manifold to fit the larger throttle body must be installed. A stock, unmodified LS-2 intake manifold, Gm part #12589181, must be utilized. Option 2: An LS-6 intake manifold (part #12573572 or #88894339) may be installed, but the stock 75mm throttle body must remain in place. Option 3: The fuel injection system may be completely removed and replace with a Holley 650 carburetor as specified in Appendix B, item 16. This conversion also requires GM intake manifold part #88958675 and an MSD 6010, or MSD 6014CT, timing modules. 4 9. The ASA-spec filter box and air meter ducting (bellows) may be replaced by aftermarket parts, but the stock Mass Airflow (MAF) sensor must remain in place. 5. New valve springs, Isky # 165A or GM part #12486484, should be installed to handle the higher RPM limit. 6. New ARP rod bolt, part #134-6006, should be installed to handle the higher RPM limit. 7 10. Competitors may upgrade their own ASA LS-1 engines, but ONLY the items listed in Appendix D, numbers 2 through 6 9 may be modified. NO other modifications are allowed. 8 11. All LS-1 engines, Whether sealed or not, are subject to the same teardown policies as covered by the GCR." In GTA Category Specifications, 9.1.2.G. GTA CATEGORY SPECIFICATIONS (REGIONAL ONLY), change as follows: "9.1.2.G. GTA CATEGORY SPECIFICATIONS (REGIONAL ONLY and are not eligible to compete in SCCA Hoosier Super Tour events or the SCCA Runoffs)"
wordingTechnical Glossary definition of Silent updated to clarify it prohibits data transfer between OEM and aftermarket electronic components.
As printed in Fastrack
In GCR, APPENDIX F. TECHNICAL GLOSSARY, Silent, change as follows: "Silent – Electronics term used exclusively in reference to the prohibition of data transfer between a car's OEM and/or aftermarket electronic components."
E&O - Runoffs-Eligible Class Participation Requirements
wordingRunoffs-eligible class participants may request transfer of U.S. Majors Tour participation credits between reclassified or dual-classified cars.
As printed in Fastrack
In Cars and Equipment, GCR section 9.1.12.E, change as follows: "A P participants competing in a Runoffs-eligible class whose car is re-classified or dual-classified into a new class during the course of the current U.S. Majors Tour season may request a transfer of U.S. Majors Tour participation credits (weekend and start finish credits) for the purpose of Runoffs qualification. The participant may request that a transfer of the participation credits from the first class be transferred to the second class. Points will not be transferred, and they will be removed from their respective point standings upon race participation transfer. Transfer will only be done only upon written request to the Road Racing department (see email address at front of book), no later than the first Wednesday following the final U.S. Majors Tour event of the current season."
wordingAll classes: new technical glossary term 'Silent' defines prohibited data transfer between car electronic components.
As printed in Fastrack
In GCR, APPENDIX F.TECHNICAL GLOSSARY, add as follows: "Silent – Electronics term used exclusively in reference to the prohibition of data transfer between a car's OEM or aftermarket electronic components. Devices connected to any OEM CAN bus are permitted to only accept data output and are prohibited from sending any signal, protocol, activation command, or information in any configuration to the ECU or any other OEM and/or aftermarket electronic component. Such devices are not permitted to use the car's CAN bus for any purpose other than data gathering."
wordingGCR 9.4 cage rules reorganized and clarified; duplicate side protection verbiage removed, wording standardized.
As printed in Fastrack
In Cars and Equipment, GCR section 9.4, change as follows: D. SIDE PROTECTION Two side tubes connecting the front and main hoops across both door openings are mandatory. Tubes that are welded to any part of the same mounting plate are considered to be connected to one another (see 9.4.E.3 below). NASCAR-style side protection or one bar bisecting another to form an “X” is permitted. Door side tubes may extend into the front door. In Improved Touring, Spec Miata, Touring, and B-Spec the door window glass, window operating mechanism, inner door trim panel, armrest, map pockets, wiring harnesses for door locks, windows, power mirrors, seat wiring, etc., and inside door latch/lock operating mechanism may be removed and the inner door structural panel may be modified, but not removed only if
Show 11 more lines
the door bars extend into the door cavity. The stock outside door latch/lock operating mechanism shall not be removed or modified unless specifically authorized in the category rules. All categories except Production and GT shall not remove or modify stock side impact beams unless specifically authorized. Cars competing in Improved Touring, Spec Miata, T4, and B-Spec may extend one tube per side from the door bars down to the rocker panel. The attachment point may be not larger than 25 square inches and no longer than 8” in any direction. The tube Table 2 (Spec Line Cars) Car Engine Wheel Width (in) ± .060 Aero Transmission Weight Notes
A specification table follows in the original; it is not shown here.
wordingT5 class added to fire system exemption list with T3, T4, STL, Spec Miata, B-Spec, Improved Touring.
As printed in Fastrack
In Cars and Equipment, GCR section 9.3.22. FIRE SYSTEM, change as follows: "All cars shall be equipped with an On-Board Fire System except T3, T4, T5, STL, Spec Miata, B-Spec, and Improved Touring."
wordingDivisional Championship participation requirement wording clarified for eligibility counting between Runoffs.
As printed in Fastrack
In Events, GCR section 3.7.4.A.2.a, change as follows: "Participation Requirement: A competitor must participate on track in a minimum of four of a single Division's event weekends in the same class. All events occurring between the conclusion of the previous Runoffs and two (2) weeks prior to the start of the current Runoffs held in a single division count toward the participation requirement of four (4) regional/divisional event weekends regardless of whether they are a divisional championship points race."
wordingWaivers language clarified for adult and minor participant credentialing requirements.
As printed in Fastrack
In Events, GCR section 3.5.1.a, change as follows: "All participants must be properly credentialed for the event. Each adult participant must also either sign the SCCA waiver at the event or have an SCCA annual waiver on file at the National Office and present his hard card it at registration. Each minor participant must also have the event minor waiver signed by one or both parents. If the m Minors, between the ages of 14 and the age of majority as determined by the law in the state of the individual's residence (typically 18 years old, varies by state), requires requiring hazardous area credentials they must have an executed annual minor waiver on file at the National Office and present his hard card at registration."
wordingGlossary adds definition of Minimum Weight as weight with driver after racing, effective 2023-04-01.
As printed in Fastrack
In GCR, APPENDIX F. Technical glossary, add the following: "Minimum Weight: Weight specified with driver, exactly as they come off the race circuit, at the conclusion of any race or qualifying session."
Penalties for tampering with car directed to post-race impound
wordingAll classes: tampering with post-race impound cars now results in disqualification, penalties, and possible membership suspension.
As printed in Fastrack
In GCR section 5.9.3.A.2, change as follows: "During impound activities, cars are not allowed to be worked on or touched by anyone u Unless directed by a tech official., working on, repairing, or altering a car that has been directed to post-race impound will result in disqualification and other appropriate penalties assessed to both driver and entrant and may result in suspension of membership. Tire pressures and tire temperatures may be checked."
Request to clean up 9.3.18(e) Driver restraint language
wordingDriver restraint system language cleaned up; SFI 16.1/16.5 and FIA 8853/2016 specifications clarified with expiration date rules.
As printed in Fastrack
In GCR, Section 9.3.18.E. DRIVER’S RESTRAINT SYSTEM, delete in its entirety and replace as follows: "1. Driver restraints must meet one of the following specifications: a. SFI 16.1 or 16.5 – labels display the specification number, expiration month and year, and expiration final date of either June 30th or December 31st of the expiration year. SFI labels, with June 30th expiration dates, are good until December 31st of the labeled expiration year. b. FIA 8853/2016 – labels display an expiration date. 2. If a restraint system has multiple labels, the label with the latest expiration date is acceptable."
Request rule change traditional GTA engine appendix B
wordingGTA Chevrolet Dart II cast iron cylinder head part number changed from 10310010P to 11310010p.
As printed in Fastrack
In GCR 9.1.2.G GTA Category Specifications, Appendix B.5., change as follows: "Chevrolet cylinder heads must be Dart II cast iron heads, part #10310010P 11310010p, which replaced part #1112B and #1115B."
Clarification of 6.10.5 and Appendix B, section 1.2
wordingRace stoppage rule clarified: incomplete races under 50% may now award drivers' points at regional discretion.
As printed in Fastrack
In Racing Rules and Procedures, GCR section 6.10.5.A, change as follows: "If a race is stopped at less than 50 percent of its scheduled time or distance and is not restarted, it is incomplete; championship points shall not be awarded regions may award drivers’ points, and but organizers will not be required to distribute trophies or other awards."
fasterF600 Rotax 494 Non-RAVE and 493 drop to 775 lbs; 593 Carbureted non-HO to 840 lbs.
As printed in Fastrack
In F600 engine table, Rotax 494 Non-RAVE spec line, change the weight as follows: "800 775" In F600 engine table, Rotax 493 spec line, change the weight as follows: "800 775" In F600 engine table, Rotax 593 Carbureted and non-HO spec line, change the weight as follows: "850 840"
tyres & wheelsImproved Touring, Super Touring, American Sedan, Spec Miata, B-Spec, Touring: U-rated DOT tires required, re-grooving prohibited, shaving/truing only allowed.
As printed in Fastrack
In Cars and Equipment, GCR section 9.3.45, add the following: "In the Improved Touring, Super Touring, American Sedan, Spec Miata, B-Spec and Touring categories, any U rated, or better, DOT approved tire is required. Re-grooving of DOT tires by any method is not permitted once the tire has left the manufacturer. Grooving or re-grooving of non-DOT tires is permitted unless otherwise stated in class-specific rules. Recapping of tires is not permitted in any class. Tire size is unrestricted unless otherwise stated in class-specific rules. The only modifications allowed to DOT tires are having treads "shaved" or "trued."
wordingFF/FC clarifies prohibited materials: no carbon fiber, Kevlar, titanium, beryllium, metal matrix composites, ceramics unless explicitly permitted.
As printed in Fastrack
In FC/FF, GCR section 9.1.1.B.2, add the following: "NOTE: Contained herein are the 1986 Formula F chassis construction requirements, revised January 1, 2013. All new Formula Continental and Formula F cars are to be built to these specifications. Any class-specific differences are stated explicitly. For cars registered prior to January 1, 1986, see section B.21. The use of carbon fiber and/or Kevlar reinforcement, titanium, beryllium, metal matrix composites, ceramics, high strength composites and similar materials is prohibited unless the listed material is specifically permitted. The use of the word "unrestricted" in any section does not indicate the allowance of these prohibited materials. The use of non-metal materials (other than those listed above) for seals, bearing and bearing liners, thread locking systems, windscreens, mirrors, instruments, wiring, electronic systems, electrical systems, hydraulic and oil and cooling systems,
Show 1 more lines
etc., are permitted unless specifically restricted."
wordingImproved Touring, Super Touring, American Sedan, Spec Miata, B-Spec, Touring: DOT tires required, re-grooving banned once left manufacturer, recapping prohibited.
As printed in Fastrack
In Cars and Equipment, GCR section 9.3.45, add the following: "In the Improved Touring, Super Touring, American Sedan, Spec Miata, B-Spec and Touring categories, any U rated, or better, DOT approved tire is required. Re-grooving of tires by any method is not permitted once the tire has left the manufacturer is not permitted. Grooving or re-grooving of non-DOT tires is permitted unless otherwise stated in class-specific rules. Recapping of tires are is not allowed permitted in any class. Tire size is unrestricted unless otherwise stated in class-specific rules. The only modifications allowed to DOT tires are having treads "shaved" or "trued."
removedPrototype X (PX) classification section removed from GCR; class specifications deleted.
As printed in Fastrack
In GCR CONTENTS, Index, change as follows: "H. PX CLASSIFICATION 633" In Cars and Equipment, GCR section 9.1.8, change as follows: "Prototype X (PX)" In Appendix B, GCR section 1.4.2.J, change as follows: "It is recommended that the PX class be grouped with large bore GT- and sedan-type cars (GT1/GT2/AS/T1) in all U.S. Majors Tour and Super Tour events." In PX, GCR section 9.1.8.H, change as follows:
Show 35 more lines
H. PX CLASSIFICATION A. Purpose and Philosophy The intent of the PX category is to allow competition of prototype vehicles that compete in road racing in the United States. The PX class may be subject to periodic balance of performance (BOP) changes. Weights may be adjusted, or cars may be subject to changes in intake restrictors and other areas to meet professional series changes. Cars may be required to carry data acquisition equipment for review of performance. Participants shall make available to SCCA all collected data as may be requested from time to time. B. Eligibility Vehicles meeting one of the following criteria may compete in the PX category: C. Bodywork 1. Standard bodywork must comply with their associated specifications, D. Aerodynamic Devices 1. Aerodynamic devices must comply with their associated specifications. E. Interiors 1. Interiors must comply with their associated specifications. F. Chassis 1. All chassis must comply with their associated specifications. G. Engine 1. Engines specifications are open. H. Fueling, Piping and Fuel Tanks 1. Fueling, piping and fuel tanks must comply with their associated specifications. I. Exhaust System 1. Exhaust systems must comply with their associated specifications. J. Electrical 1. Electrical systems specifications are open. K. Drivetrain 1. Drivetrains specifications are open. N. Suspension and Steering 1. Suspension and steering must comply with their associated specifications. O. Brakes 1. Brakes specifications are open. P. Tires and Wheels 1. Tires must conform to 9.3. Tires. 2. Wheels must comply with their associated specifications.
wordingOn-track infractions incur automatic 1-point penalty; car non-compliance penalties no longer automatic 1-point.
As printed in Fastrack
In GCR, Section 7.4.B., change as follows: "The above penalties if imposed by the Race Director or Chief Steward for on-track infractions (ex. Contact, PUY, Failure to follow flag instruction, etc.) incur 1-point automatically in lieu of the stated points in the above schedule. Above penalties imposed for car non-compliance (ex. Illegal part, failure to meet weight, fuel, stall test, etc.) will not incur an automatic 1-point penalty if imposed by the Race Director or Chief Steward. If a Chief Steward’s Action is protested and the protest is disallowed (upholding the Chief Steward’s Action), the SOM may, at their discretion, assign penalty points as listed above."
Revise Appendix F regarding Flat Plate Intake Restrictor.
wordingFlat Plate Intake Restrictor definition revised: hole must be round, centered, no radiusing/chamfering/beveling permitted.
As printed in Fastrack
In GCR, Appendix F Restrictor, Intake, change as follows: "Flat Plate Intake Restrictor (FPIR) – a metal plate through which all engine combustion chamber air (and possibly fuel) must pass. with a hole through which all air to the engine must pass shall be round, centered with respect to the throttle body bore or carburetor bore or intake manifold bore to which it is attached; no radiusing, chamfering or beveling of the hole is permitted. Unless otherwise specified in a category, class or individual engine specification, all flat plate restrictors must meet the following requirements (more than one plate restrictor may be required in some applications; each shall meet the requirements):"
wordingBurden of proof in protests shifts from protestor and/or protestee to participant seeking action, across multiple GCR sections.
As printed in Fastrack
In GCR, Section 8.3.3., add the following: "The burden of proof lies upon any participant seeking action against another participant." In GCR, Section 9.1.3.C., change the following: "To establish the originality and configuration of the vehicle, each driver/entrant shall have a factory shop manual for the specific make, model, and year of the automobile. This manual shall be presented when so requested at any technical inspection. If the factory shop manual is no longer available from the vehicle manufacturer, an aftermarket shop manual will be accepted with proof of non-availability from the vehicle manufacturer. The proof of legality shall rest upon the protestor and/or protestee. The burden of proof lies upon any participant seeking action against another participant."
Show 15 more lines
In GCR, Section 9.1.3.C., change the following: "To establish the originality and configuration of the vehicle, each driver/entrant shall have a factory shop manual for the specific make, model, and year of the automobile. This manual shall be presented when so requested at any technical inspection. If the factory shop manual is no longer available from the vehicle manufacturer, an aftermarket shop manual will be accepted with proof of non-availability from the vehicle manufacturer. The proof of legality shall rest upon the protestor and/or protestee. The burden of proof lies upon any participant seeking action against another participant." In GCR, Section 9.1.8.J.4., change the following: "Devices that interact with the throttle, ignition, or fuel system during a shift operation (for example: ignitions cuts, flat shifters, blippers) are permitted, but no such devices shall remove the driver’s control of the gear change initiation, gear selection or completion. The burden of proving that a device is in compliance with this rule shall be upon the competitor participant and/or entrant of the car." In GCR, Section 9.1.10.A., change as follows: "The B-Spec Category shall be considered primarily as a form for the membership to race street stock automobiles. Eligibility of cars may be discontinued at any time, for any reason other than competitive stature. The proof of legality or illegality shall rest upon the protester and/or protestee. The burden of proof lies upon any participant seeking action against another participant."
wordingAdministrative and penalty wording clarified for probation, suspension, and penalty points; no performance changes.
As printed in Fastrack
In GCR, Section 7.2.G., change as follows: "G. Probation of privileges Although t The probation is effective immediately. If available, the SCCA member card should be surrendered to the Chairman SOM or the National Office. If a fine is imposed, the conditions set forth in the probationary license will not be met until the fine, the probation period does not begin until the license, as well as any imposed fine, is received by the Chairman SOM or the National Office. Any member on probation must notify the event Race Director or Chief Steward prior to his first on track session or beginning his assigned official’s responsibilities. Failure to notify the Race Director or Chief Steward is a violation of probation. 1. Length of Probation
Show 69 more lines
Probation may be up to 12 months; or it may be specified as a number of SCCA Road Racing event days or SCCA Road Racing event weekends. 2. Term(s) of Probation A member driver on probation may be restricted to participating in his/her Division; limited to participating in certain types of levels of events; or required to perform specified event related activities, including attending an SCCA Drivers’ School or official’s training. Participating in SCCA Test Days or SCCA events that are not sanctioned by SCCA Road Racing will not fulfill probation." In GCR, Section 7.2.I., change as follows: "I. Suspension of license privileges SCCA license privileges for a driver, crew, or official may be suspended for a period of time not to exceed 12 months. A license holder whose privileges are suspended must immediately surrender his license to the Chairman of the SOM, review committee, or Court of Appeals. While the The suspension is effective immediately., the suspension period does not begin until the license, as well as any imposed fine, is received by the Chairman of the SOM, review committee, or the National Office. If a fine is imposed concurrently with the suspension, the suspension period will not be completed until the fine is received by the Chairman of the SOM, review committee, or the National Office. A member whose Competition License has been suspended shall not participate in a Road Racing event using any other grade or form of competition license. When the suspension is the result of a non-compliant vehicle, the infraction shall be noted in the Vehicle Logbook. The suspension document for a Competition L license holder will note whether a member whose license privileges have been suspended may participate in further Road Racing events in another capacity using another type or grade of license." In GCR, Section 7.4. PENALTY POINTS, change as follows: "A. Penalties assessed by the SOM, or the Court of Appeals accumulate points on the member’s record according to the following schedule: 1. Fine ($1 - $99) no points 2 1. Reprimand 1 point 3 2. Fine ($100 - $249) 1 point 4 3. Loss of event points 1 point 5 4. Fine ($250) 2 points 6 5. Loss of time, lap, or finishing position 2 points 7 6. Probation of SCCA competition privileges 3 points 8 7. Disqualification 4 points 9 8. Suspension of SCCA competition privileges 6 points 10 9. Loss of accrued championship or series points 7 points B. The above P penalties, if imposed by the Race Director or Chief Steward, incur 1 point automatically in lieu of the stated points in the above schedule.do not incur penalty points. If a Chief Steward’s Action is protested and the protest is disallowed (upholding the Chief Steward’s Action), the SOM may, at their discretion, assign penalty points as listed above." "D. Automatic penalties are imposed according to the following schedule:" ***SEE ATTACHED*** In GCR, APPENDIX A. ADMINISTRATIVE GLOSSARY, change the following: "5. Club Racing Board The SCCA Club Racing Board (CRB) establishes rules, specifications and standards for competition vehicles, as well as for scheduling, organizing ation, conduct, and supervision of conducting SCCA sanctioned Road Racing events programs, and the licensing of drivers and officials. The CRB supervises the execution of these rules and standards. The Club Racing Board shall work in concert with the Road Racing Department to ensure such rules and procedures mesh smoothly to the benefit of the program and the participants. The CRB may appoint Advisory Committees to assist in reviewing member requests for rules development and changes to individual vehicle specifications, and to solicit and make recommendations to the CRB based on their research and knowledge. Advisory Committee members serve at the discretion of the CRB and the Board of Directors." "12. Event An entire program of competitions. Also known as a “race event” or “race weekend”. This term includes all sessions run under a single, or multiple sanction numbers. A race weekend is defined as a calendar period of consecutive days. Multiple events run in the same calendar period will be considered one race weekend." "26. Penalty Definitions The following penalties will be reflected in the membership record for as long as any points associated with those penalties are valid. a) Reprimand – A formal rebuke that an action or behavior is unacceptable. b) Probation – A penalty against a specific privilege(s) (e.g.. competition license, specialty license) authorized by SCCA which requires observation for a specified amount of time and/or completion of a specific set of conditions. When a probation penalty is applied, a Membership – Probationary License form will be issued and used during the probationary period. c) Suspension – A penalty against a specific privilege(s) (e.g. competition license, specialty license) authorized by SCCA which temporarily removes one’s ability to participate for a specified amount of time (e.g. 30 days, 6 months, 12 months.) Suspension and/or termination of overall membership including all privileges is reserved to the National Board of Directors." In GCR, Section 5.10.4.B.6., change as follows: "When a car participant receives any penalty listed in 7.2., the penalty and GCR reference shall be shown on the Official Results. is given a lap, time or finishing position penalty, the reason should be shown on the Official Results, including the GCR reference." In GCR, Section 5.12.1.B., add the following: "3. Action Reporting The Chairman of the SOM (or his designee) shall add all participant actions to the member record of the named party(s) in the Action History/Discipline form found in the Member Account Portal within 10 days of the completion of the event."
otherImproved Touring, Spec Miata, T4, B-Spec roll cages may add door bar tubes to rocker panel, 25 sq in max.
As printed in Fastrack
In GCR, Section 9.4.D.1., Roll Cage Attachment Points, add the following: "Cars competing in Improved Touring, Spec Miata, T4, and B-Spec may extend one tube per side from the door bars down to the rocker panel. The attachment point may be not larger than 25 square inches and no longer than 8" in any direction. The tube shall not exceed door bar diameter and thickness. The attachment points shall be approximately centered longitudinally in the door openings." In GCR, Section 9.4.E.1., Roll Cage Attachment Points, add the following: "a. Cars competing in Improved Touring, Spec Miata, T4, and B-Spec may extend one tube per side from the door bars down to the rocker panel. The attachment point may be not larger than 25 square inches and no longer than 8" in any direction. The tube
Show 2 more lines
shall not exceed door bar diameter and thickness. The attachment points shall be approximately centered longitudinally in the door openings."
In GCR section 1.2.3.D., add verbiage and re-number as follows: "D. The interpretation and application of the GCR by SCCA officials is final and binding. To promote the sport of automobile competition; to achieve prompt finality in competition results; and to recognize the numerous benefits to them, all members expressly agree that: 1. The intent of a specific rule will override a participant's interpretation of a rule. The intent of a rule will be determined by the CRB. If any rule is unclear to the participant, the participant is advised to obtain written approval by submitting a compliance review request under GCR section 8.1.4 prior to making any modification.” 1.2. SCCA officials’ determinations are non-litigable;
Show 5 more lines
2.3. They will not initiate or maintain litigation of any kind against SCCA or anyone acting on behalf of SCCA to reverse or modify such determinations, or seek to recover damages or other relief allegedly incurred or required as a result of such determination; and 3.4. Any member who initiates or maintains litigation violating this provision agrees to reimburse SCCA for all costs of litigation, including travel expenses and attorneys’ fees."
Appendix C Remove Novice Permit Passport Photo Requirement
wordingNovice Permit no longer requires passport photo; proof of age and operator's permit now required instead.
As printed in Fastrack
In GCR Appendix C. Licensing and Types, Section 2.7.A, change as follows: "After submitting the required materials, an applicant will receive his their Novice Permit, applicant must attach with one photo attached minimum size 2” x 2". The permit must be presented at each Drivers' School and subsequent SCCA he Permit must be presented at each Drivers’ School and subsequent SCCA races until replaced by a Full Competition License or Vintage. The requirement of AppC.2.55.C. may be waived by the Division Driver Licensing Administrator. “ In GCR Appendix C, Table 1, Novice Permit, change Other as follows: "2 Passport Photos Minimum size 2”x 2”photo+ Proof of Age + Operator’s Permit/ State Driver’s License allowing solo motor vehicle operation."
wordingAftermarket parts definition clarified: must provide same functionality as OE/OEM parts, no distinct advantage required.
As printed in Fastrack
In GCR Appendix F – Technical Glossary, O E M - Original Equipment Manufacturer, change as follows: "After Market Aftermarket – These parts are usually copied from an OE/OEM part but are likely not produced by the same manufacturer. The part may not be identical, but it should offer no distinct advantage over the OE or OEM part other than perhaps a lower price point. The part shall provide the same functionality as the OE/OEM part. Documentation from the part manufacturer or other commercial publications may be considered in making a determination as to whether a part qualifies as "After Market" aftermarket."
Request to update GCR 5.12.4 ACS-Safety Sections A and C
wordingACS Safety procedures updated: accident reports now filed electronically to Sanction/Insurance Department.
As printed in Fastrack
In GCR, Section 5.12.4. Assistant Chief Steward - Safety, change as follows: "A. Investigate accidents and forward the originals or scanned pdf by electronic filing of all reports, including original releases, to the Sanction/Insurance Department of the SCCA." "C. Mail or email copies of the material sent to the SCCA Sanction/Insurance Department to the Divisional Safety Administrator."
wordingSCCA medical requirements for equivalent licenses at Regional events removed; licensing wording simplified.
As printed in Fastrack
In GCR Appendix C. Licensing and Types, Section 2.8.B. Full Competition License, change as follows: "Licenses listed below will be accepted as equivalent to a SCCA Full Competition License at SCCA Regional events if the requirements of AppC.2.1 are met and the license holder is an SCCA member in good standing."
wordingAll classes: intake restrictor material changed, flat steel removed, thickness specification simplified to 0.040-0.250 inches.
As printed in Fastrack
In Appendix F., Technical glossary, make changes as follows under Restrictor, Intake: "The restrictor shall be made from flat steel or aluminum or sheet steel metal with a thickness range of 0.040in-0.250in at least 0.060 inches thick."
wordingTire warmers prohibited; clarified to ban all active heating or cooling methods beyond natural air convection or conduction.
As printed in Fastrack
In Cars and Equipment, GCR Section 9.3.46. TIRE WARMERS, change as follows: "Pre-heating of tires prior to competition by electrically heated covers or similar means is prohibited on the grid. The use of tire warmers or cooling methods other than natural air convection or conduction is prohibited."
Update App C 2.8.B, Accepted Equivalent License List
wordingAppendix C licensing list renumbered and IMG license removed; wording clarified for SCCA Pro Racing and Vintage categories.
As printed in Fastrack
In Appendix C. Licensing and Types, GCR Section 2.8., change the following: "6. IMSA Issued License 7. Midwestern Council of Sports Car Clubs (MCSCC) Full and Novice permit 8. Miller Motorsports Park Racing Association Full Competition License 98. NASA Full Competition 109. Ontario Region CASC Regional 11 0. Porsche Club of America Full Competition 12 1. SCCA Pro Racing licenses (F4, FR, Trans Am, FRP) or SCCA Vintage
Show 11 more lines
12. SCCA Vintage 13. Sportscar Vintage Racing Association (SVRA) 14. Vintage Auto Racing Association Full Competition 16. Waterford Hills Road Racing Club Full and Novice permit 17. West Canada Motorsport Association Amateur 18. Eastern Motor Racing Association (EMRA) Competition License. 19. Atlantic Region Motor Sports (ARMS) Regional Competition License 20. Grand American Road Racing Association (Grand-Am) 21 0. Autobahn Country Club Level 1/Level 2 22. Independent Motorsports Group (IMG) 23 1. Indy Car MX-5 Cup Issued License"
otherAll classes: snap-in harness mounting clips must be pinned if manufacturer provides hole.
As printed in Fastrack
In Cars and Equipment, GCR Section 9.3.18. DRIVER’S RESTRAINT SYSTEM, add as follows: "G. Snap-in mounting clips must be pinned to help prevent inadvertent opening of the clip if the manufacturer has provided a hole for such purpose."
wordingWording changes to penalty procedures and licensing proof requirements; no performance impact.
As printed in Fastrack
In Penalties, GCR Section 7.5. AMENDMENT OF RESULTS, change as follows: "Whenever a penalty or correction affects the final official results, including when a driver or car is disqualified or reinstated, the SOM shall advance or demote subsequent competitors in the finishing order and advise the Chief of Timing and Scoring of any amendment to the results. The results must then be labeled “Revised Official Results” and include the revision date and time." In Appendix C. Licensing and Types, GCR Section 2.5.B.2., change as follows: "Proof of Age: A photocopy of both sides of his State Operator’s Permit/Driver’s License, government issued identification, passport, or birth certificate."
wordingSafety car procedures clarified: field must follow pace car with emergency lights on, even if it varies from course.
As printed in Fastrack
In Racing Rules and Procedures, GCR Section 6.6.2, change as follows: "A safety car and/or the lead car will be used to control the field and to assure expeditious restarts. All vehicles must pass any on track incident(s) well under control. The field shall follow the Pace/Safety car as long as its emergency lights are on, even if it varies from the course."
wordingAll cars must have front and rear tow eyes/straps, 2 inches minimum ID, accessible without bodywork removal; mounting locations clarified.
As printed in Fastrack
Effective 03/01/2022 In GCR, Section 9.3.48, change as follows: "All cars without an exposed roll bar shall have a towing eye or strap, front and rear, that does not dangerously protrude from the bodywork when the car is racing, to be used for flat towing or hauling the vehicle. A removable towing eye carried inside the car is not acceptable, except in formula cars and Sports Racing cars. These towing eyes or straps shall be easily accessible without removal or manipulation of bodywork or other panels. Towing eye The minimum ID of the tow eye is 2 inches. The required tow eyes must be strong enough to tow the car from a hazard such as a gravel trap. The F front tow eye may be mounted in the driver/passenger side window openings, or at any location forward of the windshield., and a hole may be cut in the bodywork for the sole purpose of clearing a protruding tow eye. If mounted in the
Show 10 more lines
driver/passenger side window openings, it must be attached to the forward roll cage down tube as close to the base of the windshield as possible. If the front tow eye is located in the side window openings there shall be one on each side of the car. Open top cars may use their exposed roll bar for towing purposes. Closed top cars may mount the front tow eye in the driver/passenger side window openings, but it must be attached to the forward roll cage down tube as close to the base of the windshield as possible, and there shall be one on each side of the car.A removable towing eye carried inside the car is not acceptable, except in Formula and Sports Racing cars. In addition, for Formula and Sports Racing cars, if the main hoop is faired in, the fairing shall have access holes to allow the insertion of a bar or strap to allow the car to be lifted by a wrecker. Rear tow eyes must be accessible rearward of the rear axle centerline. In addition, for Formula and Sports Racing cars, if the main hoop is faired in, the fairing shall have access holes to allow the insertion of a bar or strap to allow the car to be lifted by a wrecker."
removedDaytona Prototype Gen 1-3 and International removed from PX, reclassified to GTX.
As printed in Fastrack
Effective 3/1/2022 per RM 22-02, In 9.1.8.H PX Classification, remove currently classified cars as follows as they have all been moved to GTX: 1. Daytona Prototype Gen #1 (2003-2007): 2. Daytona Prototype Gen #2 (2008-2011): 3. Daytona Prototype Gen #3 (2012-2016): 4. Daytona Prototype International (2017-Present):
wordingAll Super Tour and Runoffs cars must have forward-facing camera recording on track with clear horizontal field of view ahead.
As printed in Fastrack
In GCR, Section 9.3.11.A. change as follows: "9.3.11. CAMERA & CAMERA MOUNTS (effective 01 July 2022) A. All cars competing at Super Tour events and the SCCA Runoffs must have a forward-facing camera that is recording at all times while on track and provides a clear horizontal field of view of the cars and track ahead. The cameras may be mounted either inside the car, or on the body. If video is needed as part of an investigation of an incident, a competitor’s video of the full unedited session may be requested by race officials regardless of whether or not said competitor was involved in the incident. Failure to provide such video may result in penalties. Forward-facing cameras are recommended at all other SCCA-sanctioned events.The video format must be a digital file so it can be viewed in an MS Windows compatible viewer."
wordingAll cars must have rear rain lights activated by Race Director; Formula and Sports Racing cars need red taillight equivalent to 15-watt bulb on centerline.
As printed in Fastrack
In GCR, Section 9.3.32.B., change as follows: "All cars shall be equipped with rain light(s) clearly visible from the rear. The rain light(s) shall be turned on when directed to by the Race Director or Chief Steward." In GCR, Section 9.3.32.B.2., change as follows: "All Formula (open wheel) and Sports Racing cars shall be equipped with a red taillight of at least the equivalent illumination power of a 15-watt bulb. This light shall be mounted on the centerline of the car. Light assemblies shall be considered one light for the purposes of this rule, irrespective of the number of individual lamps the assembly may contain. FIA Technical List N 19 rain lights are recommended."
Error & Omission in Rule 9.3.29 Identification Markings
wordingAll classes: identification markings wording clarified for rule 9.3.29 compliance.
As printed in Fastrack
In GCR, Section 9.2.29, change as follows: "Each car shall carry identification numbers and class letters markings per A and B, below, SCCA logos per C, the sections listed below; and any markings required by the Supplemental Regulations."
wordingAll classes: helmet certifications updated to Snell SA2015, SFI 31.1/2015, FIA 8859-2015, FIA 8860-2010 or newer.
As printed in Fastrack
In GCR section 9.3.19.C.2, correct helmet certifications as follows: "Crash helmets approved by the Snell Foundation with Snell sticker 2010 2015 or later Special Application SA2010 2015/SAH2010 2015, or by the SFI with a SFI Sticker SFI 31.1/2010 2015 or newer, or by the FIA standard 8859- 2018 2015 or FIA 88602004 2010 or newer."
wordingAll classes: Pro License removed from Major/Super Tour/Runoffs eligibility; Full Competition License now required.
As printed in Fastrack
In GCR section 3.1.1.B Driver Eligibility, make changes as follows: "Only drivers who hold an SCCA Full Competition License or an SCCA Pro Licens e are eligible to enter." In GCR section 3.7.4.A.4 Additional Requirements, make changes as follows: "The driver must hold a current SCCA Full Competition License or an SCCA Pro License."
wordingAppendix G.1 engine displacement and compression ratio definitions clarified with revised formulas and terminology.
As printed in Fastrack
In Appendix G.1, make changes as follows: “3.1416 x bore x bore x stroke 4 Engine displacement = Cylinder volume times number of cylinders Compression ratio = V1 + V2 V2 Where V1 is total volume of one cylinder: sum of swept plus unswept volumes.
Show 7 more lines
V2 is enclosed volume existing in a cylinder/cylinder head with the piston at its closest approach to the cylinder head. Engine displacement = Cylinder volume times number of cylinders Compression ratio = V1 + V2 V2 Where V1 is total volume of one cylinder V2 is volume of space above piston at top of stroke”
wordingTire requirements clarified: DOT tires may only be shaved or trued, re-grooving prohibited after manufacturer release.
As printed in Fastrack
In GCR, Section 9.3.45., change as follows: "Tires shall be 124 (“U”) mph rated or better unless otherwise specified or controlled. In the Improved Touring, Super Touring, American Sedan, Spec Miata, B-Spec and Touring categories, any U rated, or better, DOT approved tire is required. Re-grooving of DOT tires by any method once the tire has left the manufacturer is not permitted. Grooving or re-grooving of non-DOT tires is permitted. Recapped tires are not allowed in any class. Tire size is unrestricted unless otherwise stated in class specific rules. The only modifications allowed to DOT tires are having treads “shaved” or “trued.”"
wordingThrottle body restrictor specifications added to technical glossary: aluminum, 0.375–0.500 inch thick, 0.375 inch max inlet radius.
As printed in Fastrack
In GCR, Section Appendix F. Technical Glossary, add the following: "TBR - Throttle Body Restrictor - All throttle body (TBR) restrictor plates must be made of aluminum, and must be a minimum of 0.375 inch thick and a maximum of 0.500 inch thick. The maximum inlet radius must be 0.375 inch. The remainder of the restrictor bore must maintain the required diameter. No other radiusing, tapering or chamfering is allowed. It must be mounted directly in front of the inlet (primary) side of the throttle body."
wordingThrottle body definition added to Technical Glossary to clarify air intake regulation and flow requirements.
As printed in Fastrack
In GCR Appendix F., Technical Glossary, add Throttle Body as follows: "Throttle Body - A device mechanically and/or electrically controlled by driver input, located on the intake side of the fuel induction system which regulates the volume of air and/or air fuel mixture flowing into the engine. On Throttle body induction systems all air entering the induction system must pass through the throttle body."
wordingAppendix G.1 clarifies compression ratio calculation: V1 is swept plus unswept volume, V2 is enclosed volume at closest piston approach.
As printed in Fastrack
In Appendix G.1, make changes as follows: "Cylinder volume (displacement) = 3.1416 x bore x bore x stroke 4 Engine displacement = Cylinder volume times number of cylinders SCCA Fastrack News October2021 Page 2 Compression ratio = V1 + V2 V2
Show 8 more lines
Where V1 is total volume of one cylinder: sum of swept plus unswept volumes. V2 is enclosed volume existing in a cylinder/cylinder head with the piston at its closest approach to the cylinder head. Engine displacement = Cylinder volume times number of cylinders Compression ratio = V1 + V2 V2 Where V1 is total volume of one cylinder V2 is volume of space above piston at top of stroke Piston speed (ft. per min.) = 2 x RPM x stroke in feet"
wordingMobility Impairment decal holders may stay in car during separate weighing; others must exit.
As printed in Fastrack
In GCR, Section 5.9.4.B. change as follows: "If all 4 wheels cannot be weighed simultaneously, the driver must be weighed separately from the car unless the car is displaying a Mobility Impairment decal, then the driver may remain in the car for weighing."
wordingMSA (Motor Sports Association UK) renamed to Motorsport UK in roll-over and single-seater roll structure certificate requirements.
As printed in Fastrack
In GCR section 9.4.G.8.2., change name as follows: "Cars may compete with an approved MSA (Motor Sports Association UK) Motorsport UK Roll Over Protection System Certificate. " In GCR section 9.4.5.E.10., change name as follows: "Single seat cars may compete with an approved MSA (Motor Sports Association UK) Motorsport UK National Single Seater Roll Structure Certificate."
wordingStewards of the Course location clarified as Black Flag Station in Technical Glossary.
As printed in Fastrack
In GCR, Appendix F. Technical Glossary, add the following: "Stewards of the Course (SOC) – The location on track where incidents are investigated by the stewards, may also be called Black Flag Station."
fasterAll class modifications allowed up to 29 inches forward of rear bulkhead, previously 24 inches.
As printed in Fastrack
In GCR, Section 9.1.7.8.a.1., change as follows: "All modifications shall be contained between the transmission tunnel, driver’s side rocker, rear bulk- head and no more than 24 29” forward of the rear bulkhead."
GCR 8.1.1. (Chief Steward's Action) Has Incorrect Reference
wordingCompression ratio definition and calculation method formally added to GCR Appendix G.
As printed in Fastrack
In GCR Appendix G, Section 1., add the following: "Compression ratio = V1 + V2 V2 Where V1 is total volume of one cylinder: sum of swept plus unswept volumes. V2 is enclosed volume existing in a cylinder/cylinder head with the piston at its closest approach to the cylinder head."
wordingDisability identification wording clarified for placement of Mobility & Impairment decal on driver's door or master switch.
As printed in Fastrack
In GCR, Section 9.3.29.E, change as follows: "E. Disability Identification To ensure course marshals, emergency services crew, and other officials are made aware that the driver may need to be dealt with differently in case of an emergency, non-ambulant drivers must display the disability identification symbol on both sides of the car near the driver’s compartment. If the driver will need assistance getting out of their car, the Mobility & Impairment decal (Figure 1), available in the online store or by calling Member Services, shall be displayed on the driver’s door on closed wheel cars and adjacent to the master switch on formula and sports racer type cars. Figure 1"
wordingDriver refund eligibility clarified: participation defined as turning a wheel in any sanctioned session.
As printed in Fastrack
In GCR, Appendix B Section 1.4.1., add as follows: "M. A driver who has been on track (turned a wheel) in any sanctioned session of an event is considered to have participated in the event and is not eligible for a refund, unless the event supplemental regulations specifically state otherwise."
wordingU.S. Majors Tour eligibility criteria renamed from Runoffs eligibility; regional-only class designation clarified.
As printed in Fastrack
In, GCR, Section 9.1.A., change as follows: "Runoffs U.S. Majors Tour Eligible Classes 1. Runoffs U.S. Majors Tour Eligible classes are those listed below which are not designated “Regional Only”. 2. Only Runoffs Eligible classes will be invited to the Runoffs.
wordingAll classes: video requests clarified to specify full unedited session, not just incident footage.
As printed in Fastrack
In GCR, Section 9.3.11, change as follows: "9.3.11. CAMERA & CAMERA MOUNTS (effective 01 March 2021) A. All cars competing at Super Tour events and the SCCA Runoffs must have a forward-facing camera that is recording at all times while on track and provides a clear horizontal field of view of the cars and track ahead. The cameras may be mounted either inside the car, or on the body. If video is needed as part of an investigation of an incident, a competitor’s video of the full unedited session may be requested by race officials, regardless of whether or not said competitor was involved in the incident. Failure to provide such video may result in penalties. Forward-facing cameras are recommended at all other SCCA-sanctioned events."
2021 Waiver of Runoffs Participation Reqmt for Canadian Drivers
wordingCanadian drivers unable to attend Majors due to border closures may waive up to two event weekends and one race finish for 2021 Runoffs qualification.
As printed in Fastrack
Add to GCR Section 3.7.4.A.1.a as follows: Canadian drivers unable to meet the participation criteria due to US/Canada border closures may request a waiver of up to two (2) Majors event weekends and one (1) Majors race finish for 2021. The substitute entry process will apply. Only Canadian residents that have previously participated at the SCCA Runoffs AND competed in a minimum of one (1) 2021 Majors event weekend and finished two (2) Majors races in the same class may be granted a waiver. Requests must be made in writing to runoffs@scca.com by September 14, 2021 and include: - The class(es) you intend to race in at the 2021 Runoffs - A scanned copy of your foreign passport page that includes your name and photo.
Show 3 more lines
Canadian drivers utilizing this qualification path must purchase substitute Majors entries through the Member Account Portal of SCCA.com for the number of substitute Majors event weekends (either 1 or 2) by September 14, 2021. SCCA will collect and distribute the fees to the SCCA Regions.
wordingGlossary adds definitions for Hardship Lap and Warmup Session.
As printed in Fastrack
In GCR, Appendix F. Technical Glossary, add the following: "Hardship Lap – The driver does not take a complete lap. The driver enters the track at Pit Out and exits the track at Pit In without making a complete lap." "Warmup Session – A warmup session is a time certain session of laps that are intended to allow drivers to test their vehicles prior to race sessions."
cars addedRevolution A-One classified in PX Table 1 with Ford 3.7L V6 NA engine, 1925 lbs minimum weight.
As printed in Fastrack
In PX Table 1, classify the Revolution A-One as follows: Table 1 Marque Model Engine Restrictor Min Weight (lbs) Notes Revolution A-One Ford 3.7L V6 NA 1925
wordingGCR terminology change: 'court' replaced with 'Stewards of the Meeting' in protest procedures.
As printed in Fastrack
In GCR, Section 5.12.1.C, change as follows: "The Chairman shall ensure that the SOM court follows the appropriate GCR process when hearing protests or requests for action." In GCR, APPENDIX O.3.C., change as follows: "If a protest or RFA is not finalized at the event, the Executive Steward shall appoint a Stewards of the Meeting (SOM) court to hear and determine the outcome of the protest or RFA."
cars addedSuperlite SL-C with GM LS7 7.2L V8 NA added to PX class at 2625 lbs minimum weight.
As printed in Fastrack
In PX Table 1, classify the Superlite SL-C as follows: Table 1 Marque Model Engine Restrictor Min Weight (lbs) Notes Superlite SL-C GM LS7 7.2L V8 NA 2625
Show 3 more lines
Must comply with specifications found here: https://www.scca.com/pages/technical-forms-and- downloads
wordingFire systems wording clarified: 'other' removed, 'that' removed from requirement language.
As printed in Fastrack
In GCR Section 9.3.22.A, change as follows: "It is recommended that all other cars employing onboard fire systems that meet the following requirements:"
wordingAll drivers must use helmets with Snell 2010+ or SFI 31.1/2010+ or FIA 8859-2018 or 8860-2004; British Standards BS6658-85 removed.
As printed in Fastrack
In GCR Section 9.3.19.C.2., change as follows: "Crash helmets approved by the Snell Foundation with Snell sticker 2010 or later Special Application SA2010/SAH2010, or SA2015/SAH2015, or by the SFI with a SFI Sticker SFI 31.1/2010 or newer, or by the FIA standard 8859-2018 or FIA 8860-2004 or later newer., or British Standards Institute BS6658-85 type A/FR. SFI labeled helmets must have a year printed on the label to be valid. Each driver’s helmet shall be labeled with a minimum of the driver’s name. Crash helmets with SA2010/ 9. Cars and Equipment GCR - 79 SAH2010 certification will remain valid until December 31, 2021. The use of a head and neck restraint system that has been certified in accordance with SFI 38.1 or FIA 8858-2002 or 8858- 2010 is required; an SFI 38.1 or FIA 8858- 2002 or 8858-2010 label must be properly affixed to the device. Accident damaged helmets should be sent by the driver or his or
Show 4 more lines
Technical Services RACING MEMO her representative to the Snell Memorial Foundation, 3628 Madison Ave., North Highland, CA. 95660 (ph.) 916-331- 5073 (attn. Edward B. Becker). Details of the accident should be included. Freon based total loss helmet cooling systems are not allowed."
cars addedSuperlite Aero with sealed Katech GM LS3 6.2L V8 NA classified in PX at 2180 lbs minimum.
As printed in Fastrack
In PX Table 1, classify the Superlite Aero as follows: Table 1 Marque Model Engine Restrictor Min Weight (lbs) Notes Superlite Aero Sealed Katech GM LS3 6.2L V8 NA 2180
Clarify wording under Roll Cage Basic Design Considerations
wordingAll classes: roll cage wording clarified from may to shall, thrust to force, removing aerodynamic vertical force provisions.
As printed in Fastrack
In GCR section 9.4.G.2., Basic Design Considerations, change as follows: "2. No portion of the roll cage may shall have an aerodynamic effect by creating a vertical force." In GCR, Section 9.4.5.E.2., Basic Design Considerations, change as follows: "2. No portion of the safety roll cage shall have aerodynamic effect by creating a vertical thrust. force."
wordingCamber definition clarified: angle of wheel relative to true vertical, measured without driver.
As printed in Fastrack
In Appendix F., Technical Glossary, clarify camber as follows: "Camber – The angle of a wheel relative to true vertical. Negative camber implies that the top of the wheel is closer than the bottom to the car’s centerline. Camber is to be measured at each wheel without driver."
wordingDivisional Championship program submission deadline moved from October to December 1st annually.
As printed in Fastrack
In GCR, Section 3.7.1. Division Championships, change as follows: “Each Division will conduct an SCCA approved championship program for Runoffs invitations. The program must be submitted for approval to the Head of Road Racing or his designate by October December 1st each year. Division Championship rules will be posted on the SCCA website.” General Stock Engine 1050 lbs.
wordingGCR 5.12.1.B.3 removed; probation and suspension notices consolidated into section 5.12.1.B.2.
As printed in Fastrack
In GCR section 5.12.1.B.2., make changes as follows: "2. Notice of Probation and/or Suspension" "The name(s) of anyone placed on probation, or whose competition privileges were suspended, must be faxed or emailed to the Road Racing Department on Monday following the event." In GCR section 5.12.1.B.3., remove from GCR: "3. Notice of Suspension The name(s) of anyone whose competition privileges were suspended must be faxed or emailed to the Road Racing Department on Monday following the event. Required information includes the name, member number, event date/location, and the name
Show 1 more lines
of the Chairman SOM. The appropriate paperwork and suspended license must be sent with the Observer’s Report."
wordingMultiple classes in same run group now require separate entries with unique car numbers; duplicate numbers within run group prohibited.
As printed in Fastrack
In GCR, 4.4.2, Entering Multiple Classes, add the following: “If both classes are in the same run group, a separate entry for each class and unique car # is required. Note: A car may only compete (earn points) in one class per race and must use the number associated with the unique entry for that class in that race.” In GCR, 9.3.29.A Numbers and Class Letters, add the following: “Duplicate car numbers within the same run group is prohibited. See also GCR section 6.4.1.A.”
Update Appendix B Alternative Driver School Sanction Process
wordingAppendix B Alternative Driver School Sanction Process simplified: removed student names requirement and reduced approval authority options.
As printed in Fastrack
In Appendix B., Sanctioning for Alternative Drivers’ Schools, change as follows: “A. Sanction Application Form B. Names of students C B. Name(s) of approved Instructor(s) D C. Dates of “school” elements (classroom/on-track) E. Brief outline of the training components/schedule F D. Approval by the Divisional Executive Steward or his designee. letter from one of the following: a. Divisional Chief Driving Instructor
Show 5 more lines
b. Divisional Driver Licensing Administrator TECHNICAL BULLETIN c. Certified Driving Instructor (list of who is considered Certified to be provided by Divisional Chief Driving Instructors) d. Executive Steward”
Request to Add Fire Bottle Re-certification Verbiage
wordingALL classes update fire system rules: removed registration-date cutoff, now all cars recommend SFI 17.1/17.2 or FIA Technical List No. 16 certification.
As printed in Fastrack
In GCR Section 9.3.22. FIRE SYSTEM, make changes as follows: Race Memo RM 20-04 “All cars shall be equipped with an On-Board Fire System except T3, T4, STL, Spec Miata, B-Spec, and Improved Touring.A. On-Board Fire System Requirements It is recommended that all other cars Cars registered after 1/1/09 shall comply with the following employ onboard fire systems that meet the following requirements: • Systems certified to SFI specification 17.1 or 17.2, or • Those listed by the FIA on Technical List No. 16
Show 31 more lines
The following information must be visible of the unit: • Certification label • Capacity • Type of extinguishing agent • Weight, or volume, of the extinguishing agent The following is acceptable for cars registered before 1/1/09: On-board fire systems shall use Halon 1301 or 1211, with a five pound minimum capacity (by weight). Alternatively, on-board fire systems may use AFFF or equivalent surfactant foam material, 2.25 liter minimum capacity (by volume). All AFFF fire system bottles, except non-pressurized AFFF systems with CO2 propellant, shall incorporate a functional pressure gauge and shall be marked with the manufacturer’s recommended “filled weight.” CO2 cartridge propellant fire extinguishing systems are permitted provided that the seal of the manufacturer specified CO2 cartridge is not punctured and the fire bottle is equal to the weight specified by the system manufacturer. Cars shall meet the following: 1. The fire system cylinder shall be securely mounted in such a manner that it can be checked during a technical inspection and may be removed for weighing periodically for compliance to full weight shown on the cylinder. (Weight is without valve assembly.) 2. Manual or automatic release is allowed. The release mechanism shall be within reach of the driver when belted in the car. 3. All on-board fire systems shall be identified with a circle “E” decal. a. In GT and Production cars, two circle “E” decals may be required–one at the release location and the second on the outside bodywork in line with or as near to the release location as possible. b. In Formula and Sports Racing cars, a circle “E” decal shall be located on the outside bodywork as near to the release location as possible. 4. There shall be a minimum of two nozzle locations–one in the driver’s compartment and one in either the engine area or the fuel cell area. The nozzles shall be suitable for the type of extinguishing agent used. 5. The firing safety pin(s) shall be removed from all on-board fire systems prior to going on track. It is recommended that a warning tag be attached to the safety pin to remind the driver to remove the safety pin before entering the racing surface. 6. All fire systems shall be serviced according to manufacturer’s specifications.”
wordingRunoffs Pro Racing weekend eligibility cutoff moved from three weeks to two weeks prior to Runoffs start.
As printed in Fastrack
In GCR, Section 3.7.4.A.1., change as follows: "Drivers in the following classes may replace participation in up to two (2) Majors weekends with SCCA Pro Racing weekends in the corresponding class. Drivers who substitute one (1) Majors weekend with an SCCA Pro Racing weekend must have three (3) Majors/Super Tour race finishes. Drivers who substitute two (2) Majors weekends with two (2) SCCA Pro Racing weekends must have two (2) Majors/Super Tour race finishes. Eligible Pro weekends shall occur between January 1st of that year and a date not less than two (2) weeks prior to the start of the Runoffs or as otherwise specified in the Runoffs supplemental regulations. Drivers must request this replacement through the Road Racing Department, and pay the
Show 5 more lines
entry fee to the Majors event(s) of their choice, to be collected and distributed by SCCA." In GCR, Section 3.7.4.A.2.c., change as follows: "If a Division Championship is not concluded at the time of the Runoffs, invitations will be extended to competitors meeting the requirements at a period of time three two weeks prior to the start of the Runoffs event. This allows Divisions to run programs year-round, if desired. "
wordingU.S. Majors Tour Race Director authority wording clarified; probation limited to three event weekends maximum.
As printed in Fastrack
In GCR, Section 5.12.2, change as follows: "U.S. Majors Tour Race Director In addition to the Chief Steward’s responsibilities and duties stated in 5.12.3., the US Majors Tour Race Director has the power: A. t To change the Schedule and/or Race Groups, in agreement with the organizing Region, B. t To correct any typographical or clerical errors or omissions (see 3.1.1.D.2.c and 3.1.1.D.2.d), or C. To place a driver on probation per 7.2.G., but for no more than three event weekends. For all other changes to the Supplemental Regulations or GCR violations requiring probation for more
Show 2 more lines
than three event weekends, the Race Director must file a Request for Action with the SOM Stewards of the Meeting."
wordingRoad Racing Passing Guidelines added as Appendix P; one safe move rule clarified with abrupt direction change language refined.
As printed in Fastrack
In GCR, Section 6.11.1.C, change as follows: "C. Drivers must respect the right of other competitors to racing room. Drivers are entitled to one safe protective move. Once the one safe move is made, any A abrupt changes in direction that impede or affect the path of another car attempting to overtake or pass may be interpreted as an effort to deprive a fellow competitor of the right to racing room." In GCR Appendix, add Racing Room & Guidelines as Appendix P. as follows: “Appendix P. Racing Room & Passing Guidelines The Club Road Racing Program sincerely thanks Randy Pobst and Terry Earwood for developing these
Show 70 more lines
guidelines defining racing room and passing etiquette. Randy Pobst is a SCCA Hall of Fame member, a National Road Racing and Solo Champion, professional driver champion, and a very experienced driver’s coach. Terry Earwood is a legendary Skip Barber driver instructor, professional driver champion, professional driver’s coach, and is the current Driver Orientation Manager for the TransAm Racing Series. The guidelines were created by Randy and Terry based on decades of racing experience and driver coaching. The guidelines represent what the Club Road Racing Program’s intent is for General Competition Rules Section 6.11., Rules of the Road. 1. Racing Room & Passing Guidelines Safe, successful passing is based on what drivers can see. An overtaking car bears the largest percentage of responsibly for passing safely. 2. Peripheral Vision The overtaking car (the car attempting a pass) must get into the peripheral vision of the lead car (the car being passed) in the brake zone, before the lead car turns for the corner. Once the lead car turns for the corner, it can no longer see the trailing car, because the lead car’s mirrors now point outside, and the lead car is looking toward the apex. The diagram above shows that the overtaking car has gotten up to the A pillar and into the peripheral view of the lead car before turn in. The overtaking car now has taken the line away and earned the right to racing room on the inside. To earn the corner, the overtaking car must have its front end up to at least the A pillar post, or windshield, with the car under control, before the lead car turns into the corner. The goal is for the overtaking car to present itself, to arrive in the peripheral vision of the lead car, before it turns in. An overtaking open-wheel car should have its front wheel up to at least the lead car driver’s shoulder (within their peripheral vision) before the lead car begins its turn in. 3. The Blind Spot The diagram above shows at the lead car’s turn in point the overtaking car has yet to get even with the A pillar and into the peripheral vision of the lead car. The overtaking car is in a blind spot. Do not pass, unless the lead car is much slower and gives racing room. 4. Racing Room Should the lead car decide to ‘go with him’, side-by-side, then both cars must allow each other racing room, at least a car width plus six inches or so, to the edges of the racing surface. In both cases, the trailing car must be in the lead car’s peripheral vision to safely hold position. If not in vision, then the trailing car must back off and follow, because the lead car cannot see it. The biggest mistake, and a common cause of contact, is the overtaking car taking a shortcut to the apex, from that blind spot (Turn One at Road Atlanta is classic). Pull parallel to the lead car, and as close as safely possible so that he KNOWS you’re there. Sometimes, the lead car may turn in early; therefore the overtaking car must be under enough control to avoid contact. 5. Passing on Straights On straights, the lead car is allowed “one safe move”. It is allowed to choose a side, but cannot move back, and cannot move over in reaction to an overtaking car if late enough to invite contact. It must leave a car’s width (plus 6 inches) of racing room if the overtaking car has already committed in that direction and has achieved an overlap next to the leader. No weaving to break the draft or to block; that’s more than one move. On straights, as opposed to corner entry, it is possible for the lead car to look into its mirrors and see the overtaking car, so if the overtaking car gets even a small overlap next to the lead car, the lead car must give the overtaking car room to race, and can no longer move across the track. When being passed, hold your line. This means be predictable, and do not change your line to pull out of the way. ‘Hold your line’ does not mean take the line for the apex and turn in front when a much faster car is approaching. Be aware of faster traffic, and leave a lane of racing room for them. 6. The Vortex of Danger The Entry Vortex of Danger is a triangle inscribed by the turn-in point of the lead car, the apex, and the inside edge of the road. When overtaking, keep out of the Vortex of Danger. It’s too late to pass. The hole you see is closing rapidly, you are in a blind spot, there will likely be contact, and it will be your fault. The Exit Vortex of Danger is a triangle inscribed by the apex, the track-out point of the lead car, and the outside edge of the road. When attempting a pass on the outside, be aware of the Exit Vortex of Danger, and back out of it if not in the lead car’s vision. It’s too late to safely pass. The hole you see on the outside is closing rapidly, you are in a blind spot, there will likely be contact, and it will be your fault. 7. The Outside Pass On this outside pass attempt, the overtaking outside car never presents itself into the vision of the lead car, and cannot expect it to make room for a car it cannot see at the exit of the turn. So the outside trailing car must back off to leave racing room for the inside lead car that cannot see it, and avoid the Exit Vortex of Danger. In this situation, if the outside car makes contact or runs off the road, it is most likely their fault. Turn 5 at Road America is a prime example of where a lead car may protect his line by not using all of the track on the right. The overtaking car, in this example, needs to clearly 'present himself' in the braking zone before turn in, because the lead car is looking into the corner, not at his right mirror, and in all probability will not leave racing room at the exit. Outside passing works well when both drivers have excellent spatial awareness but is a very low percentage move in most cases. Safe, successful passing depends on what a driver can see. Do not hit what you can see!”
wordingAppendix B and C wording changes to driver licensing approval authority and alternative drivers' schools coordination.
As printed in Fastrack
In GCR, Appendix B 1.3.3., change as follows and re-letter: "B. Names of students E. Brief outline of the training components/schedule F. Approval letter from one of the following: by the Divisional Executive Steward or his designee. a. Divisional Chief Driving Instructor b. Divisional Driver Licensing Administrator c. Certified Driving Instructor (list of who is considered Certified to be provided by Divisional Chief Driving Instructors)
Show 11 more lines
d. Executive Steward" In GCR, Appendix C 2.7.E., change as follows: "3. Alternative Drivers’ Schools- Chief Driving Instructors and or Divisional Licensing Chairmen should coordinate with the Divisional Executive Steward and the Chief Steward of the event to ensure that the prospective student has had the proper ground school before the event and the right attitude and capabilities to complete the program. This is especially important for novice drivers with little or no prior experience. At the request of the Divisional Chief Driving Instructor, or Divisional Driver Licensing Administrator, Certified Driving Instructor or Divisional Executive Steward, and approval by the Divisional Executive Steward, a Novice Permit holder may be offered an alternative path to an SCCA Full Competition or Vintage license under the following conditions:"
wordingAnnual Technical Inspection expiration extended 3 months for 2020 only, all extensions ending 12/31/2020.
As printed in Fastrack
In GCR Section 5.9.2.A Annual Inspection, add verbiage as follows: Race Memo RM 20-03 “In anticipation of the large number of drivers who will need an Annual Technical Inspection when racing resumes and a likely reduction in volunteers, we are proposing the following temporary change to annual inspection expiration dates. In GCR Section 5.9.2.A Annual Inspection, add verbiage as follows: A car must have full and complete Annual Technical Inspection by a tech inspector holding either a Divisional, National or Senior license once a year (12 months). For 2020 only, current annual technical
Show 28 more lines
inspections will be extended 3 months past their original expiration date (valid for a total of 15 months). All expiration extensions will end on 12/31/2020. For example, an original expiration date of June 15, 2020 will have an extended expiration of September 15, 2020. All inspections with an original expiration date between September – December 2020, will have an extended expiration date of 12/31/2020. If the car passes the inspection, the tech inspector enters the date of the safety harness expiration in the Vehicle Logbook and then stamps, decals, or inscribes approval; dates and signs the Vehicle Logbook. The driver’s safety equipment does not have to be inspected at the same time the car is inspected, but it must be inspected by or at the driver’s first race of each calendar year. An Annual Tech expiring on a race weekend is valid for the full weekend. (See 9.3. Driver’s Safety Equipment) Note: This extension does not extend the expiration dates for Safety Equipment (Seat belts, Fire systems, etc.). Reference Table for Expiring Annual Inspections: Original Expiration New Expiration March 2020 June 2020 April 2020 July 2020 May 2020 August 2020 June 2020 September 2020 July 2020 October 2020 August 2020 November 2020 September 2020 December 2020 October 2020 (eligible for 2-month extension) December 2020 November 2020 (eligible for 1-month extension) December 2020 December 2020 (no extension) December 2020 Suggested guidelines for Regions: • Work with shops and regions to sponsor open house tech days • Schedule additional time pre-event for annual inspections • Depending on event tech staffing and demands, assign one or two tech inspectors to perform annual inspections only during the event weekend “
wordingTechnical Glossary adds definitions for Gurney flap and Wickerbill terms.
As printed in Fastrack
In Appendix F, Technical Glossary, add new definitions as follows: "Gurney flap - A small tab projecting from the trailing edge of a wing, typically set at a right angle." "Wickerbill - (see Gurney flap)"
Change Required Stewards Rule to Reflect Alternate SOM Model
wordingAll classes: Stewards rule wording changed to allow Alternate SOM Model without requiring additional Stewards-in-Training.
As printed in Fastrack
In GCR, change 5.1.1. as follows: "At a minimum, there shall be a Race Director or Chief Steward, an ACS – Safety, and at least 2 SOM (including a Chairman and one other licensed steward in addition to any Stewards-in-Training unless the Alternate SOM Model (5.12.1.C.) is used)."
cars addedPX class adds three Radical models: SR8 at 1775 lbs, RXC Spyder at 2400 lbs, RXC 600R at 2675 lbs.
As printed in Fastrack
In PX, GCR section 9.1.8.I.B, add the following: "12. Vehicles listed in Table 1 below." In PX, GCR section 9.1.8.I, classify approved cars as follows: Table 1 Marque Model Engine Restrictor Min Weight (lbs)
Show 7 more lines
Notes Radical SR8 RPE 2.7L V8 NA 1775 Radical RXC Spyder Ford Ecoboost 3.5L V6 Turbo / RPE 2.7L V8 NA 2400 Radical RXC 600R Ford Ecoboost 3.5L V6 Turbo NA 2675
wordingAll classes: non-formula and sports racing cars may use original red tail lights, rain light, or both; strobe permitted only as rain light.
As printed in Fastrack
In GCR section 9.3.32. Lights, change as follows: 1. "Non-Formula and Sports Racing cars shall utilize the original equipment red tail lights, or the rain light described in 9.3.32.B.2, or both." 3. "Original equipment tail light assemblies may be used. Light assemblies may perform both rain and brake light functions provided they have two distinct illumination levels. Lights that function as strobe lights are not permitted except in Formula and Sports Racer classes. The taillight may strobe when directed to be used as a rain light."
Request to clarify SA SA2010/SAH2010 expiration date
wordingAll classes: SA2010/SAH2010 helmets valid until December 31, 2021; SA2015/SAH2015 and other standards acceptable.
As printed in Fastrack
In GCR section 9.3.19.C.3.2, add wording as follows: “Crash helmets approved by the Snell Foundation with Snell sticker 2010 or later Special Application SA2010/SAH2010, or SA2015/SAH2015, or by the SFI with a SFI Sticker SFI 31.1, or by the FIA standard 8860-2004 or later, or British Standards Institute BS6658-85 type A/FR. Each driver’s helmet shall be labeled with a minimum of the driver’s name. Crash helmets with SA2010/SAH2010 certification will remain valid until December 31, 2021."
Request to add SFI Spec 3.4 Advanced Drivers Suits
wordingAll classes: driving suits may now be SFI 3.4 or higher, in addition to existing SFI 3.2A/1 and FIA standards.
As printed in Fastrack
In GCR, section 9.3.19.C.1. change as follows: The following required equipment shall be in good condition and free of defects, holes, cracks, frays, etc. "Driving suits that effectively cover the body from the neck to the ankles and wrists. One piece suits are highly recommended. All suits shall bear an SFI 3.2A/1, SFI 3.4 or higher certification label or FIA 1986 Standard or FIA Standard 8856-2000 homologation label."
wordingGCR section 3 wording corrections: Head of Club Road Racing changed to Head of Road Racing throughout U.S. Majors Tour event organization rules.
As printed in Fastrack
In GCR section 3, make changes as follows: “3. EVENTS 3.1. TYPES OF SCCA RACE EVENTS The SCCA sanctions various types of race events conducted in compliance with the GCR. SCCA race events are classified by the persons eligible to participate, the categories of cars eligible to compete, defined organizational requirements, and the awards offered. 3.1.1. U.S. Majors Tour Races U.S. Majors Tour races are high-profile events for drivers seeking an elevated level of competition. The
Show 114 more lines
Head of Road Racing oversees and is responsible for the U.S. Majors Tour; events are operated by host Regions, with assistance from the U.S. Majors Tour Staff in some cases. The U.S. Majors Tour is organized as series of events within six geographic units known as Conferences. A. Types of U.S. Majors Tour Events 1. Conference Events Points earned in Conference races in Runoffs-eligible classes will count toward Conference Championships (see 3.7.2), and qualification for the National Championship Runoffs (see 3.7.4). They may also count toward Divisional Championships (see 3.7.1). There may be a non-Runoffs eligible component of an event. Competitors will find information on the classes eligible and the structure for each event on the SCCA website and in the Supplemental Regulations. 2. Super Tour Events Super Tour Events are specially-designated Conference Events that include additional enhancements. Points earned in Super Tour Events in Runoffs-eligible classes will count toward Conference Championships (see 3.7.2), the Super Tour Championship (see 3.7.3) and qualification for the National Championship Runoffs (see 3.7.4). 3. Festival Entry invitations are limited to the particular class(es) specified in the Supplemental Regulations. Points earned in Festival events do not count toward Conference Championships. B. Driver Eligibility Only drivers who hold an SCCA Full Competition License or an SCCA Pro License are eligible to enter. C. Organizing Personnel 1. Head of Club Road Racing or their designate - oversees all aspects of the U.S. Majors Tour, including the appointment of personnel. 2. Race Director (RD) a. Appointed by Head of Club Road Racing for all Super Tours. Appointed by local Executive Stewards for their respective Conference. Conference RD serves as Asst. RD for Super Tour events within that Conference. b. The RD works with each Executive Steward and host Region to appoint the balance of the Stewards for each U.S. Majors Tour event. c. The RD works with the event Stewards to conduct the event. d. Only the RD in agreement with the Region’s representative may modify the Supplemental Regulations, as permitted in 5.12.2, after the Sanction has been issued; he may act on these matters without filing a Request for Action with the SOM. e. Administrative actions taken by the RD (including modifying the Schedule of Events and race groupings), are non-protestable; actions/penalties imposed by the RD for driving or compliance are protestable. 3. Series Administrator (SA) a. Required for all Super Tours, optional for other Conference events. b. The SA oversees series organization and administration of the U.S. Majors Tour series events for his Conference. 4. Series Chief Technical Inspector (SCTI) a. Required for all Super Tours, optional for other Conference events. b. The SCTI works with the CCC and event Technical Staff to provide consistent compliance checking across all the events in his Conference. 5. Series Timing Administrator a. Required for all Super Tours, optional for other Conference events. b. The Series Timing Administrator works with the local Timing team to deliver enhanced timing functionality to events. 6. Series Public Relations Representative a. Required for all Super Tours, optional for other Conference events. b. The Series PR Representative provides communication and public relations support for the event. 7. Series Clerk of the Course a. May be designated for Super Tours, optional for other Conference events. b. The Clerk of the Course is an Operating Steward that works in Race Control with local stewards to provide consistency in race operations. 8. One or more SCCA Regions may organize a U.S. Majors Tour event. The region or group hosting a U.S. Majors Tour Super Tour event will enter into a written agreement with the National Office that details the responsibilities of both parties. D. Event Format / Schedule 1. Conference Events a. The National Office has developed standard formats for each type of U.S. Majors Tour event. Regions are encouraged to utilize these standard formats to retain program consistency. b. There shall be a maximum of two (2) races per race weekend. At least one race for each race group will be a minimum of 45 miles. The other race of the weekend Additional races on a weekend shall be a minimum of 20 minutes in length. c. Minimum track time 1. Two-day events shall have a minimum of 35 minutes of non-racing track time available per Majors class entry. Two qualifying sessions are recommended. 2. Three-day events shall have a minimum of 65 minutes of non-racing track time available per Majors class entry. One practice and two qualifying sessions are recommended. 2. Super Tour Events a. The National Office has developed standard formats for each type of U.S. Majors Tour event, and works with Regions to create a specific schedule, which must be approved by the Head of Club Road Racing, who has final authority. b. There shall be a maximum of two (2) races per race weekend. At least one race for each race group will be 35 minutes in length with a maximum of 50 miles (variations may be approved by the head of Club Road Racing and published in the supplemental regulations). The other race of the weekend Additional races on a weekend shall be a minimum of 25 minutes in length. c. Minimum track time 1. Two-day events shall have a minimum of two (2) qualifying sessions totaling at leastof 35 minutes of non-racing track time available per Majors class entry. 2. Three-day events shall have a minimum of two (2) qualifying sessions totaling at least of 65 minutes of non-racing track time available per Majors class entry. One practice and two qualifying sessions are recommended. 3. The schedule must show start times for all sessions, however, it is understood that actual start times will vary based on on-track situations and forces of nature. Minor running adjustments to the schedule do not require Requests for Action to the SOM. 4. All U.S. Majors Tour events are open to the public. Host Regions and the National Office jointly promote U.S. Majors Tour events. E. Classes to be included in U.S. Majors Tour events: 1. All Runoffs-eligible classes will be included in Conference and Super Tour events. 2. Run groups comprised of non-Runoffs eligible classes may be included in U.S. Majors Tour Conference events to encourage participation. F. Additional Majors Requirements: 1. Conference Preferred Numbers will be administered by the National office and shall be honored at all Majors events until 14 days prior to the event. If two drivers holding the same Preferred Number request that number for the same run group, the number will be assigned to the driver with the earliest request. 2. For the purposes of Conference points keeping, timing and scoring shall supply an Orbits database backup file (Orbits 4 preferred) to the SCCA National office (see front of book for email address) within three business days of the event to tabulate series points. Any revisions not included in that file shall be communicated with the submission. a. All drivers listed on the final race results shall be consistent with the numbers included in the event audit. b. When non-Runoffs eligible classes are included in Runoffs-eligible groups at Majors Conference events, the non-Runoffs eligible entries are treated as Majors entries and are subject to the same event audit fees and must meet the driver eligibility requirement in GCR 3.1.1.B.”
wordingAll Formula and Sports Racing cars' red taillight mounting requirement changed from as high as possible to centerline.
As printed in Fastrack
In GCR section 9.3.32.B.2, change as follows: "All Formula (open wheel) and Sports Racing cars shall be equipped with a red taillight of at least the equivalent illumination power of a 15-watt bulb. This light shall be mounted as high as possible on the centerline of the car. Light assemblies shall be considered one light for the purposes of this rule, irrespective of the number of individual lamps the assembly may contain."
wordingAppendix C licensing fees moved from rules to application forms; expedited processing fee now called special handling fee.
As printed in Fastrack
In GCR Appendix C, 2.4 Additional Licensing Information make changes as follows: “B. An applicant for any Permit or License who requests expedited processing is subject to the current special handling fee found on the license application. must add an additional $125 to the license fee shown in Table 1. The special handling fee guarantees a 24 hour business day turnaround and the License is returned via Federal Express.” In GCR Appendix C Table 1, FEE column, make changes as follows: Replace the dollar figures in the FEE column with “See Novice Permit or Competition License Application Form for current fees.”
wordingUnmanned aircraft systems now allowed with FAA certification and $10M liability insurance naming SCCA and track.
As printed in Fastrack
In GCR 2.2.6 Unmanned Aircraft Systems, change as follows: "Commercial and private unmanned aircraft systems (aka “drones”) are prohibited unless authorized in the Supplemental Regulations. Subject to local venue rules and regulations and approval from the event organizer, unmanned Aircraft Vehicle (“UAV” or “Drone”) operators/owners must have proof of FAA certification and $10M of primary liability insurance naming SCCA and the Race Track as additional insureds. Recreational use of UAVs is prohibited."
wordingAll classes may install a passenger seat meeting driver seat specs in front passenger position, but it cannot be occupied during racing events.
As printed in Fastrack
In GCR, section 9.1.41., add the following: "A passenger seat meeting all the specs of the driver’s seat may be installed in the front passenger seat position. The seat may not be occupied during SCCA racing events."
wordingEvent credential requirements clarified to accept government photo ID with SCCA membership verification alongside SCCA-issued photo ID.
As printed in Fastrack
In GCR, section 4.5.1., make changes as follows: "Anyone participating in an event must sign the SCCA Release and Waiver of Liability Agreement (unless an annual waiver is on file at SCCA National Office) before an event credential (pass) will be issued." In GCR, Section 4.5.2., change as follows: "A. An SCCA-issued photo ID One of the accepted forms of Photo ID is required for any registered event participant who is an SCCA licensed member. 1. An SCCA-issued photo ID (hard card or electronic form) issued by the SCCA National Office, SCCA Pro Racing or an SCCA Region.
Show 11 more lines
2. A Government issued photo ID (Driver’s License, State Identification Card, U.S. Military ID, or Passport) with verification of current SCCA license and membership. The credential for the event must be clearly visible. B. The member’s name, current photograph, SCCA membership number, and credential for the event must be clearly visible. Identification cards from any other organization will not be accepted. C. Accepted photo IDs are those issued by the SCCA National Office, the Road Racing Department, the SCCA Pro Racing Department, or an SCCA Region. Any of these must be honored by any SCCA Region. A non-member or weekend member will be issued a paper pass or a wristband. D. Identification cards from any other organization, including civil authorities, will not be accepted. E. A non-member or weekend member will be issued a paper pass or a wristband rather than a photo ID."
wordingAll classes: FAA medical certificate requirements updated to accept BasicMed Form 8700-2 or NASA approved evaluation.
As printed in Fastrack
In GCR Appendix C, section 2.1.A., change as follows: "A. Everyone who applies for an SCCA Competition License or Permit must submit a completed SCCA Physician’s Examination and Medical History Form, a completed Federal Aviation Authority medical form, a valid Federal Aviation Authority Class 1, Class 2, or Class 3 Medical Certificate or a completed FAA BasicMed From (FAA 8700-2 Comprehensive Medical Examination Checklist) an FAA BasicMed form, or a complete NASA approved Medical Evaluation form."
wordingFX class purpose clarified: sub-FA/F3/F1000 cars, including those in insufficient numbers; wording corrected.
As printed in Fastrack
In GCR section 9.1.1.J.A, make changes as follows: "Purpose and Philosophy - The Formula X class is intended for winged, open-wheel formula cars of modest power and performance (sub FB/F1000/FA FA/F3/F1000). The class is to include cars which a) are built in significant numbers, but not sufficient enough to populate their own class; and b) may not have been constructed to existing class formulas within the GCR. The class may also include cars which have been built to a recognized SCCA formula but are not running insufficient in sufficient numbers to warrant their own class." In GCR section 9.1.1.J.B, make changes as follows: "1. Formula Mazda – Shall comply with GCR 9.1.1.E (2019)
Show 5 more lines
2. Formula 4 – Shall comply with FIA Formula 4 Technical Regulations (2015) and all subsequent safety requirements as issued by the FIA and/or SCCA. 3. USF2000 (tube frame) – Shall comply with FRP F2000 Technical Specifications (2018) 4. Pro Formula F2000 (tube frame) – Engine must be prepared to current FC rules except that ECU map and cams are unrestricted."
Request to add data box mounting plate requirement to all FX cars
otherAll FX cars must install AIM part #X47KPFSOLO2R0 data box mounting plate for Majors and Runoffs.
As printed in Fastrack
In GCR section 9.1.1.J, add a new section as follows: "K. All cars competing in Majors Races and the Runoffs must have the AIM part #X47KPFSOLO2R0 data box mount installed on the vehicle to provide the necessary mounting of the AIM Solo or Solo 2 data box. The mounting surface is to be approximately oriented either horizontally or vertically either parallel or perpendicular to the longitudinal axis of the car and must be accessible from the exterior of the car with the driver on board -- it should have a view of the sky, and not be located under carbon fiber or metallic bodywork. Sufficient space should be left between the mounting plate and the surface to which it is attached to permit the use of zip ties/tie straps to restrain the data
Show 3 more lines
box to the mounting plate. The purpose of this requirement is to allow the random placement of data boxes on cars in the pre-grid by SCCA assigned personal and the collection of the box when the car exits the racetrack. Contact AIM and their distributors for direct purchase."
wordingFormula 1000 removed from Formula Category Classes; FE, FE2, SRF, SRF3 homologation and logbook rules updated.
As printed in Fastrack
Effective 1/1/2020, in GCR Section 9, make general updates to FE, FE2, SRF, SRF3 as follows: “9.1.1. FORMULA CATEGORY CLASSES Formula Atlantic (FA) Formula 1000 (FB) Formula Continental (FC) Formula Enterprises (FE) Regional Class Formula Enterprises 2 (FE2) Formula Vee (FV)
Show 115 more lines
Formula F (FF) Formula 500 (F5) Formula Mazda (FM) 9.1.8.A SPORTS RACING CATEGORY These specifications are part of the SCCA GCR and all automobiles shall conform with GCR Section 9. 1. SCCA SPORTS RACING CATEGORY PREPARATION RULES The SCCA Sports Racing Category shall be for automobiles which are designed and constructed for road racing competition, offering provisions for driver and a passenger, or driver alone (single-seater). They shall conform to the following requirements. Sports Racers Cars except SRF & SRF3 homologated prior to 1-1-2014 are eligible to compete as P1 or P2 as long as they meet applicable class rules, no re- homologation is required. During competition, cars are subject to the minimum speed/lap time required for that competition event. Cars built after 1-1-2014 must conform to Homologation requirements as specified in 9.2.2. Effective 1/1/97, those cars formerly known as Sports Renault and/or Spec Racers or any variants of this chassis/drive train/bodywork combination will not be allowed to compete in ASR in any SCCA sanctioned event. Single seat Formula car chassis (Ex.: FA, FC, FF, FV) fitted with enclosed bodies (as specified in these rules) may run in a Sports Racing/Prototype Class (ASR, P1, P2) provided they comply with the requirements of the Classification Specification and GCR Section 9. This means that all Formula Atlantic, Formula Continental, Formula F, and Formula Vees running in Sports Racing categories shall have bodywork which complies with the appropriate category Classification Specifications. The ex Formula car chassis need not have any former engine(s) fitted. Converted cars will maintain their former SCCA registration vehicle numbers. Each converted car shall meet the homologation requirements of section 9.2.2 and have a new Vehicle Logbook (with new pictures); however, the former Logbook will be securely attached to the new Logbook. This procedure will enable Race Officials and Scrutineers to identify a single seat Sports Racer as formerly having been a bona fide Formula car. New Single seat Sports Racers may be of new construction and must meet the homologation requirements of section 9.2.2. Where Weber or other approved carburetors are specified and used, they shall retain their standard configurations of fuel distribution. This is to prohibit annular discharge carburetors. It is the intention of the Club Racing Board to never classify a replica or derivative of a mass produced road car body in the sports racing classes. These classes are intended for open and/or closed sports racer/sports prototype bodywork Sports racing cars shall be classified into classes as follows: • A Sports Racing (ASR) - Regional Status Only (Former Can-Am and F-5000 allowed if registered prior to 01/01/2003) • Prototype 1 (P1) • Prototype 2 (P2) • Spec Racer Ford (SRF) Regional Status Only • Spec Racer Ford 3 (SRF3) 9.2.1 VEHICLE LOGBOOKS Each car shall have a complete and up-to-date logbook. A. The standard SCCA Vehicle Logbook will be used by all competitors at all SCCA competitions, unless accepted in the Supplemental Regulations for an event shared with another sanctioning organization, or as specified in 9.2.1.D. All unissued Vehicle Logbooks must remain the in possession and control of a Divisional or National Technical Inspector. B. Only one logbook will be issued for each vehicle (except as a continuation of the original or a replacement). When a continuation logbook is issued, the date the initial logbook was issued must be written on the front page of the continuation logbook. (It is not necessary to present all old logbooks for issuance of annual inspection stamp or a tech sticker.) Possessing two logbooks for one vehicle is a breach of the rules under 2.1.3. C. A complete description of the vehicle, its safety roll bar/roll cage, and the required photographs must be present in the places provided. All changes of ownership of the vehicle must be recorded. D. ASN Canada FIA Vehicle History Logbooks will be accepted at all SCCA events. E. The Vehicle Logbook must be issued by a Nationally licensed Technical Inspector, who will complete the required vehicle information in the front and back of the logbook. He will conduct a thorough inspection of the vehicle, as provided in Section 9.3, General Technical and Safety Specifications. The logbook issue date is the date of registration. F. Identity Numbers: 1. Each vehicle shall be issued an identity number which will be permanently stamped on its roll bar, and which will correspond to the number on the Vehicle Logbook. 2. The first digit(s) corresponding to the region’s identity number will be separated from the balance of the numbers by a dash (-). 3. The car numbering system, beginning with 001, shall be issued consecutively as the vehicles are registered during a thorough inspection. G. All Formula and Sports Racing Cars may be required to be homologated by SCCA and issued a Certificate of Approval. Refer to section 9.2.2. for details. Exceptions are Spec Racer Ford,Spec Racer Ford 3, FE, FE2, ESR SRSCC A, and Shelby Can-Am. The original certificate shall be presented along with the car for issuance of a new Vehicle Logbook. Additionally, former Spec Racer Renaults may compete in Vintage/Historic events using their originally issued logbook. 9.3.29. IDENTIFICATION MARKINGS Each car shall carry identification numbers and class letters per A and B, below, SCCA logos per C, below; and any markings required by the Supplemental Regulations. A. Numbers and Class Letters Numbers shall be placed on the front and both sides of the car so that they are legible. All Formula cars with a rear wing shall have legible numbers on each rear wing side plate. Numbers may be 1, 2 or 3 digits. 3 digit numbers must start with the number “1”. Class letters shall be placed on both sides of the car so that they are legible. Rear numbers and class letters are recommended. Cars running in multiple classes must clearly identify which class and weight they are running. The numeral “1” shall be exclusively reserved for the current national champion in each class for national events. The numeral “1” will be reserved until the end of the period for submitting advanced or pre-event entries, and then will be released. If 2 or more national champions are entered in the same run group, the first to enter shall have preference. B. Size of Numbers and Class Letters Numbers shall be at least 8 inches high, with a 1.5 inch stroke on a contrasting background (rear winged Formula cars shall have as large a number as possible on their rear wing side plates). Metallic (reflective) numbers and class letters are prohibited. The distance between 2 numbers shall be at least as wide as the stroke of the numbers. Class letters shall be at least 4 inches high, with a 1/2 inch stroke on a contrasting background. C. SCCA Logo Each driver’s suit shall display one of the SCCA logos shown in figure 2. It is preferred that the logo be placed on the upper right side of the driver’s suit (see figure 3). Each car competing in an event shall display the official SCCA field logo (see figures 4 and 5) unobstructed and prominently on both sides of the car and adjacent to the side numbers. A third logo shall be displayed on the front of the car unobstructed and prominently near the front number. The logo shall be on the spoiler of cars so equipped. D. Displaying Minimum Weight and Restrictor Size Type Except for classes in which there is only 1 required minimum weight (e.g., ASR, ESR, FE, FE2, FS, FST, FV, SM5, SRF, SRF3), all cars shall display the correct minimum weight specified in the current GCR in a manner that is clearly legible to the scrutineers at the scales. Cars that are run in more than one class must display the correct minimum weight for each class so that it is clear which weight applies to each class. Any car required to run a restrictor must display the restrictor size and type in a manner that is clearly legible to the scrutineers. If the car also displays a minimum weight, it is recommended that the restrictor information be located near the displayed minimum weight. GT2 cars must show displacement, weight, restrictor size and rule set. 9.3.34. MASTER SWITCH All cars, except Touring, and B-Spec shall be equipped with a master switch easily accessible from outside the car. Spec Racer Fords (SRF/SRF3) shall be wired per RFSRII. The master switch shall be installed directly in either battery cable and shall cut all electrical circuits but not an on-board fire system. All terminals of the master switch shall be insulated to prevent shorting out. It shall be clearly marked by the international marking of a spark in a blue triangle and mounted in a standard location. Off position shall be clearly indicated at the master switch location. The standard locations shall be as follows:”
wordingAll classes: fuel, oil, water lines through compartment must be steel tube, metal braided hoses, or protected by bulkhead; Coolsuit lines exempt.
As printed in Fastrack
In GCR, section 9.3.27., make changes as follows: "All fuel, oil, and water lines, including gauge and vent lines, that pass into or through the driver/passenger compartment, shall be of steel tube or metal braided hoses or protected by a wall–like bulkhead container (Coolsuit lines are exempt)."
Incorporate FM, F4, USF2000 and other spec lines if FX
cars addedFormula Mazda, F4, and F2000 moved from FA to FX class with their current specifications and weight limits.
As printed in Fastrack
approved Remove Formula Mazda, GCR section 9.1.1.E, in its entirety and re-letter the following sections accordingly. Add to the FX rules the following: Table 1 Car Engine Wheel Width (in) ± .060
Show 1 more lines
Aero Transmission Weight Notes
A specification table follows in the original; it is not shown here.
wordingClarified SOM authority to correct T&S errors and adjust final results without protest.
As printed in Fastrack
In GCR section 5.12.1.A.8.a., add wording as follows: "a. Based on a correction or error by the Chief of T&S or another official without necessarily receiving a request or protest to do so." In GCR section 7.5., make changes as follows: "Whenever a penalty or correction affects the final results, including when a driver or car is disqualified or reinstated, the SOM shall advance or demote the subsequent competitors in the finishing order and advise the Chief of Timing and Scoring of any amendment to the results."
wordingVehicle Logbook wording clarified: unissued logbooks must remain in possession of Technical Inspector.
As printed in Fastrack
In Vehicle Logbooks, GCR section 9.2.1.A, change as follows: "All unissued Vehicle Logbooks must remain the in the possession and control of a Divisional or National Technical Inspector."
wordingSound meter certification requirement removes cables from yearly equipment certification list.
As printed in Fastrack
In GCR section 5.7.1.G., make changes to Sound Control as follows: "G. Ensure that yearly certification of the equipment (meter, cables, microphone, and field calibrator) has been performed by the manufacturer or a certified laboratory."
wordingB-Spec added to scattershield exemption list alongside Spec Miata, Touring, and Improved Touring.
As printed in Fastrack
In GCR section 9.3.40., make changes as follows: "The installation of scattershields or explosion-proof bell housings shall be required on all cars (except Spec Miata, Touring, B-Spec and Improved Touring) where the failure of the clutch or flywheel could create a hazard to the driver."
slowerAll classes: nitrous oxide and propylene oxide prohibited in fuel or engine.
As printed in Fastrack
In Permitted Fuel, GCR section 9.3.25.A, add the following: "The use of nitrous oxide and/or propylene oxide is prohibited. The use of any substance in the following table in excess of the stated limit is prohibited either in fuel or otherwise introduced into the engine."
wordingB-Spec cars exempted from on-board fire system requirement in section 9.3.22.
As printed in Fastrack
In GCR section 9.3.22., add B-Spec to the wording as follows: "All cars shall be equipped with an On-Board Fire System except T3, T4, STL, Spec Miata, B-Spec, and Improved Touring."
Request to add SFI Spec 17.2 Fire Suppression system
wordingNew rule: race events starting on the first day of a month use previous month's rules for that event only.
As printed in Fastrack
In GCR section 1.2.2.A, add new section as follows: "1. If any day of a race event falls on the first day of the month, the previous month’s rules will be in effect for that event only. The new rules will become effective at the conclusion of the race event."
wordingAll carburetors except SU, Sports Racing motorcycle-type, Formula 500 Mikuni VM38, and F600 must use threaded fuel inlet fittings.
As printed in Fastrack
In SR, GCR section 9.3.12, make changes as follows: "On all carburetors, (except SU, C and D Sports Racing cars with motorcycle-type carburetors, and Formula 500 Mikuni VM38, and F600 cars) with a non-threaded fuel inlet fitting, the fitting shall be replaced by drilling and tapping the carburetor body for a threaded fitting."
wordingVintage Motorsports Council reference added to GCR 2.8.B.15 and 3.1.4.B.6 with VMC member organization list URL.
As printed in Fastrack
In Appendix C, GCR section 2.8.B.15, make changes as follows: "15. Vintage Motorsports Council (VMC) and VMC member organizations. A list of organizations can be found here: http://the-vmc.com/." Make the following change to GCR 3.1.4.B.6: In GCR section 3.1.4.B.6, make changes as follows: "6. Vintage Motorsports Council (VMC) and VMC member organizations. A list of organizations can be found here: http://the-vmc.com/."
wordingWording clarified on identification markings: cars in multiple classes must display correct minimum weight for each class; restrictor info recommended near weight display.
As printed in Fastrack
In GCR section 9.3.28.D., make changes as follows: "Except for classes in which there is only 1 required minimum weight (e.g., ASR, FE, FS, FST, FV, SM5, SRF, SRF3), all cars shall display the correct minimum weight specified in the current GCR in a manner that is clearly legible to the scrutineers at the scales. Cars that are run in more than one class must display the correct minimum weight for each class so that it is clear which weight applies to each class. Any car required to run a restrictor must display the restrictor size and type in a manner that is clearly legible to the scrutineers. If the car also displays a minimum weight, it is recommended that the
Show 2 more lines
restrictor information be located near the displayed minimum weight. GT2 cars must show displacement, weight, restrictor size and rule set."
Request to update definition of 'Canard' in technical glossary
wordingTechnical glossary definition of Canard updated; 'near-horizontal' removed from description.
As printed in Fastrack
In Appendix F, Technical Glossary, make changes to Canard as follows: "Canard (Dive Plane) – An near-horizontal aerodynamic device normally mounted at the extreme front of a (race) car."
wordingAll classes: fuel, oil, water lines through compartment must be steel tube or braided hose, protected by bulkhead; wording clarified.
As printed in Fastrack
In GCR section 9.3.27, make changes as follows: "All fuel, oil, and water lines, including gauge and vent lines, that pass into or through the driver/passenger compartment, shall be of steel tube or metal braided hoses or bulkheaded protected by a wall–like bulkhead container (Cool suit lines are exempt). The driver shall not be exposed to header tanks. Heat shielding between fuel/oil lines and fuel/oil filters and exhaust components is strongly recommended."
wordingAssistant Chief Steward – Safety reporting procedures updated: Risk Management replaced with Sanction/Insurance Department and Critical Incident Hotline.
As printed in Fastrack
section In GCR section 5.12.4., make changes as follows: “The Assistant Chief Steward – Safety is responsible to the Race Director or Chief Steward for the following: A. Investigate accidents and forward the originals of all reports, including original releases, to the Risk Management Sanction/Insurance Department of SCCA. B. The same day, notify the Risk Management SCCA Critical Incident Hotline of any accident which involves serious injury to a participant or any injury to a spectator.
Show 7 more lines
C. Mail copies of the material sent to the Risk Management SCCA Sanction/Insurance Department to the Divisional Safety Administrator. D. During the event, report to the Race Director or Chief Steward any hazards requiring further investigation or action. E. Perform the duties delegated by the Race Director or Chief Steward. F. Supervise Emergency Services personnel and equipment in conjunction with the Race Chairman (pre-event) and the Chief of ES (during the event).”
wordingNew GCR section 9.3.28 permits hand controls with written approval from Road Racing Technical Manager.
As printed in Fastrack
Add a new GCR section 9.3.28 and renumber sections as follows: “9.3.28. HAND CONTROLS Hand controls may be approved on a case-by-case basis. Such approval shall be in writing from the Road Racing Technical Manager and shall be in the driver’s possession at all competitions.”
wordingFire system decal wording corrected: section reference changed from 9.3.23 to 9.3.22.
As printed in Fastrack
In GCR section 9.3.22.B.5, make changes as follows: "The circle “E” decal of 9.3.23 22.A.3.b (above) shall not appear on cars which have only a hand-held fire extinguisher."
wordingOfficial driver patches updated for 2019 Road Racing standards in GCR 9.3.28 Figures 2 and 3.
As printed in Fastrack
In GCR section 9.3.28 Figure 2 and Figure 3, change official patches as follows: 2019 Road Racing Official Patch Changes 2018 Standards: NEW 2019 STANDARDS:
wordingAll classes: minimum mirror reflective surface reduced from 100 cm² to 55 cm² per mirror.
As printed in Fastrack
In GCR section 9.1.8.B.13.a, make changes as follows: "Mirrors per GCR Section 9.3 Mirrors. Additionally, there shall be at least two (2) mirrors, each with a minimum 100 55cm² (15.5 8.53 in²) of reflective surface."
In APPENDIX O.3.B, make changes as follows: “The Executive Steward shall appoint will approve the Chief Steward and the COC at the time the Small Event Request is made.”
wordingGCR 3.7.4.A.1.a clarifies replacement class eligibility for GT1, GT2, T1, T2, FA, FC, FF and removes FA-F4 reference.
As printed in Fastrack
In GCR section 3.7.4.A.1.a, add classes and strike the wording as follows: “Drivers must request this replacement through the Club Road Racing Department, and pay the entry fee to a Majors event(s) of their choice, to be collected and distributed by SCCA.” “GT1- TA GT2- TA2 or TA3 T1 - TA3 or TA4 T2 - TA4 FA-F4
Show 4 more lines
FA – F3, F4, Atlantic (FRP), FB (FRP) FC – F2000 (FRP) FF – F1600 (FRP) This replaces participation but not the Majors starts requirement.”
cars addedGTA adds GM LS3 engine option with 2.150 inch restrictor, 10.7:1 compression max, 6800 RPM limit.
As printed in Fastrack
In GTA, GCR section 9.1.2.G.IX, add new engine spec as follows: • GM “604 Circle Track” engine as defined in Appendix G. • GM LS3 engine as defined in Appendix H. “Appendix H: GM LS3 Engine. H.0: Must meet all requirements listed in Appendix A. H.1: A stock Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor, GM part #2516 → 8491, or #1586 → 5791 must be used. Any commercially available air filter may be used. All tubes between the air filter and throttle body must be metal (except unions used to connect intake tubes). The maximum outside
Show 31 more lines
diameter of the tubes is 4.0 inches. No tapered tubing, tapered inserts, or airflow directing devices may be used in the tubing connecting the air filter to the throttle body. H.2: The throttle body must be either a GM 90mm, electronic, part #1257 → 0790, or Edelbrock 90mm, mechanical, part #3869. H.2.1: Throttle bodies may not be modified. H.2.2: A 2.150 inch diameter flat plate restrictor must be in place during all practice, qualification, and race sessions. The restrictor must be mounted in the inlet side of the throttle body. H.3: An unmodified LS3 GM (short), or L92 GM (tall) intake manifold must be used. Identically equivalent GM part number intake manifolds may also be used. H.4: Unmodified GM LS3 cylinder heads, GM casting #’s 0821, 0823, or 5364 must be used. Porting and/or polishing is not allowed. No more than a three angle valve job with a bottom cut of 60 degrees is permitted. A maximum of 0.250 inches from the head of the valve seat to the bottom of the 60 degree bottom cut is allowed. No grinding in the combustion chamber bowl area is allowed. No interior or exterior coatings are permitted. Valve covers are unrestricted. H.5: The maximum compression ratio is 10.7:1. H.6: The spec TA2 LS3 camshaft must be used. The cam must be ordered through Schwanke Engines, (507.723.4120). Stock rocker arms, with a 1.7:1 ratio must be used. Stock valve spring retainers and keepers (locks/keys) must be used (no titanium). Any valve springs are allowed. H.7: The stock engine bore is 4.065 inches (103.25 mm). Cylinders may be honed as part of the normal freshening procedure, but the engine displacement cannot exceed 378 cubic inches. H.8: The stock crankshaft, with a 3.622 inch (92 mm) stroke, must be used. H.9: Aftermarket pistons, piston rings, piston pins and connecting rods may be used if the basic design and weight is the same as the stock GM components. H.10: Aftermarket fasteners, including rod bolts are allowed (no titanium). H.11: The oil pan is unrestricted, but the oiling system may not exceed a four-stage system (three scavenge and one pressure). H.12: A GM ECU must be used. It may be re-flashed and the maximum RPM set at 6800 RPM.”
No Laptops Hooked Up to Cars in Post Race Tech/Runoffs Tech
wordingAll classes prohibited from working on or touching impounded cars unless directed by tech official.
As printed in Fastrack
In GCR section 5.9.3.A, add wording as follows: “1. During impound activities, cars are not allowed to be worked on or touched by anyone unless directed by a tech official.”
wordingB-Spec added to classes where ABS is permitted; wheel sensors must be removed to disable it.
As printed in Fastrack
In GCR section 9.3.10., add new wording as follows: “Shall be pedal-operated, working directly on each wheel, and in good working order. Rolling brake tests are prohibited. ABS or Anti-lock braking systems are not allowed except in Touring, B-Spec, GT1-ST, GT2-ST, GTX and Super Touring. or where specified in individual class rules or spec line. To satisfy this rule, the ABS shall be disabled by removing or all of the wheel sensors.”
wordingAll drivers on final race results must match numbers in event audit.
As printed in Fastrack
In GCR section 5.10.4.B.3, between the first and second paragraph add new wording as follows: “All drivers listed on the final race results shall be consistent with the numbers included in the event audit.”
In Rules of the Road, GCR section 6.11, add a new section as follows effective 1/1/27: "6.11.8. Leaking fluids or shedding debris on track Drivers have an obligation to pull off of the course at the nearest safe location if they are aware they are leaking fluid or shedding debris. Drivers are subject to penalty if their failure to clear the course as soon as possible adversely impacts other competitors in their race or in other race groups."
In Hearings and Judgements, GCR section 8.2, change as follows effective 10/1/26: "All RFAs and Protests will be heard by the SOM as soon as practical. The parties concerned will be notified when and where the hearing will occur. This may include third parties who were not immediately identified as being involved in the incident(s) in question. Although all parties have the right to call witnesses, they must state their cases in person. The parties may be heard jointly or separately at the discretion of the SOM. Witnesses may be heard separately from each other. Each party must be given the opportunity to review and consider all evidence presented to the SOM, including but not limited to videos, but excepting therefromthe proprietary items and unique intellectual property subject to a mechanical protest (or photos/videos of said items). In the case of a mechanical protest, all parties are entitled to a list of the evidence presented. A party is entitled to view,
Show 4 more lines
but not receive, a copy of a video or photos obtained from another party or witness which is used by or presented to the SOM in said action. Personally Identifiable Information (PII) in witness statements or evidence presented will be redacted from the shared material. Unless they are specifically released by the Chair of the SOM, all parties must remain at the event until a ruling has been issued. If any party is absent, a judgment may still be rendered, and may by default go against that party."
Modify Part of GCR 7.4.B. Regarding SOM Discretion.
In Penalty Points, GCR section 7.4.B, change as follows effective 10/1/26: "The above penalties if imposed by the Race Director or Chief Steward for on-track infractions (ex. Contact, PUY, Failure to follow flag instruction, etc.) incur 1 point automatically in lieu of the stated points in the above schedule. Above penalties imposed for car non-compliance (ex. Illegal part, failure to meet weight, fuel, stall test, etc.) will not incur an automatic 1- point penalty points if imposed by the Race Director or Chief Steward. If a Chief Steward's Action is protested and the protest is disallowed (upholding the Chief Steward's Action), the SOM may, at their discretion, assign penalty points as listed above. The Race Director or Chief Steward may impose a 1-point penalty on a competitor's competition license for penalties imposed by CSA for especially dangerous or egregious infractions under any general competition rules.
In Stewards of the Meeting (SOM), GCR section 5.12.1.B.2, change as follows effective 10/1/26: "Notice of Probation and/or Suspension The name(s) of anyone placed on probation, or whose competition privileges were suspended, must be faxed entered on the MAP (Member Access Portal) or emailed to the Road Racing Department on Monday following the event. Required information includes the name, member number, event date/location, and the name of the Chair of the SOM. The confiscated license(s) and tear-off coupon(s) from the Probation Log must be sent with the Observer's Report." In Appeal Procedures, GCR section 8.4.3.B.2, change as follows effective 10/1/26: "a competition license surrendered to the Chair of the SOM or the Race Director or Chief Steward in return for a Probation Log
Show 13 more lines
must be received by the National Office; and" In Appendix C. Licensing and Types, change as follows effective 10/1/26: "3. NON-STANDARD LICENSE SITUATIONS A. Probation Letter as License 1. The Chair of the SOM or other review committee or Court of Appeals issues a Probation Log to temporarily replace the confiscated License of a member whose penalty is probation. 2. The member uses the Probation Log as a License until the terms of the probation have been met completely. 3. When the terms are completed, the member sends the Probation Log to the National Office and receives their License in return. B. Statement of Facts Affidavit in Lieu of License A Statement of Facts Affidavit is available ONLY to a competitor who has received a current SCCA Competition License but does not have it in their possession at the event. A competitor whose claim to have been issued an SCCA Competition License cannot be verified is subject to automatic penalty, as specified in 7.4.D."
Roll Cages for Formula Cars and Sports Racing Cars
The Road Racing Competition Committee does not recommend this change. The roll cage rules for formula cars and sports racing cars (section 9.4.5. in Cars and Equipment) fall within the numbering sequence of the roll cage rules found in Appendix I, and changing the reference from 9.4.5. to 9.5. would also require multiple revisions in other sections of the GCR. Renumbering the roll cage rules for consistency within a section is a task better left to a future reorganization of the GCR.
On Confiscating a Hard Card When Assigning Probation...
In GCR, Section 3.7.4.A.1.a, change as follows: "For 2026 Only: Due to cancelled U.S. Majors Tour races in both the Northeast and Southern Conferences, drivers whose Division of Record on May 1, 2026 was Northeast Division or Southwest Division may substitute one additional Regional-sanctioned weekend for a second Majors weekend participation. A driver from these Divisions is now eligible to run 1 Majors + 3 Regional weekends to qualify for the 2026 National Championship Runoffs. Drivers utilizing this path need only two (2) individual U.S. Majors Tour race finishes, all in the same class. Events may be part of any Conference."
Thank you for bringing a problem to our attention for review. The GCR section requiring sound site certification will be reviewed and for now removed from the GCR.
Timing JUST Publishes Driver-Provided Data in Results
In Official Results, GCR section 5.10.4.B.4, change as follows: "The driver information shall include: driver's full name, hometown, state, region of record, membership number, car number, car make and model, and sponsor information as verified by registration."
The decisions of recent years have been analyzed and scrutinized by many stakeholders in the Club, and while some felt the decisions were valid and necessary, others felt they were not the direction Road Racing should be heading. Ultimately a decision was made to reverse course to ensure maximum participation by all who wish to race at Hoosier Tire SCCA Super Tours. For 2026 and beyond, these matters will fall under the purview of the Road Racing Planning Committee (RRPC), a group made up of staff, board, and at-large members, many of whom are racers like those reading this response. The directive for this group is to create a strategic plan for the future of Road Racing. That plan could be something that we’ve seen before, it could be something radically different. It could be something that some members support, and it could be something that some don’t. Member input is always paramount, but not every solution works for everyone.
Show 7 more lines
Any changes that are proposed by the RRPC going forward will be in step with the SCCA’s Strategic Program Plan (outlined here: https://www.scca.com/articles/2020449-scca-sets-strategic-direction-for-growth-and-evolution-across-programs), adhering to the Operations Manual process. As for the idea of the RRCC issuing Race Memos and Technical Bulletins with a 90-day waiting period, it is something worth discussing further, but at this time the consensus is that it would have a negative impact on the participants since these are used for technical clarifications, safety emergencies, or parts shortages, as you mentioned in your letter. Leaving competitors in limbo for that long doesn’t seem like the best choice.
In GCR, Section 2.3.2., change as follows effective 7/1/2026: “2.3.2. Medical Fitness A. Medical Fitness of a Driver 1. Responsibility of a Driver The driver and the driver’s physician are responsible for determining if the driver is medically fit for participation. The required SCCA medical examination form is a tool and guide for the physician in deciding an applicant’s fitness to participate. Physicians should use the SCCA Medical Examination Packet as a guide when evaluating an applicant’s fitness to participate. 2. Required Medical Documentation
Show 56 more lines
No driver shall may participate in any event unless they have been examined by a physician within the period specified in App C.2.1.A., and has been approved by that physician for a competition license without the required medical documentation – Declaration of Medical Fitness, SCCA Physician Evaluation Form, or both, based on age, as specified in App C. 2.1. 3. Changes in Medical Condition a. When a driver experiences a change in medical condition that could affect fitness to participate, the driver must: 1. Notify the National Office immediately of the change in medical status. 2. Discontinue participation until examined and approved in writing by a physician. Upon notification, the driver will be placed on medical suspension. The driver may not participate in any event while on medical suspension. 3. submit a new completed and approved-for-competition medical form. To have the medical suspension lifted, the driver must submit a new completed and approved SCCA Physician Evaluation form regardless of age group.” In GCR, Section Appendix C. Licensing and Type, change as follows effective 7/1/2026: APPENDIX C. LICENSING AND TYPE 2. Competition Licenses 2.1 Medical Requirements Drivers applying for an SCCA Competition, Novice Permit or Vintage License are required to complete the Declaration of Medical Fitness annually, submit an SCCA Physician Evaluation Form, or both, depending on the following factors: A. Declaration of Medical Fitness All drivers who have reached the age of majority in their state of residence must complete the Declaration of Medical Fitness annually via the SCCA Member Account Portal. The Declaration of Medical Fitness will not apply or be presented to minor members. A. Everyone who applies for an SCCA Competition License or Permit must submit a completed SCCA Physician’s Examination and Medical History Form, a valid Federal Aviation Authority Class 1, Class 2, or Class 3 Medical Certificate or a completed FAA BasicMed Form (FAA 8700-2 Comprehensive Medical Examination Checklist), or a completed NASA-approved Medical Evaluation form, or a completed FIA member-club medical evaluation form that specifically notes a medical sign-off for motor racing (e.g., an IMSA medical form) For the purposes of SCCA competition licensing, the term “form” refers to any of these. The form must be submitted every 5 years for applicants ages 14-39; every 3 years for applicants ages 40-49; every 2 years for applicants ages 50-69;and every year for applicants’ age 70 and over. The examination date cannot be more than 6 months before the Competition License or Permit application date. A new form is not required for a 14 year-old Novice Permit holder or for a Novice Permit holder applying for a Full Competition or Vintage License, provided the current form is within the specified term for the minor’s age group. B. SCCA Physician Evaluation Form The following drivers are required to submit a completed and approved SCCA Physician Evaluation Form. The examination date cannot be more than 6 months before the application date. · Minors under the age of majority in their state of residence – valid for 5 years · Drivers ages 60-69 – valid for 2 years · Drivers age 70 and older – valid for 1 year · Drivers returning from a medical suspension – valid for 1 year 1. The following forms are also accepted in lieu of the SCCA Physician Evaluation Form: a. Valid Federal Aviation Authority Class 1, Class 2, or Class 3 Medical Certificate or a completed FAA BasicMed Form (FAA 8700-2 Comprehensive Medical Examination Checklist) b. Completed NASA-approved Medical Evaluation form c. A completed FIA member-club medical evaluation form that specifically notes a medical sign-off for motor racing (e.g., an IMSA medical form); d. A completed DOT Medical Certificate. For the purposes of SCCA competition licensing, the term “form” refers to any of these. B. An individual may be issued a Novice Permit by a Divisional or Regional Licensing Chair provided there is no medical condition identified on the Form which requires review. C. Majority by State The age of majority is subject to change based on state law. The following ages are recognized for the purposes of SCCA licensing at the time of publishing. · Age 21: Mississippi · Age 19: Alabama and Nebraska · Age 18: All other states in the US D. The SCCA Physician Evaluation Form is available from Regions, from SCCA Member Services and on SCCA’s website, www.scca.com. D. A competitor who is issued a license under medical waiver must submit the Form annually.”
The Road Racing Competition Committee does not recommend this change. Please see the response to letter #40097 in the June 2026 Fastrack. The problem with allowing competitors to use visor- or helmet-mounted cameras as the forward-facing camera required by GCR section 9.3.11 is that these cameras are not always facing forward or maintaining a constant forward-viewing perspective.
The Road Racing Competition Committee does not recommend this change. Please see the response to letter #40097 in the June 2026 Fastrack. The problem with allowing competitors to use visor- or helmet-mounted cameras as the forward-facing camera required by GCR section 9.3.11 is that these cameras are not always facing forward or maintaining a constant forward-viewing perspective.
The Road Racing Competition Committee does not recommend this change. The use of metallic (reflective) numbers and class identification letters has been prohibited for many years.
The Road Racing Competition Committee appreciates your input but does not recommend allowing competitors in all closed cars to use arm restraints as an alternative to a window safety net at this time.
Effective 6/1/2026 In GCR, Section3.7.4.A.1.a, add the following: "For 2026 Only: Due to cancelled U.S. Majors Tour races in both the Northeast and Southern Conferences, drivers whose Division of Record on May 1, 2026 was Northeast Division or Southwest Division may substitute one additional Regional-sanctioned weekend for a second Majors weekend participation. A driver from these Divisions is now eligible to run 1 Majors + 3 Regional weekends to qualify for the 2026 National Championship Runoffs."
The most recent Runoffs survey was used to assist the National Staff with planning the run group order for the Runoffs by determining who planned to run multiple classes. We will consider sharing some of the information from broader surveys when it seems beneficial to the community.
The statement "Helmet-mounted cameras do not satisfy the forward-facing camera rule" simply means competitors cannot claim a helmet-mounted camera (whether outside or inside the helmet) constitutes the forward-facing camera required by GCR section 9.3.11.A.
Fuel Cell vs Factory Aluminum Tank for Radical SR3
All Sports Racing cars running with SCCA require a fuel cell with bladder and foam. Deviating from this requirement is not something the RRCC feels necessary at this time.
Appendix P has served SCCA well as a guideline supporting GCR section 6.11.1 Rules of the Road when reviewing on-track incidents, and the Road Racing Competition Committee does not recommend replacing it at this time.
In Actions Against Cars, GCR section 8.3.3.A.3, change as follows effective 5/1/2026: "The bond must be paid before the inspection can begin, and must be cash, check, or credit card (Visa, Mastercard, or Discover only). The bond may be paid by cash, check, or credit card. If a credit card is used, the fee must be paid online through the SCCA Member Account Portal (proof of payment is required)." In Appendix F, add the following effective 5/1/2026: "Teardown – Partial or complete disassembly of the protested item(s) or component(s)." In Actions Against Cars, GCR section 8.3.3, change as follows effective 5/1/2026: "The protestor may request that the car be disassembled, inspected, or any other test made, provided they post a tear
Show 22 more lines
down teardown bond (also referred to as "bond") with the SOM sufficient to cover the total expenses of disassembly, inspection, reassembly, and other costs associated with the protest." In Actions Against Cars, GCR section 8.3.3.E, change as follows effective 5/1/2026: "The tear down teardown bond shall be sent to the Road Racing Department to hold it in escrow until the time limit to Appeal expires, an Appeal has been rejected, or an Appeal has been decided by the Court of Appeals." In Judgment of the Court of Appeals, GCR section 8.4.5.E, change as follows effective 5/1/2026: "The Court may or may not return appeal fees; and it will determine the disposition of protest fees and tear down teardown bonds, if any, in cases where the decision being appealed is nullified or otherwise changed." In Sealed Engines and Transmissions, GCR section 9.3.42, change as follows: "Race cars with sealed engines and/or transmissions are not subject to tear down teardown either through post-race inspection or mechanical protest if: 1. The car engine and/or transmission units have each been homologated as a unit (engine and transmission are separate units) by an SCCA-recognized organization, manufacturer, or sanctioning body. 2. The competitor has provided dated documentation from the homologating organization, manufacturer, or sanctioning body to identify the seals and their unaltered condition. 3. The seals are in their original location and unaltered condition. Competitors who cannot meet all three of these criteria are subject to tear down teardown in post-race impound and mechanical protest. Competitors who refuse to comply with a tear down teardown are subject to penalties, including disqualification." In Penalty Points, GCR section 7.4.D table, change as follows effective 5/1/2026: In Condition column, remove "Invalid Statement of Facts Affidavit" cell In Automatic Penalty column, remove "Event disqualification, 60 day suspension of competition privileges, and 6 penalty points" cell
While SCCA would welcome the increase in participation from the Rush community, the Rush Fuel Cell in question does not meet the SCCA requirements, and an exemption would be significantly beyond the scope of the rules in GCR section 9.3.26. Additionally, the Rush manufacturer has a rules compliant solution that meets SCCA requirements. We ask that Rush owners convert their cars to the compliant solution and join us at their local SCCA Road Race.
In F6, GCR section 9.1.1.D.14.B, change as follows: "Any exhaust pipe(s) may be used (unless otherwise specified). It is the intent of this rule that the exhaust pipe includes the exhaust manifold. The M maximum exhaust length behind the rear axle centerline without a sound control device or muffler is twenty-four (24) inches. It is the intent of this rule that the exhaust pipe includes the exhaust manifold. The addition of a sound control device or muffler is allowed. If a sound control device or muffler is used, the total length must not exceed thirty-six (36) inches behind the rear axle centerline when combined with the exhaust pipe."
Effective 5/1/26, in Appendix C, GCR section 2.1.A, change as follows: "Everyone who applies for an SCCA Competition License or Permit must submit a completed SCCA Physician's Examination and Medical History Form, a valid Federal Aviation Authority Class 1, Class 2, or Class 3 Medical Certificate or a completed FAA BasicMed Form (FAA 8700-2 Comprehensive Medical Examination Checklist), or a completed NASA-approved Medical Evaluation form, or a completed FIA member-club medical evaluation form that specifically notes a medical sign-off for motor racing (e.g., an IMSA medical form). For the purposes of SCCA competition licensing, the term "form" refers to any of these. The form must be submitted every 5 years for applicants ages 14-39; every 3 years for applicants ages 40-49; every 2 years for applicants ages 50-69; and every year for applicants' age 70 and over. The examination date cannot be more than 6 months before the
Show 3 more lines
Competition License or Permit application date. A new F form is not required for a 14 year-old Novice Permit holder or for a Novice Permit holder applying for a Full Competition or Vintage License, provided the current F form is within the specified term for the M minor's age group."
Thank you for your feedback on letter 39770. Please see the response in the current Fastrack. Your feedback on Letters 39778 & 39779 regarding the Runoffs format is noted as well. It is still being discussed at this time.
Support for Letters 39778 & 39779 Runoffs Format Changes
The use of AI in processes and procedures is an ever-evolving discussion. Your recommendation of utilizing an AI program to assist with GCR edits and format changes will be shared with the Road Racing staff and BOD for further consideration.
The idea of giving each Road Racing class its own web page is intriguing. The prospect of a central information hub that would allow existing and interested drivers to find out more about the class would assist with lowering some entry barriers that have been identified in the past. As the Marketing Department continues to develop the new website design for the Club, we will share this idea as a next step once the new site is launched.
The Road Racing Competition Committee recognizes the confusion that some letter responses cause when there is no context to the request. Moving forward, the RRCC and its Advisory Committees will be striving to provide more transparency in answers to non-recommended letters. Our goal is to allow readers to understand what was asked, what was decided, and why it was decided. There are multiple options for letter writers to make the contents of their letters visible to the membership, should they choose to do so. The newly created SCCA Road Racing Facebook Group is a perfect example of a two-way platform to discuss topics. Members of the RRCC and their ACs have additional collaboration with BOD members and staff, all with the common goal of providing a safe, fun, racing experience to as many drivers as possible. Collectively, we hope that these new developments will provide the additional transparency you are requesting.
With the Road Racing Program's goal of promoting access and participation, adding an additional fee to Conference participants' Majors & Super Tour entry fees to assist with covering a Conference Champion's Runoffs entry fee is not something we are interested in doing at this time.
In Drivers' Schools, GCR section 3.1.3.A, change as follows effective 2/1/26: "When production and formula cars are entered, T the entered cars will be divided into at least open and closed wheel groups, which will run separately from one another. SRF or SRF3 cars may be grouped with small bore production cars. Sports Racing/Prototype cars may be grouped with Formula cars. (See AppB.1.4.2.)" In Drivers' Schools, GCR section 3.1.3, add a new section as follows effective 2/1/26: "D. The organizing region may limit participating classes and may include eligible Club Race Experience vehicles." In Appendix B, GCR section 1.4.2.E, change as follows effective 2/1/26: "SRF or SRF3 may be combined with F Production, and H Production, and GTL, or similar small bore production cars."
Request for Professional Editing of the General Competition Rules
The CRB and National Staff recognize that the GCR has arrived in its current form in primarily two ways: 1. The tens of thousands of suggestions for rules modification that come from the membership over the years. 2. The fact that hundreds of volunteer members have been the editors through their service on the CRB as well as the various Advisory Committees (ACs). With these two groups of authors comes inconsistent language and technical document structure that continues to shift as we move forward in a digital age. The first sentence of GCR 1.2.3 Interpreting and Applying the GCR covers tortured interpretations and prevents creative members from using the inconsistent wording in unintended ways. GCR 8.1.4 Compliance Review Rule Clarification provides avenues of interpretation and clarification for members.
Show 6 more lines
While a full rewrite and design may seem easy to some, it will be an incredibly difficult and huge undertaking. It’s currently beyond what the Club management feels is a best use of time and resources. That said, plans and research are underway to find a more user-friendly solution that may also solve some of these issues mentioned above. This is scheduled to be rolled out in 2027. In the meantime, the Club continues to welcome members to use the Letter Log System to suggest changes to these language and technical structure issues.
Runoff Rules Placing T1 Class on Probation-National Championship
The Runoffs probation rules were established to ensure that a driver winning a class that experiences a one-year dip in Runoffs event participation would not be penalized for a potential anomaly. A second year below the 10-car threshold is indicative of a trend or more significant issue. The CRB believes that adjustments made to Touring 1 set it up for success in 2026, where it will again be included at the Runoffs in a combined group with GT-1. The GCR stipulates that if the class reaches 10+ cars at the Runoffs, it will move off of probation and crown a National Champion.
In Provisional Results, GCR section 5.10.4.A, change as follows effective 2/1/26: "A lap chart or a printout or online report showing the order of finish and number of laps completed for each car shall be titled as Provisional Results and posted as soon as possible. The time of posting will be on the Provisional Results with the Chief of T&S's initials or signature, and an announcement will be made. When there is a pending action for a particular race group, Provisional Results for that group may be distributed to officials and competitors in lieu of Official Results, with a notation printed stating the reason (i.e., pending outcome of action involving X class)." In Official Results, GCR section 5.10.4.B.3, change as follows effective 2/1/26: "The timing and scoring information shall include: total number of entries, DNFs, DNSs, the overall and class finishing positions
Show 18 more lines
for all starters, the number of laps completed for all starters, the overall time of the race, the winner's margin of victory, the winner's average speed, the fastest lap time for all starters, and any new course records. All drivers listed on in the final race results shall be consistent with the numbers included in the event audit. A DNF (Did Not Finish) is defined as a car that did not complete the required number of laps to be a finisher (half the number of laps counted by the overall leader, rounded down to the nearest whole integer). A starter is defined in Section 6.10.2. A DNS (Did Not Start) is defined as any car that turned a wheel on the track during practice or qualifying but did not start the race. Refer to GCR sections 6.10.2 and 6.10.3 for the definitions of Starters, Finishers, DNF, and DNS." In Race Starter, GCR section 6.10.2, add a new section as follows effective 2/1/26: "F. A car that does not meet the above criteria but has been on track in any session covered under the event sanction number is classified as DNS." In Race Finisher, GCR section 6.10.3, change as follows effective 2/1/26: "A. A race finisher is a car that completes at least half of the laps of the overall race winner for either a numbered lap event or a timed event. Enduro events should define the awarding of points in the enduro supplemental regulations. If the race is an uneven number of laps, divide the overall winner's laps in half and rounded down to the nearest whole integer. A car has 5 minutes after the checkered flag overall winner crosses the finish line to complete its current lap. B. A DNF (Did Not Finish) is a car that does not meet the conditions of section A. B. C. A car may complete a lap by being driven across the control line in the pit lane only using on-board power (such as the starter motor), but it may not be pushed across the line by its crew or any officials."
GCR Change Regarding Double Yellow / Full Course Yellow
In Meaning of Each Flag, GCR section 6.1.1.B, change as follows effective 2/1/26: "DOUBLE YELLOW, DISPLAYED AT ALL STATIONS – Indicates the entire course is under yellow (full course yellow). All stations will display double yellow flags for all pace and safety car laps. SLOW DOWN, NO PASSING. Flagging station(s) in the emergency area(s) will display either a standing or waved yellow as appropriate. Once a flagging station clears its incident/emergency, it will display double yellow flags. However, c Cars may carefully pass emergency vehicles and other cars that are disabled or off pace (see 6.6.2.)."
Request to Make SCCA National Championship More Competitive #2
At this time, the 115% rule will be used for the Hoosier Tire SCCA Super Tour and the SCCA National Championship Runoffs competitions to ensure that drivers are on pace with the front runners. The Race Directors and Clerks of the Course for both HSTs and the Runoffs will be keeping an eye on drivers who are failing to meet the 115% requirement, and provisions are being considered for inclusion in the supplemental regulations. Our goal is to allow maximum, safe, and fair participation for all SCCA eligible drivers.
In GCR, create Section 9.1.8.J. as follows: “9.1.8.J. RUSH SPORTS RACER (RSR) (REGIONAL ONLY CLASS) 1. Definition The purpose of this class is to provide the membership with a regional single-make, one design, fixed specifications, open cockpit, sports racer. A. Vehicle Manufacturer and Car Eligibility Rush Auto Works 4541 Brittmoore Rd, Houston, TX 77041
Show 117 more lines
(713) 937-0000 Website: rushautoworks.com Email: info@rushautoworks.com B. Rush Sports Racer (RSR) Only Rush Race Cars manufactured by Rush Auto Works Inc (RAW). and maintained in their original spec condition are eligible for competition. All cars must operate using Rush Auto Works mechanical parts available from Rush Auto Works aftersales department. All preparation, maintenance, and service of Rush Auto Works cars must be provided in accordance with official Rush Auto Works documentation and technical bulletins. 2. Homologation Rush SR chassis are homologated with SCCA, but require a homologation certificate from SCCA, which can be obtained by contacting the Technical Services Department. Cars will only receive a certificate if they can show they meet the fuel cell requirement below. 3. Fuel Cells If the car has an early blue plastic fuel cell, it must be completely covered in metal per section 9.3 of the GCR. This option may go away in 2027. The only other allowed fuel cells are either the side mounted or behind the seat units produced by RAW. 4. Minimum Weight Weight with Nankang AR-1 tires: 1350 lbs Weight with Hoosier W3 wet tires: 1325 lbs 5. Ballast A. To reach minimum weight, competitors are permitted to attach ballast to the chassis on the 1-1/2" flat bar rails in front and behind the driver's seat. B. Any weight added shall be secured by a minimum of two (2) 8mm bolts with Ny-lock nuts. All bolts shall be at least SAE grade 5 or metric grade 8.8 or stronger. C. Ballast must be clearly marked with the car number and must be positioned to maintain proper weight distribution. 6. Setup Maximum camber is -2.6 degrees and minimum ride height is 17.75” measured from the ground to the top of the front bar of the chassis where the chassis tag is located. 7. Bodywork & Aerodynamic Devices A. Only bodywork and aerodynamic devices, body panels, wings, splitters, and diffusers as originally manufactured and purchased from RAW shall be permitted. No bodywork component or aerodynamic device shall be substituted with any item not manufactured by RAW and in original configuration as supplied by RAW. No part of the bodywork may be worked upon or modified beyond what is specifically permitted. All parts must comply in terms of size, look, and material to the original parts. B. It shall be allowed to finish the RAW-supplied body panels by sanding, surface preparation, painting, or wrapping. The three slots in the front fender upper surfaces may have the forward faces removed to allow air to escape the front wheel area. C. The front splitter angle may be adjusted using the front splitter stays. Additional horizontal bracing on the splitter braces is permitted. The optional RAW-manufactured high downforce front splitter and billet splitter mounts are permissible for all competition. Splitter mounts must remain unmodified in their original mounting positions. D. The rear wing may be adjusted only using one of the six adjustment holes as provided on the RAW wing adjuster plates. No modification to the wing element, end plates, or wing mounting brackets including their mount to the bodywork shall be permitted. No other bodywork or aerodynamic device modifications shall be permitted. 8. Chassis and Frame No chassis modifications shall be permitted under any circumstance. All members and components of the front crash box, welded chassis frame, and rear crash structure must remain in original configuration as supplied by RAW. It is not permitted to carry out any strengthening work on the frame (welds, brackets, etc.) without the authorization of RUSH Auto Works Inc. No modification to the floor, undertray, or rear diffuser is permitted. 9. Suspension Components and Wheel Bearings A. Only suspension, wheel hubs, brake discs and calipers, shocks, steering rack and column, pedal box, differential assembly, shock absorbers, springs, and anti-roll bars as originally manufactured and purchased from RAW shall be permitted. No suspension component mentioned in section shall be substituted with any item not manufactured by RAW and in original configuration unless specifically permitted. B. Only springs as supplied by RAW are permitted and can be run in any configuration. C. The shock absorber must remain stock using only components supplied by RAW. The length of the shock absorber may be adjusted using the body lock nut on the shaft. The perch height for the spring may have its position adjusted. The compression and rebound valve settings may be adjusted. The shock absorber can use any viscosity shock oil. The internal valve discs can be adjusted in quantity using RAW-supplied discs only. The optional shock N2 chamber systems are permissible for all competition. D. Wheel bearings must remain stock. No modification of the bearing or seal is permitted. 10. Permitted Adjustments The front and rear toe alignment may be adjusted via the stock track rods. The front and rear camber may be adjusted by addition or removal of 0.5mm, 1.0mm, and 2.0mm camber shims as supplied by RAW. The front and rear anti-roll bars may be adjusted by position of the ARB anchor position on the ARB. The ARB may be disconnected. The front and rear ride heights may be adjusted. The corner weights may be adjusted through permitted means as contained herein. 11. Brake System Only brake components as originally manufactured and purchased from RAW shall be permitted. This entails Brake Pads, Rotors, Calipers, ETC. The use of OBP Master Cylinders is mandatory but can be sized from ¾ inch to 1 inch. Brake fluid type is open but must meet minimum DOT 4 specification. 12. Engine A. Only engines as originally manufactured and purchased from RAW shall be permitted. The RAW engine unit is sealed. Tampering with or removal of the engine seal by competitor or anyone other than RAW is not allowed. To ensure engine integrity, seals are applied by RAW directly. Any necessary engine maintenance work/engine replacement is the direct responsibility of RUSH Auto Works Inc. B. Only RAW factory or Denso OEM starters are permitted inside the Rush Spec Series. Participants in violation of this section will be disqualified until the violation has been replaced or fixed. 13. Engine Control Unit. The engine ECU may at no time be tampered with or re-flashed other than by RAW. ECUs may be inspected for flash updates by tech. ECUs which have been flashed shall be confiscated and the competitor disqualified from the event. In agreement with Event Officials, ECUs (engine control units) may be replaced at any time during the event. 14. Transmission and Driveline A. Only transmission and driveline components as originally manufactured and/or purchased from RAW shall be permitted unless specifically addressed here. No transmission or driveline component shall be substituted with any item not manufactured or supplied by RAW and in original configuration. In agreement with Event Officials, the Series reserves the right to pick the transmission unit and send it to RUSH Auto Works for conformity checks. B. The front sprocket may be adjusted from 14-tooth to 15-tooth Sprockets. The rear sprocket must remain a 44-tooth sprocket. C. The differential may be adjusted to have 1, 3, or 5 clutch contact faces per side (20%, 60%, or 100%). The differential may be used in the 1.5 or 2.0 differential ramp position. 15. Wheels and Tires A. Dry: Nankang AR-1 185/60R13 Front and 205/60R13 Rear Wet: Hoosier 44421W3 Front and 44426W3 Rear B. The use of only ONE set of dry tires shall be permitted per race weekend. This rule shall apply from the first qualifying session of an event weekend. Drivers may use new or scrub tires during practice. Tires shall be marked following the first qualifying session of the event weekend and shall be used for all sessions of the event thereafter. If deemed damaged, authorization from the Chief of Tech may be granted for use of a replacement tire for the remaining sessions of the event. 16. Cockpit No modification can be made to the pedal assembly beyond permitted adjustments to master cylinder sizing. It is not permitted to use rails, brackets, and any kind of non-original material to change the seat position. The use of alternative mirrors is permitted. 17. Mandatory Safety Equipment • Camber Plate Upgrade • Case Saver • Clutch Switch or equivalent 18. Data Acquisition and Telemetry Only Aim MXM, MXL, or MXS data systems are permitted. It is permitted to add data sensor packs only sold by RAW Aftersales. Telemetry systems different from the original or which provide redundant data to the original system are not permitted. All data (telemetry, video logger) must be always available to Race Officials. Race officials reserve the right to download and disseminate Aim data from any competitor at will. It is not permitted to reset the data acquisition system at the end of official practice, qualifying sessions, or races. 19. Miscellaneous Permitted Additions It is permissible to add a chain guard to protect the engine bay from lubricant splatter. The optional RAW-manufactured wind deflector is allowed. 20. Transponders The transponder must be located in the position specified by RUSH Auto Works technical documentation (see technical bulletin for location diagram).”
In GCR, Section APPENDIX B. ORGANIZATIONAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES FOR EVENTS, change as follows: “APPENDIX B. ORGANIZATIONAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES FOR EVENTS This section contains administrative procedures and information for members and race organizers. This section mandates certain actions, but it may not be protested or appealed. 1. ORGANIZING EVENTS 1.1. SCHEDULING 1.1.1. Divisional Scheduling Representatives The Executive Steward of each Division will appoint a Divisional Scheduling Representative who will:
Show 273 more lines
A. Work with the Regions to prepare a R race S schedule for the following calendar year for all events to be conducted within their Division, including potential U.S. Majors Tour dates. All U.S. Majors Tour dates must be submitted to the Head of Road Racing no later than November 1. U.S. Majors Tour dates must be approved confirmed by the Head of Road Racing before being listed on the calendar. B. Submit all scheduled Region events in their Division into the online Event Sanctioning Dashboard in the Member Account Portal (MAP) for inclusion on the SCCA.com calendar. Event records must include accurate dates, locations, host Regions, and program types, and should be submitted no later than December 1. Submit the necessary documents and fees if applicable, to the National Office to support those events. C. Submit a copy of the final racing schedule for their Division to the Manager of Road Racing, and to the Chair of the Club Racing Board, the Regional Executives of all Regions in their Division, and to the Scheduling Representatives of the other Divisions no later than December 1st. The Scheduling Representative must be appointed in sufficient time to assure that the Race Schedule is completed and filed with the National Office no later than December 1. 1.1.2. Scheduling Policies and Procedures A. The Division‘s Rr ace Ss chedule encompasses all road race activities listed in GCR section 3, including U.S. Major Tour events, Regional Events, Drivers’ Schools, and SCCA Test Days, as well as Race Experience events. B. Alternative Drivers’ Schools (3.1.3.C) and Racing Experience Session s are not required to appear on Divisional Schedules but must be sanctioned. C. No U.S. Majors Tour events may be scheduled for a weekend that is less than two weeks prior to the start of the first Runoffs qualifying day. 1.2. POSTPONING OR CANCELLING EVENTS All or part of an event may be postponed or cancelled under the following conditions: A. Provision is made in the Supplemental Regulations for the event, or B. The SOM order that all or part of the event be postponed or cancelled for reasons of safety or forces beyond their control. 1. Postponement - After consulting with the organizing Region, the SOM may postpone the classes not afforded the opportunity to race (as opposed to practice or qualify), provided a scheduled date is available at the same facility within the same competition year. The postponed races shall be run under the original sanction number. 2. Cancellation – a. An entire event (all classes, all sessions) postponed for more than 24 hours is considered cancelled, and entry fees shall be returned. If an event is cancelled during the competition, then the entry fees shall be prorated and a reasonable portion of the entry fee shall be returned. b. If drivers have participated in on-track sessions prior to the cancellation of their race sessions, they will be given credit for a start, and regions may award drivers’ points according to their qualifying position. If a race is started and cancelled before halfway time or laps, then only race starters will be awarded points based on qualifying position. 3. Credit for Start - If an entire event is cancelled (all classes, all sessions), there shall be no credit for a start. If a race is postponed, the competitors have the option of either competing in the postponedpost-poned race, or receiving a prorated refund and being classified as DNS for that race, provided they have participated in a practice session or are shown on the qualifying results for that race. 1.3.1. Applying for an SCCA Sanction Regions should submit sanction applications at least 90 days before the event date. Sanction applications must be submitted for approval at least 45 days prior to the scheduled date of the event with the following A rush service fee will automatically apply to Road Racing sanction applications submitted or remaining incomplete within 45 days of the scheduled event date. All applications must be submitted with the following materials: A. Completion ofCompleting the online Event Sanction Process in the Member Account Portal (MAP). or completing a current SCCA Sanction Application Form B. Entry Form (if paper registration is permitted.) C. Supplemental Regulations D. Event ScheduleSchedule of Events 1.3.2. Sanction Requirements In addition to the items listed in App B.1.3.1, the following conditions must be met before a sanction number can be issued: A. The race event is listed on the official SCCA calendar. B. SCCA has approved the course for Road Racing. C. The organizer owes no event related fees for prior events. See App B.1.6 for information about event fees. D. Online Event Page Requirement Each region is required to maintain an online event page for every sanctioned event, which may be hosted on the registration platform. The page must clearly direct participants to the complete and current version of the entire Supplemental Regulations containing all information required under Appendix B Section 1.4.1. The event page itself does not need to duplicate the content of the Supplemental Regulations, but must include, at a minimum, the event name, date(s), location, participant eligibility and eligible classes. The page must be published at the time the sanction request is submitted and remain accessible through the conclusion of the event. 1.3.3. Sanctioning for Alternative Drivers’ Schools SCCA Regions wishing to hold a Drivers’ School using the Alternative Driving School method must complete the online Event Sanction Process through the Member Account Portal (MAP) and submit all required materials submit a sanction applications to the National Office no less than 10 days prior to the scheduled school date. Required materials include: holding a school and include the following: A. Completion of the online Sanction Application Form in MAP B. Name(s) of approved Instructor(s) C. Dates of on-track observation activity “school” elements (classroom/ and on-track) D. Approval by the Divisional Executive Steward or a designee. 1.3.4 Courses The words “course” and “circuit” and “track” are considered interchangeable for the purpose of these rules. 1.3.4.1. Types of SCCA Course Approval SCCA must approve any course for a Road Racing event. For a particular track, the SCCA may: A. Limit the types of events. B. Restrict the number of cars which may be started simultaneously or in total. C. Restrict the number of entries which may be accepted for an event. D. Restrict the classes and categories of cars. E. Restrict the license grades of drivers. F. Disapprove the course for all SCCA speed events. 1.3.4.2. Application F for A an Event O on Aa n Unapproved Course If a Region plans to hold an event at a new course or use a new unapproved, configuration at an existing course, they must contact sanction@scca.com with the full name of the course, physical address, configuration name and length. The Sanction Department will create a pending location record to allow the event to be calendared and a sanction request to be submitted. The Region is responsible for coordinating with the Divisional Executive Steward to schedule a track review prior to the event. The track review must be completed and approval granted prior to the scheduled event. If the course and/or configuration is not approved, the sanction – whether pending or already issued-may be revoked. A Sanction Application for an event at a course not already approved by the SCCA must be submitted at least 2 months before the proposed event, and must include a full description of the course and facilities, including a scale map. 1.4 SUPPLEMENTAL REGULATIONS AND ENTRY FORMS Organizers may distribute Supplemental Regulations or accept event registrations Entry Forms prior to receiving an official SCCA sanction for all types of events, except a Super Tour. Submission timelines for required documentation remain in effect. Accepting registrations – whether online or otherwise – is contingent upon final sanction approval and may be subject to withdrawal or modification if the sanction is not granted. for an SCCA event prior to obtaining an SCCA sanction. 1.4.1 Required Contents of Supplemental Regulations Supplemental Regulations define the specific conditions under which an SCCA event is conducted. These regulations are drafted by the sanctioning Region, and for the U.S. Majors Tour – which include both Conference Majors and Super Tour events-a standardized template is available from the SCCA Road Racing Department. establish specific conditions for an event. Before a sanction for an event can be issued, any regulations that differ from the General Competition Rules (GCR) must be reviewed and approved by the Divisional Executive Steward or a designee. must approve all Regulations different than those of the GCR. The Club Racing Board has the right of review and final approval at its discretion. For Conference Majors, Supplemental Regulations are drafted by the sanctioning Region and must be reviewed and approved by the Divisional Executive Steward (or designee) and the Head of Road Racing. For Super Tour events, Supplemental Regulations are drafted by the sanctioning region in coordination with the Super Tour staff and must be reviewed and approved by the Divisional Executive Steward (or designee) and the Head of Road Racing. For U.S. Majors Tour events, Supplemental Regulations are drafted by the sanctioning Region and the U.S. Majors Tour staff. The Supplemental Regulations are submitted by the sanctioning Region, reviewed and approved by the Division’s Executive Steward (or a designee), and reviewed and approved by the Head of Road Racing. The Divisional Executive Steward (or designee) is responsible for uploading the approved Supplemental Regulations and related documents via the online Event Sanction Process in the Member Account Portal (MAP). Supplemental Regulations must contain the following information for the event: A. The name of the event, location, dates, nature event category (e.g., Road Racing), and event type (e.g., Regional, Conference Majors, Super Tour). B. Supplemental Regulations must be updated with the sanction number and sanction type immediately upon issuance. C. Conspicuously placed words statement: “Held under the current SCCA General Competition Rules as amended by Fastrack.” D. The name and contact information (address, phone and email address) address of the organizers organizing Region. E. A complete description of the event, including the course length, configuration, and types of sessions and races, the eligible car classesclasses of cars eligibl e, and the race groups (See AppB.1.4.2.) If Regional-Only classes are included in the event, the full ruleset or URL link to the ruleset for each Regional-Only class must be included. F. A detailed schedule and location of on- and off-track activities, including registration, technical inspections, operating hours of official scales, driver meetings and social functions.Schedules and locations of on and off-track activities, inspections, and meetings. G. The name and contact information address of the Registrar or designated entry contact, other person to whom the entry is to be sent, closing date for receipt of entries, and amount of the entry fee. H. Instructions for accessing and completing event registration including participant eligibility, links to the online registration platform and waiver process information. I. The names of the Chief Steward and the Chair of the SOM. For Super Tour events, add the Race Director and the Series Administrator. J. The method by whichway results will be determined and how awardstrophies, and prizes will be distributed.awarded. K. The times official scales will be available for competitors to check the weight of their cars. L. K. The brand and general description of any required spec fuel (e.g., Sunoco 100 octane unleaded), including availability and purchase instructions. M. L. All other information necessary for the proper conduct of the event, not already included in the GCR or the Supplemental Regulations. N. M. A statement regarding refunds: A driver who has been on track (turned a wheel) in any sanctioned session of an event is considered to have participated in the event and is not eligible for a refund, unless the event supplemental regulations specifically state otherwise. N. It is recommended to include the SCCA’s Welcoming Environment Statement at the beginning of the Supplemental Regulations. 1.4.2 Combining Classes into Race Groups A. The speed and performance differences among the cars may not be extreme. B. Any Formula classes may be combined with Prototype/Sports Racing classes. C. It is preferable to combine Prototype/Sports Racing classes with appropriate Formula classes rather than with Production- based or GT classes. D. It is preferable not to combine Prototype classes, FA, FC, FE, FE2, or FX, with FV, F600 or FF. .FV may be combined with F600 and FF. E. SRF/SRF3 may be combined with F and H Production and GTL. F. Formula classes shall not be combined with cars from any other category except Prototype/Sports Racing. The only exception is in race groups consistingcon-sisting solely of Vintage/Historic cars. G. It is preferable not to combine GT1, AS, T1, T2, T3, and STU with P1, P2, SRF, SRF3, FP, HP, or GTL. H. Vintage cars may not be grouped with any other type of cars at SCCA Regional or U.S. Majors Tour events but may be combined at Drivers’ Schools. I. Vintage/Historic sanctioned race groups may include non-vintage classes. 1.4.3 Additional Classes Organizers may include classes not specified in 9.1, provided the conditions and specifications are clearly outlined or referred to in the Supplemental Regulations. Including those additional classes may not jeopardize the full schedule of sessions for the SCCA recognized classes. All cars participating in an SCCA-sanctioned event are required to have an SCCA Vehicle Logbook. 1.4.4 Multiple Types of Competitions on a Single Weekend It is not generally permitted for race groups from different types of competitions on the same weekend to run simultaneously. Please contact the SCCA Road Racing Department with questions. 1.4.5 Required Contents of Entry Forms Entry forms, whether submitted through an online registration platform or via paper form, must include the following fields and declarations: A. The words: “Held under the current SCCA General Competition Rules as amended by Fastrack.” B. The SCCA sanction number assigned to the event. C. Space for the full name, address, SCCA membership number, Region of Record, license type, sponsor information, emergency contact, and name of entrant (if assigned) for each driver entering the event. D. Space for a full description of the car to be entered, including car make and model and car number. E. Acknowledgment of the following declaration, captured either by a physical signature on a paper form or checkbox confirmation in online registration platforms: a. By submitting this entry, I agree to comply with the current SCCA General Competition Rules (GCR) as amended by Fastrack, including all applicable event entry standards, waiver provisions, and media rights policies. I understand that participation in this event requires adherence to these rules and procedures, and I affirm my commitment to upholding SCCA’s values and fostering a welcoming, respectful, and inclusive environment throughout the event. b. I understand that participation in any capacity in motorsports is dangerous. Known or unknown conditions and situations involving myself or others, including but not limited to vehicle preparation, equipment condition, facility and environment, physical fitness, medical conditions, medications, knowledge, abilities, or skill can cause injury (significant or otherwise) and death. I understand that I cannot participate in the event if I am on medication or have a medical condition that impacts my ability to participate. My decision to enter an event in any capacity, and to continue my participation throughout the event, is voluntary and with the knowledge of the above conditions and potential outcomes. F. Any other information required for the clarification of all other details of the event. A. Spaces for full names, addresses, membership numbers, sponsorship information and license type and numbers of entrant(s) and driver(s), and for driver’s Region of Record. B. Space for full description of cars to be entered. C. The words: “Held under the SCCA General Competition Rules.” D. Spaces for signature(s) of entrant(s) and driver(s) for waiving liability and/or indemnity declarations, acknowledging the authority of the GCR, declaring that the entered car complies with the provisions of the GCR, and the person(s) to be notified in case of accident. E. The sanction number assigned to the event. F. Any other information required for the clarification of all other details of the event. _______________________________________________________________ 1.5. ORGANIZER’S ADDITIONAL RESPONSIBILITIES In addition to the responsibilities listed above, organizers must fulfill the following requirements: 1.5.1. Entry List An official entry list of registered participants must competitors entered in the event shall be made available to all before the event begins. This may be posted digitally via the registration platform or event website. It must be accessible to all participants.entrants at no charge as early as possible before the event begins. 1.5.2. Results Organizers must distribute Official Race Results to all participants in a timely manner within 7 days of the event, or within 7 days of any protest or Court of Appeals decision affecting results, whichever occurs first. Results must be made available by one or more of the following methods: • Printed or photocopied copies at the event • Posted to a shared digital location (e.g., event website, registration platform, or shared drive) accessible to all participants A copy of the Official Race Results must also be submitted in PDF format to the SCCA Road Racing Department at roadracing@scca.com. The organizer is responsible to distribute results as follows: Printed or photocopied Official Race Results available for each entrant at the event; or mailed at the organizer’s expense or emailed (at the entrant’s option) within 7 days of the event, 7 days of the notification of any protest decision affecting Results, or 7 days of a Court of Appeals decision, whichever is applicable and whichever comes first. 1.5.3. Post-Event Reporting The o Organizers is are responsible for submitting all SCCA required audits and appropriate fees to the SCCA National Office within the time limits specified in Appendix B.1.6., as specified in AppB.1.6. and the SCCA Insurance Handbook on the sanction application and audit form. 1.6. RACE EVENT FEES Organizers are responsible for submitting post-event documentation and ensuring timely payment of all applicable fees. The MyLaps Orbits Backup File and a copy of the Official Race Results in PDF format must be submitted to roadracing@scca.com for all Regional, Conference Majors and Super Tour events. Future sanctions may be withheld for outstanding balances. The Program Event Fees schedule is available in the Member Account Portal under Member Resources File Cabinet Sanction & Audit. 1.6.1. Regional Events Regional events include all Road Racing events that are not Conference Majors or Super Tour events. For these events, organizers must: A. Submit the post-event audit form using the online Event Sanctioning tool in the Member Account Portal within 14 days of the event’s conclusion. B. Pay the following fees per the within 28 days of the event: a. Event Fee – supports administrative and operational costs of sanction and insurance b. Volunteer Fee – supports SCCA volunteer worker rewards program c. Compliance Surcharge Fee – see the Program Event Fees for the current list of compliance classes and associated surcharges Late Fees may apply if payments are not received within the specified timeframe. 1.6.2. U.S. Majors Tour Events The SCCA National Office will invoice the organizing Region based on the Orbits Backup File and Official Race Results for all applicable fees. A. Pay the following fees within 28 days of the invoice date. a. Event Fee b. Volunteer Fee c. Compliance Surcharge Fee d. Super Tour Assessment Fee (for Super Tour events only) A. Post-Event Audit Upon the conclusion of Regional race events, a post-event audit form must be submitted to the SCCA National Office using the online Event Sanctioning tool in the SCCA Member Account Portal within 14 days following the event. Audit forms and fThe fee schedule are is available from the SCCA National Office and can be found inon the File Cabinet in the SCCA Member Account Portal.SCCA website. B. SanctionEvent Fee The appropriate sanction event fees for a Regional race event listed on the audit form and theon the fee schedule must be paid within 28 days of the completion of the event or late fees may apply. C. Insurance Fee The appropriate insurance fees for a Regional race event listed on the audit form and the fee schedule must be paid within 28 days of the completion of the event or late fees may apply. DC. Compliance Surcharge Upon the conclusion of Regional race events, a compliance surcharge for each Spec Racer Ford and Formula Enterprises car that turned a wheel on the course must be paid within 28 days of the completion of the event. ED. Volunteer Fee A Volunteer Incentive Fee, as listed on the audit form and the fee schedule, must be paid within 28 days of the completion of the event to support the SCCA volunteer incentive and rewards program. F.E. U.S. Majors Tour Assessment For all U.S. Majors Tour Events, a “per entry” fee will be assessed and must be paid within 14 days of the event. No further sanctions will be issued to a region until this has been paid. This fee includes the following components: 1. Sanction fee 2. Compliance Surcharge 3. Insurance Fees - The fee schedule is available from the SCCA National Office, or on the SCCA website. 4. Volunteer Incentive Fee - The fee schedule is available from the SCCA National Office, or and can be found 5. U.S. Majors Tour Assessment 2. INSURANCE COVERAGES AND LIMITS 2.1. Insurance Requirements All SCCA sanctioned events must be insured for Event Liability and Participant Accident insurance coverage. General Liability and Participant Accident coverage must be provided by the SCCA Event Insurance Plan. The Race Director or Chief Steward must delay an event until they are satisfied that the required insurance is in place.”
In Trophies, GCR section 3.6.2, change as follows effective 1/1/26: "a. U.S. Majors Tour event trophies will be awarded on the following minimum basis for each participating class: [No changes to the existing table] b. Conference and Super Tour Championship awards and recognitions may be limited to drivers who complete a minimum of three (3) or more events within a specific Championship."
In Event Format / Schedule, GCR section 3.1.1.D.2.a, change as follows effective 1/1/26: "There shall will be a maximum of two (2) races per race weekend. At least one race for each race group will be 35 minutes in length duration with a maximum length of 50 miles (variations may be approved by the head of Road Racing and published in the supplemental regulations). The other race of the weekend shall will be a minimum of 25 minutes in length duration with a maximum length of 40 miles. Variations of these event formats may be approved by the head of Road Racing and published in the supplemental regulations."
Request for Consideration of John LaRue Letter #39303
We appreciate your concern. Regions and organizers are faced with varying costs across the country, and because of that, it wouldn't be in our best interest to set a entry fee cap. We hope that regions and organizers are operating from a balanced budget that benefits both the region/organizer and drivers.
Support Letter #39158 Standardize Car Number Boards
The Club Racing Board does not recommend this change. Timing a vehicle with a non-functional transponder should be at the discretion of the Chief of Timing and Scoring.
The Club Racing Board does not recommend this change. Coverage with an SFI 37.1 window net is directly dependent on the size of the driver’s door window opening.
The Road Racing Department has addressed many of your concerns in this announcement: https://www.scca.com/articles/2020067-2026-runoffs-classes-and-qualification-criteria-announced. We also understand the concerns of speed disparity and the Runoffs Race Director is prepared to take action, when needed. As an organization, SCCA is primarily focused on providing access and promoting participation as we head into 2026.
In SCCA racing, combining SM and SMX into a single class is not a sound approach. The performance disparity between the two is significant, approximately seven seconds per lap based on the best laps from the 2025 SCCA Runoffs, and such a merger would compromise the integrity and competitiveness of SM, one of SCCA’s most successful classes.
In In-Car Flagging System, GCR section 9.3.30, change as follows effective 1/1/26: "1. All cars competing in the SCCA Hoosier Super Tour events and the Runoffs (beginning in 2024) must have a functioning Flagtronics FT200 or FT-RD unit that provides visual notification of changing course conditions to the driver while on track at all times. Driver notification may be made through the FT200 or FT-RD display or through the car's dash via an FT200 CAN Bus connection. It is recommended that the Flagtronics unit be installed with thebuttons within the driver’s reach while belted in the normal driving position to allow the driver to respond to messages from Race Control in the event of an impact that triggers the Flagtronics impact alert. The unique ID number of the Flagtronics unit must be provided to the SCCA during the event registration process or as defined by the event supplemental regulations.
Show 7 more lines
2. Flagtronics is required at all Hoosier Super Tour events. Use of Flagtronics may be required at select U.S. Majors Tour events, or available as an option to participants, as per the event supplemental regulations. It is recommended that the Flagtronics unit be mounted in view of the forward-facing camera in a location where the buttons are within the driver's reach while belted in the normal driving position to allow the driver to respond to messages from Race Control in the event of an impact that triggers the Flagtronics impact alert. 3. SCCA may access any data recorded by the unit for CRB use to assist in performance balancing. Missing Flagtronics units will be considered non-compliant. Non-operational Flagtronics units may be considered non-compliant."
Complicated graphics on cars and having numbers easily readable by Timing and Scoring, corner workers, and emergency crews is a significant issue. This response was a compromise requiring consultation between T&S and the Race Director/Chief Steward and takes legibility of car numbers out of the sole purview of T&S as well as not mandating number boards.
The changes you suggest should be part of a larger GCR review effort with the involvement of the SCCA National Staff, Executive Stewards, Club Racing Board, and Board of Directors.
In Required Equipment, GCR section 9.3.19.C.1, add the following effective 1/1/26: "Driving suits that effectively cover the body from the neck to the ankles and wrists. One piece suits are highly recommended. All suits must bear an SFI 3.2A/1, SFI 3.4, or higher SFI certification label or an FIA 1986 Standard, FIA Standard 8856-2000, or FIA Standard 8856-2018 homologation label. Underwear of fire resistant material shall be used, but is optional with suits carrying an FIA Standard 1986 Standard or FIA Standard 8856-2000 label or SFI 3-2A/5 or higher (e.g., /10, /15, /20) certification label. FIA 8856-2018 suits do not expire regardless of manufacturing date, but they must be maintained in acceptable condition (e.g., no rips, tears, other damage)."
Hi Andrew, Thank you for your thoughts on weekends vs. races when it comes to fulfilling Novice Permit requirements. We do think that weekends are the appropriate measurement. First, because we believe the cycle of a racing event and all sessions are what is important to the learning process, and a full set of sessions gives time to be properly evaluated. Second, there are some regional event weekends with one race, some with two, and we’ve seen up to four races per class run within a single event sanction which could further create confusion and odd opportunities. In addition, we are taking a broader look at SCCA licensing, and we will consider allowing a driver on a Novice Permit running multiple classes run in one weekend to count as multiple events, the way it’s currently allowed for Full Competition License renewal. (Appendix C: 2.2.B)
Show 1 more lines
Thank you again, and we appreciate your participation in the Road Racing rules process.
We appreciate your perspective and feedback. Please see response to letter #39358 in current Fastrack. The same theory applies to the GTL/FP consolidation.
We appreciate your perspective and feedback. Legends cars have a regional ruleset and our allowed to run in the same group as Production cars at Regional events and Conference Majors events. The Club Racing board is not interested in combining these cars into Production classing.
We appreciate your perspective and feedback. Please see response to letter #39358 in current Fastrack. The same theory applies to the GTL/FP consolidation.
Thanks for your letter Dave. Some changes need to be made in order to accomplish SCCA’s goal to improve the Runoffs experience by limiting to 18 run groups and, longer term, 18 well subscribed single class National championship races. This requires some class consolidations or the elimination of Runoffs-eligible, under-subscribed classes. STU/GT3U is one of these consolidations with close enough BoP to be successful and potentially encourage growing participation. The CRB and SCCA hope to conclude this consolidation for 2026. Since the 2025 Runoffs, data is being analyzed and some additional adjustments will be made to the GT3U specifications. All involved desire fair and equitable BoP before the final consolidation. TCR cars have been moved to T2 which should be a better class for these cars. We intend to continue collecting and analyzing data in order to quickly apply any additional adjustments to insure BoP as equitable as possible. We all desire an STU class with two rule sets that has fair BoP and encourages participation
Show 2 more lines
growth over time. We also hope and encourage all involved advisory committees remain positive and encourage future participation in STU.
We appreciate your perspective and feedback. The addition of another advisory committee (AC) for the CRB isn’t recommended at this time. The responsibilities of the committee you outline are already handled by the CRB and its subordinate ACs. Every member has the opportunity to voice their opinion within the letter log system as it currently is constituted. However, independent committee such as you outline could collate input for the CRB for consideration.
We appreciate your perspective and feedback. Fourteen of the 18 Runoffs run groups will remain unchanged from 2025. The 2026 event will, however, experience several adjustments, most notably the inclusion of Prototype 2 and Formula 600. To fit those classes into the two Hagerty Race Days at the Runoffs, Prototype 2 will be included in the combined Formula Atlantic® and Prototype run group – that Runoffs race will feature a single split start, with Formula Atlantic in one part of the split, and a blended grid of Prototype/Prototype 2 class cars for the other part of the split. Formula 600 will also return to the Runoffs, with F600 drivers being added to the Formula F run group.
We appreciate your perspective and feedback. We have made a significant adjustment to the Road Racing program that addresses your specific requests. We have suspended the performance criteria for participating in the 2026 Runoffs, see letter 39294 in current Fastrack. Participate in three Majors weekends and you are eligible to enter the event. The Club will need to see how the current economic uncertainty impacts the program and what, if any, more changes will need to be made.
In GCR, Section 3.7.4.A.1.b., change as follows: "Performance Requirements (Suspended for 2026)" In GCR, Section 3.7.4.A.1.b.3, change as follows: "FV and FF are exempted from the performance requirement for the 2025 season."
We appreciate your perspective and feedback. The Runoffs participant survey was sent to drivers and volunteers in early November. We hope that you and your fellow racers took that opportunity to share and provide us with your opinions on a few proposed ideas and changes to future event formats. Yes, the format change was a big one, and we realize there is still work to be done. Once we have the survey data back, we plan to analyze it and discuss potential solutions to solve some of the pain points you brought up. Thank you for your support and participation of this year’s Runoffs, and the other 22 as well.
We appreciate your perspective and feedback. While we fully support your efforts and the efforts of the HP community for this event, we cannot recommend this action. Regional events are different from Majors in a variety of ways (race length, run groups, etc.) so the two aren’t equivalent. It would not be fair to other classes to allow this event to count towards overall class participation. That said, if you want participation in this type of event to aid the HP cause, please feel free to consider moving the event to a conference major.
We appreciate your perspective and feedback. The CRB and staff are actively looking at solutions to provide additional information and visibility, when elected, to the letter submission and response process. As we work through multiple IT projects, we will continue to work toward a future solution.
We appreciate your perspective and feedback. The Club Racing Board does not recommend this change. Standards for number legibility are in GCR section 9.3.29. Event organizers have the ability to ask competitors to comply with the standards.
This Letter is Supporting the Reinstating the Prototype 2 Class
In Awards, GCR section 3.6, add the following: "Drivers compete primarily for points and trophies in SCCA events, although financial awards may also be offered. The awarding of trophies and/or awards at Regional events is at the discretion of the organizing Region." In Distributing Awards, GCR section 3.6.1, change as follows: "Organizers must may have event awards, if any are to be awarded, for each race available to distribute as soon as Official Results are determined, or after the period for receiving protests has elapsed so that placing drivers can take their trophies with them. Awards will not be distributed until after any protest affecting their distribution has been settled. If notified of an intent to appeal any decision which would affect awards, the SOM will direct that the distribution be held pending the Court of Appeals' decision."
We appreciate your perspective and feedback. The Club Racing Board does not recommend this change. Legibility for corner workers and Timing & Scoring is the primary consideration for decals and numbers, not exact placement locations on the sides and front.
Request to Change Runoffs Format to Increase Track Time
The Club Racing Board does not recommend this option as the Club Spec Mustang is allowed under a spec line in Touring 4 and can participate in all other SCCA programs with a full roll cage.
We appreciate your perspective and feedback. The Club Racing Board does not recommend this change. Cars without working forward-facing cameras may be penalized, and other evidence presented may be used to support a protest.
In General Technical and Safety Inspections, GCR section 9.3, add a new section as follows and renumber the following sections accordingly: "(Effective 1/1/26) 9.3.42. SEALED ENGINES AND TRANSMISSIONS Race cars with sealed engines and/or transmissions are not subject to tear down either through post-race inspection or mechanical protest if: 1. The car engine and/or transmission units have each been homologated as a unit (engine and transmission are separate units) by an SCCA-recognized organization, manufacturer, or sanctioning body.
Show 5 more lines
2. The competitor has provided dated documentation from the homologating organization, manufacturer, or sanctioning body to identify the seals and their unaltered condition. 3. The seals are in their original location and unaltered condition. Competitors who cannot meet all three of these criteria are subject to tear down in post-race impound and mechanical protest. Competitors who refuse to comply with a tear down are subject to penalties, including disqualification."
We appreciate your perspective and feedback. The Club Racing Board does not recommend this change. The Chief Steward has the ability to release cars from impound early. Supplemental regulations may also specify specific impound procedures for an event.
We appreciate your perspective and feedback. The Road Racing Department started a project years ago to archive track records, but other technology projects took priority. The Department is devising a plan to take existing database entries and work on a solution that could be automated in the future. We appreciate the enthusiasm that our racers have toward celebrating those who set new track records, and we hope that we can come up with a plan that will showcase that.
In GCR, Remove APPENDIX K. 2012 STO GENERAL TECHNICAL REGULATIONS and 2012 STO SPECIFICGENERAL TECHNICAL REGULATIONS in their entirety and replace with the following: These specifications are a part of the SCCA GCR and all automobiles shall conform to GCR section 9. A. Purpose and Philosophy The intent of the Super Touring category is to allow competition of production-based vehicles, at a higher level of prepara-tion, using DOT- APPENDIX K. 2012 STO GENERAL TECHNICAL REGULATIONS approved tires. Vehicles used in this category must be identifiable with the vehicles offered for sale to the public and available through the manufacturer’s distribution channels in the US. No chassis or engines older than 1985 will be eligible, except that model runs that began
Show 617 more lines
before 1985 are eligible (e.g., if a model was produced in 1983-1988, the 1983 and 1984 cars are eligible). The SCCA does not guarantee the competitiveness of any car. Alternate allowances may be approved on a case-by-case basis for individual vehicles that do not meet these parameters; see “Alternate Vehicle Allowances” tables. Engines components from these approved vehicle allowances may not be installed in other chassis without specific line-item approval (e.g., the STU 3.8L Mustang engine may not be installed into a Ford Focus). Vehicle modifications are limited to those listed herein. Unless a particular modification or part is approved in these rules, the vehicle and all of its relevant parts and assemblies shall be stock for the correct make and model of car. Some amount of latitude will be considered to facilitate engine installations, however if exten- sive modifications are required it is recom-mended to seek clarification from the Club Racing Board. Replacement parts may be obtained from sources other than the manufacturer provided they are the exact equivalent of the original parts. The intent of this rule is to allow the competitor to obtain replacement parts from standard industry outlets, e.g., auto-parts distributors, rather than from the manufacturer. It is not intended to allow parts that do not meet all dimensional and material specifications of new parts from the manufacturer, unless otherwise allowed in the Super Touring category or class rules. Each class will have a baseline target power-to-weight ratio. Weights may be adjusted or cars may be subject to changes in intake restrictors to meet these targets. Cars may be required to carry data acquisition equip- ment for review of perfor-mance. B. Eligibility Vehicles meeting one of the following criteria may compete in the Super Touring category: 1. 1985 and newer cars built specifically under these ST rules 2. World Challenge GT cars, with a VTS sheet dated 2009 or earlier, are eligible for classification under the following criteria: a.Cars will be approved on a case-by-case basis with supporting World Challenge VTS documentation b. Competitors must have the VTS sheet, as approved, available for scrutineers when requested. c. Weight will be set at the greater of the World Challenge weight plus 5% or the STO rules weight plus 5%. d. Cars approved to run in accordance with their World Challenge VTS must adhere to those specifications and are not permitted to adopt general STU specifications. e. See 9.1.4.2.I, table of Approved World Challenge Cars. f. Cars must meet tire rule 9.1.4.P.1 Note: World Challenge VTS cars are subject to adjustments (i.e., weight, restrictor) as necessary. C. Bodywork 1. Standard body appearance must be strictly maintained. Standard body appearance includes the OEM grille and badge. A photographic replica is not sufficient. 2. Body and frame seams and joints may be welded. The OEM radiator supports may be replaced or reinforced to make repairs easier. The radiator supports shall not reinforce the rest of the chassis or diminish the OEM crush zones.3. Bumper brackets may be modified, but bumpers must remain in OEM locations. 4. Non-essential body items and trim may be removed including attaching brackets and supporting struc- ture. Any holes in bodywork exposed by the removal of these items shall be covered or filled. 5. All of the vehicle’s doors must be able to be opened from both inside and outside the vehicle. Latches and hinges for the doors may be modified, but must remain in working order. Aftermarket latches and hinges may be used but shall not protrude beyond outer surface of bodywork. The stock side impact beams may be removed when NASCAR style door bars are installed. 6. Hood and trunk pins, clips, or positive action external latches are permitted. Stock hood and trunk latches and hinges may be disabled or removed; if so, a positive action external fastening method shall be used. Engine compartment insulation may be removed. 7. Openings in the bodywork may be temporarily covered, wholly or partially, with tape for the purpose of regulating airflow. Bodywork openings may be closed off using close-out panels mounted behind body openings. Bodywork seams may not be taped except to temporarily secure it after contact. 8. All bodywork and windows shall be sufficiently rigid, adequately supported and properly secured such that it does not noticeably flutter, move, or deform while vehicle is in motion. 9. Aftermarket OEM style hardtops are allowed. Aftermarket carbon fiber hardtops are not allowed. 10. Fenders and wheel openings shall remain unmodified. OEM base model fenders may be flared to allow for tire clearance up to 2”. They must maintain the OEM profile and appearance, seamlessly around the wheel arch. It is permitted to roll under or flatten any interior lip on the wheel opening for tire clearance. Cars with plastic/composite fenders may remove any interior wheel opening lip, but the resulting material edge shall be no thinner than the basic fender material thickness. Non-metallic inner fender liners may be removed. 11. OEM non-metallic composite body panels (i.e., plastic fascias, fiberglass hoods, etc.) may be replaced with panels of any type composite, provided that the panel maintains the OEM profiles. All cars may replace the hood, hatch, and/ or trunk/deck lid with nonmetallic composite parts. The hood may have heat exhaust vents installed in it. Hood inlets (scoops) are not allowed. The vents shall not expose the mechanical components of the car when looking down from above. The permitted transmission and differential coolers may vent through rear license plate frame. There shall be a screen, painted the same color as the surrounding bodywork, covering the vent opening. Any OEM non-functional, decorative vents/ducts may be made to be functional provided the exterior body appearance is not modified. 12. A close-out panel may be mounted behind the grille. 13. OEM side skirts may be used if they were available on the car from the dealer provided they meet the minimum ride height rule.14. Aftermarket side skirts may be used provided they meet the minimum ride height rule, have no openings/ducts in them other than for jacking insert(s), are no wider than the approved fascias, do not extend any higher than the bottom of the door and do not reinforce the chassis. 15. Canards or dive planes are not permitted unless part of the OEM bodywork. D. Aerodynamic Devices 1. Front Air Dam a. A front spoiler/air dam may be added. It shall not protrude beyond the overall outline of the body when viewed from above perpendicular to the ground, or aft of the forward most part of the front fender opening. b. The spoiler/air dam shall be mounted to the body, and may extend no higher than four (4) inches above the hori-zontal centerline of the front wheel hubs. The air dam shall have no support or rein- forcement extending aft of the forward most part of the front fender wheel opening. c. The minimum ride height of the air dam is 3.0 inches. d. Openings are permitted for the purposes of ducting air to the brakes, cooler(s), and radiator(s). 2. Undertray a. An undertray may be added. The undertray may close out the underbody from the leading edge of the approved bodywork (including air dam) back to the centerline of the front axle. b. The minimum ride height of the undertray is 3.0 inches. 3. Splitter a. Definition: A horizontal, single-plane aerodynamic device attached to the lower front of the vehicle, protruding forward. It is intended to divert air and produce downforce through vertical pressure differential. A splitter shall have no vertical deviations. b. A front splitter may be added. A maximum of 4 rods or cables may be used to support the front and/or sides of the splitter. No other material(s) may be used external to the body to support the splitter. c. The front splitter must not extend more than 2.0 inches past the original or approved bodywork as viewed from above for the entire profile of the splitter. d. No part of the splitter shall extend laterally any further than the widest point of the outside sidewall of the front tires with the wheels pointed straight ahead. e. The splitter shall not extend laterally any further than the widest point of the outside sidewall of the front tires with the wheels pointed straight ahead. The splitter may not extend more than 2.0 inches beyond the bodywork, regard- less of where the outside edges of the front tires are. f. The splitter may have vertical deviations, fences, etc., only if they are part of the production body- work for street use. g. The minimum ride height of the front splitter is 3.0 inches. 4. Rear Winga. The wing shall be mounted to the trunk/deck lid with 2 mounting brackets. Each mounting bracket shall attach to the wing at a point that is at least 2.0 inches inboard of endplates. The wing, and the portion of the mounting brackets located exter- nally to the trunk/deck lid, may only be rein- forced by a diagonal strut having no aerodynamic effect, and/or by affixing the external parts of the brackets to internal parts of the brackets within the trunk/cargo area. The internal parts of the brackets may protrude through the trunk/deck lid to allow the two parts of each bracket to be fastened together. b. Factory wings, and spoilers, and roof vortex generators are permitted, but must be removed if an approved aftermarket wing is installed. OEM aerodynamic devices do not need to adhere to the height rule c. Wings shall be a single element with a maximum chord length of 12.00 inches, including any Gurney flap. d. The entire wing assembly may be no wider than the widest part of the car, not including fender flares/lips and mirrors, or a maximum width of 72.0 inches, whichever is the lesser. e. The entire rear wing assembly, including the end plates and any Gurney flap, shall be mounted level with, or below, the peak of the roof. OEM aerodynamic devices do not need to adhere to the height rule. f. The trailing edge of the rear wing may be mounted no further rearward than the center of the rear- most part of the approved bodywork. g. Wing end plates must not exceed 144.0 square inches each. h. APR performance wing GTC-500 part #AS-1070xx, variable cord length 12.75” Inner/9” Outer), is permitted. E. Interior 1. The following items must be removed: tool kit, spare tire, supplemental restraint systems (SRS) and passive restraint systems. 2. The following items may also be removed: Headliner, sun visor, carpeting, carpet pad and/or insulation, soundproofing, OEM seats, all trim except the dashboard, heating and air conditioning systems, window winding mechanisms, central locking systems, audio system, and any other systems fitted to the original car solely for the comfort of the driver and/or passengers. 3. 4. The following items may be installed: Safety equipment/structures, seat, controls necessary for driving, instrumentation, electronic equip- ment, radio, camera, battery, driver cooling system, driver ventilation system, replacement door panels/ interior trim, anti-sway bar controls (not within reach of driver). None of the above items may hinder driver exit from the car.5. The above components shall be attached to/contained in the chassis in such a way as to be able to withstand 25g decel- eration. Any sharp edges shall be covered, padded, protected, etc. to prevent injury to driver, crew, course workers, and officials. 6. The driver’s seat shall be located in the same lateral location as the OEM seat, unless otherwise allowed on a car’s spec line. The transmission tunnel may be modified for the purpose of installing a competition driver seat. The floor pan must remain in its original position. The floor pan must remain in its original position. The driver’s seat shall be located longitudinally. 7. Original instruments/gauges may be replaced, or supplemented, with additional engine monitoring gauges. Accessories, lights and switches may be added or removed. Box-type extensions from the dash pad may be used to mount switches and controls, in the areas where the OEM insert panels were mounted, so that they more easily accessible to the driver. Audio and video systems may be removed. 8. Vertical bulkheads, and enclosures, within the cockpit shall not be any higher than the bottom of the side windows, and shall not extend more than 18.0 inches above the floor pan. No bulkheads shall cover the rear foot wells. a. Sedan Body (4-door) and Hatchback Body (3-door) - Any bulkheads positioned in front of the plane determined by the OEM rear seat back shall not extend laterally from one side of the chassis to the other, but rather shall only be large enough to cover the individual components necessary. b. Coupe Body (2-door) - Any bulkheads positioned in front of the plane determined by the OEM rear seat back, if appli-cable, may extend laterally from one side of the chassis to the other. c. Dash pad modification – It is permitted to modify the dash pad in order to run the roll cage tubes through the dash area as long as the dash pad is modified only enough for roll cage fitment. If necessary, the dash pad may be parted to ease installation around roll cage. Any such parting shall be done in such a way as to minimize the appearance that they have been separated once pieces of dash pad are installed. The required dash pad may be made of any material. The dash pad shall maintain the stock profile. F. Chassis 1. All cars shall have the OEM rear package shelf and/or rear seat back support structure installed if applicable. As an alterna-tive, a metallic close out panel may be installed that simulates the rear package shelf and/or the rear seat back support structure if applicable. If a close out panel is used to clean up the appearance of the rear package shelf and/or rear seat bulkhead in conjunction with the OEM structure, the close out panel material is free. 2. Cables, wiring and fluid lines in the engine compartment and cabin interior may be replaced, rerouted, and/ or protected. 3. Cars that have drive shafts shall have 2 steel, 360-degree loops of sufficient strength located as close as possible to the front and rear universal joints to prevent the driveshaft from dropping in case of failure of either universal joint. Floor materials, torque tubes and cross members may also be utilized to provide this protection. 4. It is permitted to attach one or more plates, or pads, under the car to provide for jacking of the car, provided they serve no other purpose. It is prohibited to install any kind of device, which protrudes from the rocker panel or side of the car. However, tubes may be attached to the roll cage or chassis and extend to the inner surface of the rocker panel or bodywork to act as a receptacle for a jacking fixture. Air jacks are permitted, but no air source may be carried on board. 5. Ride height will be measured without driver at the lowest point of the rocker panel, not including the pinch weld. 6. The OEM firewall between the cockpit and engine compartment shall be intact to prevent the passage of flames from the engine compartment to the cockpit. Any holes in the firewall must be of the minimum size for the passage of controls and wires, and must be completely sealed. 7. Both front windows, driver and passenger, shall be down (preferably removed) whenever the vehicle is on track. The OEM window opening on the front doors shall not be filled in with any material, other than the material required to mount a NACA-duct for driver cooling. If used, the NACA-duct shall be mounted in the front, lower, corner of the window opening. The area closed off to mount the NACA-duct shall not exceed 50 square-inches. In rain conditions, a quarter window larger than 50 square-inches may be used in the area normally used to mount the permitted NACA- duct, in an attempt to minimize the amount of water entering the cockpit. Enough open area for the driver to exit in an emergency shall remain open at all times. 8. All vehicles must use a stock, OEM equivalent, safety glass windshield, or 0.25 inch minimum thickness Lexan replace-ment, mounted in the stock location, at the stock angle and maintaining the stock profile. 9. Windshield clips, per GCR section 9.3 Windshield Clips/Rear Window Straps, are permitted and recom- mended. 10. Side windows, not including the front door windows, and rear windows may be replaced by clear Lexan- type plastic material having a minimum thickness of 0.125 inch, but must retain the same shape, size, and location as the original glass. NACA-ducts may be mounted in the side windows. The rear window must be secured by 2 additional straps 1.0 inch wide by 0.0625 inch thick minimum, bolted or riveted to the body at both the top and bottom of the rear window. If a Lexan rear window is mounted with multiple, evenly spaced screws around each side of its perimeter, safety straps are not required. If a DOT spec glass rear window is used in conjunction with the OEM method of mounting, safety straps are recommended, but not required. 11. Windows may be mounted and sealed with silicone. Any silicone used to bridge the gap between the perimeter of the window and the chassis shall be neat in appearance and uniform in thickness. Tape may only be used to seal the windows during wet track sessions for the purpose of reducing the amount of water entering the cockpit. 12. OEM side window framework shall be intact. 13. Acrylic or glass removable/moveable roof panels may be replaced with the same material as the surrounding roof. All brackets, mounts, and moldings must be removed. Fabric tops are not permitted and shall be removed along with all associated hardware. It may be replaced with an OEM hardtop if one is available. 14. 15. Unused mounting tabs and brackets that are non-structural, excluding the rear seat back support and package tray, may be removed. 16. The OEM “rain gutter/tray” at the base of the windshield shall be intact and in the OEM location. 17. The floor pan may be modified to provide clearance for the exhaust system and allowed alternate transmission/trans-axle.18. Inner fender panels may be modified or replaced. 19. Convertible model cars may compete with a hardtop or as an open car. 20. Fasteners are free. Fasteners may be replaced with adhesives. 21. Rounded coverings may be used at the rear of the front window openings to bridge gap between the leading edge of b-pillar and inner edge of main roll hoop. The material and design of these coverings is free, but shall be neat in appear-ance and securely fastened. 22. A third (3rd) tube on each side may extend through the firewall to the chassis in the engine compartment. These tubes shall not extend forward of the shock towers. 23. An underbody close-out panel(s) may be used in the area behind the rear axle. These panels shall not alter the external appearance of the car when looking from the rear and sides of the car (i.e. we want to have to lay on the ground to see them). If the production car uses underbody trim pieces, the OEM trim pieces may be removed or replaced, but any close-out panel(s) used may not visually hide any more of the mechanical components, when looking from the rear and sides of the car, than the OEM trim pieces do. The close-out panels shall not completely bridge the gap between the rear floor pan area and the rear axle centerline. On rear engine cars, any close-out panels shall not extend any further forward than the rear axle centerline. Cars with a fuel cell, engine, etc. that extend down into external visual range shall fit the close-out panel(s) around the component in such a way that it does not alter the external appearance of the car. 24. Minimum ride height is 3.0 inches. G. Engine 1. Alternate engines may be used, if the manufacturer of the vehicleand engine are the same (e.g., an Acura engine installed into a Honda car) and was available in a car delivered in the United States. Vehicles deliv- ered with engines from other manufacturers (e.g. Morgan, Panoz, etc) may only use the originally installed engine, or another engine manufactured by the chassis manufacturer (e.g. Lotus Elise may use the Toyota ZZ engine, or any other Lotus manufactured engine that complies with the class rules, however a Lotus Esprit may not install a Toyota ZZ engine). The chosen engine must retain its original cylinder head and intake manifold. Competitors must have in their possession a copy of the factory shop manual for both the drivetrain and chassis for use by scrutineers. If an engine from a front wheel drive vehicle is installed in a rear wheel drive vehicle, alternate OEM intake manifolds may be considered. The long block assembly of the alternate engine must remain within the engine compartment with no modifications, however the firewall may be modified to provide clearance for intake manifolds and/or engine accessories. It is permitted to use the OEM intake and throttle body for either the chassis or the installed engine. If needed to allow the intake manifold fit on the engine, an adapter plate between the engine and manifold is permitted. This adapter plate must be no more than 1.0 inch thick and must be made of the same material as either the head or intake manifold. Engines from vehicles not available in a car delivered in the United States will be considered and approved on a case-by-case basis for use in ST. For an engine to be considered, a member must submit to the CRB a Vehicle Technical Specifications (VTS) sheet with all engine parameters filled out. Copies of the appro- priate factory shop manual are also useful for this consideration. Any deviations from the STCS that will be required for installation (e.g., trans adapter plate, alternate intake manifold, etc) must be noted in the “Requested Non-Stock Allowances” section, otherwise they will not be allowed. Once this information is received and considered, any approved engines will be noted in a separate table within the STCS. 1. The crankshaft shall be a stock OEM part or an aftermarket part as long as it is of identical dimensions and material as the OEM part for the specific engine. The crankshaft may be balanced. The maximum weight reduction allowance for balancing of the crankshaft is 0.5 lbs. The maximum weight reduction allowance for the balancing of the reciprocating assembly is 15 grams. Alternate connecting rods are permitted, but must be ferrous unless OEM supplied. 2. Blocks may be sleeved to repair cylinder walls. Engines may be bored to a maximum of .040 inch over standard bore size. 3. Rocker arm, lifter, follower, pushrod, valve spring, keeper, retainer, guide, seat, and valve materials are free; Titanium is not permitted, except for retainers or OEM parts. The head may be machined to fit valve train components.Alternate camshafts are allowed. Camshaft timing is free. 4. Cars produced with an electronic throttle body may use the OEM electronic throttle body. The OEM elec- tronic throttle body may be converted to manual actuation and the actuation cam on a manual throttle body may be changed to alter the opening/closing rate of the butterfly. Alternately actuated throttle bodies may be considered on a case by case basis. 5. The ignition system is unrestricted. 6. A programmable ECU is permitted. Engine calibration (spark and fuel) is free. 7. Fuel injectors and fuel rails must maintain the original number and mounting locations, but are otherwise free. Fuel pumps and fuel filters are free in type, size and number. 8. The location and type of the fuel pressure regulators are free provided they are mounted within the engine compartment or the OEM location. 9. The oil pan and oil pickup may be baffled, modified, or replaced. The OEM oil pump may be modified, or replaced with an OEM-style oil pump. Cars using a wet-sump oil system shall safety wire or in some other way secure the oil drain plug. 10. Vents, breathers, and oil filters may be added, or substituted. All emission control devices may be removed and the resulting holes plugged. It is recommended that cars using a wet-sump oil system safety wire or in some other way secure the oil drain plug. 11. 12. Replacement gaskets and seals are free, including head gaskets. Replacement gaskets and seals must be made out of material(s) designed to seal the parts of an engine. Replacement gaskets and seals may not perform any other functions. Head gaskets may be used to adjust compression ratio. 13. The intake manifold on piston engines may be port matched to the head(s), provided no material is removed further than one inch in from the manifold to head mounting surface(s). 14. Variable cam timing (VTEC, VANOS, etc.) and variable length intake manifolds may be partially, or wholly, disabled. Variable cam timing systems that use multiple cam lobes for each valve(s) may remove lobes from the camshaft(s) that are not being used. For 13B Rotary Engines the 5th and 6th intake port actuators and valves may be removed or disabled. 15. To increase the compression ratio, the bottom of the head may be machined. Alternate pistons are permitted and/or the pistons may be machined. 16. 17 Cars utilizing forced induction may not have a boost controller within reach of the driver. A car must enter pit lane to have the boost level changed by the crew if necessary. Competitors must be prepared to demonstrate the boost adjustment process to officials. 17. Engine parts, including, but not limited to, heads, intake manifolds and carburetors, may be cleaned using usual methods (e.g., bead blasting, soda blasting, Scotch Brite pads) as long as part dimensions are not altered. 18. All cars shall use the installed engine’s stock air throttling devices (e.g., throttle body, carburetor) and intake manifold, unless noted otherwise. Components upstream of the throttling devices are free. 19. Unless otherwise noted, the follow restrictions apply to turbochargers. The inlet restrictor (if required) shall be posi-tioned in the compressor inlet housing. Turbochargers may be added to engines that did not originally come equipped with one on a case by case basis. Swapping of turbochargers between engine makes and models is prohibited. Super-charged cars may be approved on a case-by-case basis. Contact the Road Racing Technical Office for details (contact info at the front of this book). 20. Alternate water pump, alternator, crankshaft dampers, and/or power steering pulleys are unrestricted. Crankshaft pulley is unrestricted for all non-supercharged engines; supercharged engines must use OEM crankshaft and supercharger pulleys. 21. Intake Requirements: All cars shall use the stock or approved air throttling device (e.g., carburetor, throttle body) and intake manifold for the installed engine, unless noted otherwise. 22. All cars may fit the approved carburetor and manifold. The approved manifold may be ported and polished, but its design and configuration shall not be altered in any other way. The lowering of or boring of holes in the center divider is prohibited. Removal or obliteration of the manifold part number is prohibited. a. The approved carburetor shall be a maximum of 650 cfm and 4 barrels. The approved optional insu- lator (Holley #108- 12), and manifold (Edlebrock Performer RPM #7101-General Motors / #7121- Ford/Mercury) shall be fitted to cars. b. Except as permitted in these rules, the carburetor shall not be modified in any way. Any carburetor jets, accelerator pump, pump cam, and accelerator pump nozzles may be used. Power valves, metering blocks, and floats may be altered or replaced. No venturi (including secondary or auxil- iary) shall be modified in any way, but they may be aligned. Idle holes may be drilled in the throttle plates (butterflies). Carburetors may be modified to allow “four corner” idle adjustment. c. The external throttle linkage to the carburetor may be modified or changed. Choke mechanisms, plates, rods, and actuating cables, wires, or hoses may be removed. No removal or alteration of the carburetor air horn is permitted. d. All air entering the intake tract shall pass through the carburetor air inlet. 24. Cars may modify, or replace, motor and gearbox mounts provided that the engine is located in the speci- fied location. This includes the use of “torque plates”. All engines will be mounted in the stock position unless otherwise specified. Where an engine setback is allowed, the OEM firewall may be modified only enough to accommodate the engine set back. a. The following cars may set the engine rearward a maximum of 4.0 inches and may lower the engine a maximum of 1.5 inches: 1. Cadillac CTS-V (04-07) 2. Pontiac GTO (04-08) 3. Ford Mustang (85-06) 4. GM F-Body (93-02) 25. The intake and exhaust ports on piston engines may be ported at a 1% weight penalty. The valve guide may be machined as part of this porting. 26. Compression ratio is limited to 12.0:1. 27. Valve lift is limited to .600 inches. 28. Dry sump systems are allowed. The dry-sump system is limited to 5 stages. It shall consist of 1 pres- sure stage and a maximum of 4 scavenge stages. If the OEM style pressure pump is used it shall count as the one permitted pressure stage. There may be a maximum of 2 two-port scavenge stages, or a maximum of 4 single-port scavenge stages, or any combina- tion such that oil is not being scavenged from more than a maximum of 4 locations. H. Cooling Systems 1. WaterCooling - Provided that the stock method of cooling is retained, the cooling system is free, including cooling fans, but the water radiator must remain in the approximate OEM location. The mounting angle may be changed. 2. Engine Oil Cooling- Coolers for the engine oil are free in number, type and location. 3. Intake Air Cooling- Cars utilizing forced induction may install intercoolers. The number, type, and location of intercoolers are free. 4. Water Spray Systems- Water may not be sprayed on any intercoolers, radiators, etc. Water spray systems may only be used to inject water into the brake ducts. I. Fluid Piping & Fuel Tank 1. Fuel Cells/Tanks- The use of a fuel cell is required unless the stock fuel tank is located between the axle centerlines and within the main chassis structure (i.e., frame rails, etc.). All fuel cells must comply with GCR 9.3. Proper bracing to protect the fuel cell in the event of a rear-end crash is required. If a fuel cell is installed in the rear hatch/rear trunk area, the OEM floor pan in that area may be replaced with metal in order to make it easier to mount the fuel cell and close out the area around the fuel cell. 2. There must be a metal bulkhead completely separating the cockpit from the compartment containing the fuel cell. This does not negate the requirement that the fuel cell bladder be contained in a metal container. 3. No line containing engine coolant may pass through the cockpit. No hydraulic fluid lines may have remov- able connectors inside the cockpit. 4. All fluid hoses, lines, reservoirs, and tanks that are in the cockpit, or cargo area that is open to the driver, shall be sepa- rated from the driver by rigid metallic and/or non-metallic enclosures and/or deflection shields to prevent fluid from spraying on the driver in case of a leak. Magnesium is prohibited. Waterproof flexible wraps may also be used to prevent fluid from spraying on the driver. The floor of these enclosures, or the area under the deflection shields, shall be designed to prevent the accumulation of fluids. 5. No fuel cooling devices are permitted in the car. J. Oil System If oil storage tanks are not located in the original position they must be surrounded by a 10 mm thick crushable structure. Provided that the oil tank is not located in close proximity to the outer surface of the bodywork, and there is some of the structure of the vehicle between the oil tank and the bodywork, the car’s structure will meet the 10mm crushable structure rule. 6. If the oil tank is located in the cockpit area, or a trunk area that is open to the driver, it must be sepa- rated from the driver by a metal enclosure made up of .036 inch steel, or .059 inch aluminum. This is in addition to the 10mm thick crushable structure that is required in section 9.1.4.I.2. The floor of the enclosure must be designed to prevent accu- mulation of fluids. 7. Accusump-type systems may be used. K. Exhaust System1. The exhaust system may be modified, or replaced. 2. Outlets must be located rearward of the midpoint of the wheelbase. 3. The exhaust pipe may not protrude more than 3.0 inches at the point where it exits the bodywork. If the exhaust pipe(s) exit the bodywork at the widest part of the body such that any extension of the exhaust pipe(s) beyond the body would make pipe(s) the widest point, the exhaust pipe(s) must be trimmed flush (+/- 0.5 inch) with the bodywork at the point that they exit the body. Minor body modifications are permitted to accommodate exhaust systems. Modifications shall serve no other purpose. The underbody rocker panels may be modified for the installation of the exhaust system, but these modifications may only serve to provide clearance for the exhaust system. The exhaust system must be adequately isolated from the driver’s compartment. 4. If the exhaust system is routed in such a way that damage to it could cause hot exhaust to contact any part of the fuel system, there shall be a metallic heat shield protecting the fuel system components. This heat shield shall be located at least 3.0 inches away from the exhaust system, and there shall be at least 3.0 inches between the heat shield and the fuel system components. L. Electrical System 1. The electrical system is free provided that: 2. Batteries are free, subject to GCR 9.3. Batteries. 3. Standard headlights, headlight operating ancillaries, and parking light assemblies may be removed and replaced with a plate of identical shape and size of the lens. Standard headlight assemblies may be replaced with aftermarket units of equal dimension. Vehicles with pop-up and/or hidden headlights may modify and/or remove the headlight assemblies as long as the headlight cover and any other external hardware are properly secured in the stock closed location. 4. Fog/driving lights, parking lights and associated attaching hardware may be removed. The resulting openings may be used to duct air, or may be filled/covered. No ducting may extend beyond the outer surface of the bodywork. 5. Each car must be fitted with at least one effective windshield wiper assembly, which must be in working order throughout the event. Wiper blades, arms and associated hardware may be substituted freely. Other windshield wiper assemblies may be removed. 6. Each car must have an effective defogging/demisting system that is capable of keeping the windshield clear during wet sessions. Anti-fog films meet this requirement. M. Drivetrain 1. Alternate differential housings are permitted from the same model of vehicle. Differential may be open, locked, or of a limited-slip type. The internals of limited-slip type differentials may be modified to change the amount of slip limiting. Differen-tials with external, or electric, adjustability are prohibited. Driveshaft and half-shafts may be aftermarket, but shall be the OEM-type and use the same types of materials as stock. Drive shafts may be replaced by one piece drive shafts, and conversely. 2. After market replacement differential housings are permitted as long as they are an exact equivalent. 3. Vent and/or breather lines may be added to the transmission and/or differential. 1 transmission cooler and 1 differential cooler are permitted. 4. Alternate flywheels and clutches are permitted. Flywheel material shall be ferrous or aluminum and the ring gear diameter must be the same as the OEM flywheel. Clutch and pressure plate design is free. Carbon clutches are permitted. 5. Transmissions and ratios are free. Forward gears are limited to six speeds. Cars with aftermarket sequential shift transmissions shall increase the required minimum weight by 100 lbs. 6. Traction Control/Launch Control is permitted, but must operate solely through the engine managements system (i.e., spark and fuel control) and may not interface with, or affect, the braking system or throttle control. N. Suspension and Steering 1. All suspension members must be made from ferrous and/or aluminum materials. Chromium plating of suspension members is prohibited. 2. Suspension springs are free. Coil-over units may be added to supplement or replace OEM springs. Attaching points may be reinforced. It is permitted to use threaded spring seats for adjustability. 3. Shock absorbers and struts are free. Driver adjustable systems and electronically controlled shocks are not permitted. If a reservoir/adjustment canister is used, only one may be used per shock. The shocks at each individual wheel may not be connected in any way. 4. Stabilizer bars are free, and may be added, removed, or substituted. Driver adjustable stabilizer bars are not permitted. Adjustment controls for stabilizer bars may be located within the cockpit, but must be out of the reach from the driver’s seat. Adjustments to stabilizer bars during practice, qualifying and race must be done in pit lane. 5. Suspension components shall be the stock OEM parts, but they may be reinforced. Spherical bearings are permitted on suspension components. Standard suspension bushings may be replaced with solid or spherical bushings. Drop spindles are allowed. 6. Any anti-roll bar(s) and rear axle traction bar(s), rear axle panhard rod and watts linkage can be added or substi- tuted, provided their installation serves no other purpose. The mounts for these devices can be welded or bolted to the car. These devices and their mounts cannot be located in the trunk or driver/passenger compartment unless fitted as stock. Rear axle traction bar(s) used to control axle housing rotation must be solid bar or tube. 7. When a car’s anti-roll bar also acts as a suspension locating device, the bar’s attachment points and pivot points on the chassis and suspension control arms must remain in their stock locations. 8. Slotted plates may be added over original shock mounts on front and rear shock towers for camber/caster adjust- ment. One bolt-in brace may connect the front strut towers, and one bolt-in brace may connect the rear strut towers. 9. All steering components, with the exception of the steering wheel, column and tie-rods/toe-links, must be original equipment supplied by the manufacturer. These parts may be strengthened provided the original part can still be identified. 10. Cars that come with a solid rear axle or trailing arm suspension are permitted an aftermarket or fabricated rear suspen-sion. Cars with an altered rear suspension must add 50 lbs. Cars with live axle rear wheel drive may reduce the minimum weight by 50 lbs 11. Original suspension pick-up points below the upper line of the wheel rim must be used within a tolerance of 1.0 inch; however, if the lower suspension pickup point is changed from the OEM location, 50 lbs. must be added to the car. The body/frame around the pick-up points may be reinforced; this reinforce- ment shall be limited to a radius of 6.0 inches. The 1.0 inch tolerance applies to pick-up points on the chassis only. 12. Suspension mounting points above the upper line of the wheel rim must be retained within a tolerance of 3.0 inches, however, the body/frame around the pick-up points may be reinforced; this reinforcement shall be limited to a radius of 6.0 inches. The 3.0 inch tolerance applies to pick-up points on chassis only. 13. The spindle and/or outer joint on the a-arm and/or strut may be moved to correct bump steer caused by changing the vehicle ride height. These components are not limited to the 1.0 inch of movement that applies to the suspension pick-up points located on the chassis. 14. The steering wheel may be replaced with an aftermarket, or racing steering wheel. Wood-rimmed steering wheels are not permitted. An all-metal quick release coupling on the steering wheel may be added. 15. A collapsible steering column shall be used. Most recent OEM steering columns have at least 2 universal joints in them that allow the steering column to collapse on impact. This type of design (with at least 1 universal joint) must also be used in any steering column extension(s) that may be used to reach the driver’s competition seating position. 16. Power steering may be modified in any of the following ways: a. Disconnected b. an OEM manual steering rack for that model may be fitted c. an electric power steering pump may be fitted d. An OEM electric-assisted steering system may be used. 17. Cars that come with a solid rear axle or trailing arm suspension are permitted an aftermarket or fabricated rear suspen-sion. Cars with an altered rear suspension must add 50 lbs. Cars with live axle rear wheel drive may reduce the minimum weight by 50 lbs 18. Original suspension pick-up points below the upper line of the wheel rim must be used within a tolerance of 1.0 inch; however, if the lower suspension pickup point is changed from the OEM location, 50 lbs. must be added to the car. The body/frame around the pick-up points may be reinforced; this reinforce- ment shall be limited to a radius of 6.0 inches. The 1.0 inch tolerance applies to pick-up points on the chassis only. 19. Suspension mounting points above the upper line of the wheel rim must be retained within a tolerance of 3.0 inches, however, the body/frame around the pick-up points may be reinforced; this reinforcement shall be limited to a radius of 6.0 inches. The 3.0 inch tolerance applies to pick-up points on chassis only. 20. The spindle and/or outer joint on the a-arm and/or strut may be moved to correct bump steer caused by changing the vehicle ride height. These components are not limited to the 1.0 inch of movement that applies to the suspension pick-up points located on the chassis. 21. Alternate control arms permitted. O. Brakes 1. Brake lines may be relocated, and rubber lines may be replaced with stainless steel braided brake lines. Hand brake assem-blies may be removed. Brake proportioning valves may be used provided that they are of the in line, pressure limiting type. Non-pressurized brake fluid lines and master cylinders need not be metal, metal shielded, or bulkheaded. Pressur-ized brake fluid lines must be metal, metal shielded, or bulkheaded. 2. Brake proportioning valves may be used provided that they are of the in line, pressure limiting type. Brake pad friction material is free.3. Hand brake assemblies may be removed. Backing plates and dust shields may be modified, ventilated, or removed. 4. Brake duct inlets incorporated in the front spoiler as standard, or in light openings, other than head- lights, may be used to duct air to the front brakes. Additionally, brake ducts may be fitted into the intermediate mounting surface of a permitted splitter.5. Water spray cooling systems are permitted. The amount of water carried for injection into the brake duct is free. Water-cooled calipers are forbidden. 6. Wheel fans are not permitted. 7. When any allowed alternate calipers are used, calipers must be mounted in the same location and orientation as the OEM calipers. OE caliper mounting tabs may be modified or removed to facilitate installation. 8. Titanium piston inserts are permitted. 9. Rotors- 1 or 2 piece ferrous rotors that do not exceed 355mm in diameter or 33mm in thickness are permitted. Maximum brake rotor diameter of 380mm is permitted at a 100 pound penalty. 10. Calipers- The standard production calipers or any caliper with 6 or less pistons may be used. 4-piston calipers may use a maximum of 4 pads per caliper. 6-piston calipers are limited to 2 pads per caliper. 11. Original equipment master cylinders and pedals may be replaced. 12. Power assisted braking systems are permitted. 13. The balance of braking forces between the two wheels on an axle shall be equal and non-adjustable. 14. The balance of braking forces between the front and rear axles may only be adjusted by the driver through: a. Direct intervention on the position of the center of the joint, on the linkage lever of the hydraulic pumps of the front and rear circuits. b. Direct intervention on a proportioning valve in which the intake pressure is adjusted through a pre- loaded spring. P. Tires & Wheels 1. Tires must conform to 9.3. Tires. GT1/ST tire make/size is free, DOT tires are not required. DOT tires per 9.3. Tires are required for GT2/ST cars. Slicks allowed on all GT2/ST cars with a 100-pound weight penalty. 2. Wheels / Hubs- The standard wheels may be replaced with direct, bolt-on racing/aftermarket wheels under the following provisions: a. Loose wheel spacers of any type are not recommended. b. All cars must run the same size wheel on the same axle, unless otherwise specified. c. As viewed from above at the centerline of the wheel; the fender shall completely cover the “tread” portion of the tire. Only the tire sidewalls may be visible. d. The wheel material is free, but they must be constructed of metallic material(s). No modifications (including grinding) are permitted on a vendor-supplied wheel. e. Valve stems and caps are free. f. Approved slicks (competition wets) with 100 lb. penalty. 3. Wheel Attachment a. Center-locking type hubs and wheels may be used if vehicle is supplied with them from the manu- facturer. If vehicle is not supplied with center-locking type wheels they may be used in conjunction with an adapter that bolts onto the OEM, or approved, hub. b. If a single wheel nut is used, a safety spring must be in place on the nut whenever the car is running and must be replaced after each wheel change. These springs must be painted Day-Glo red or orange. Alternatively, another method of retaining the wheels may be used provided it has been approved by FIA. 4. Rear wheels may not exceed 18.0 inches in diameter and 13.0 inches in width. Front wheels may not exceed 18.0 inches in diameter and 11.0 inches in width.
Matt, Your letter, 39163 has conveyed through content and tone that you are unhappy with the decisions and directions the Club has taken recently. You are not alone in expressing these concerns and unhappiness and Club leadership has taken note. There are ongoing discussions regarding the future direction and how to improve the Competitor experience and bring people back to the races, with an enhanced and enjoyable experience. The reduction in the number of Runoffs classes and the impact on Majors and HST is being reassessed and evaluated for its failures and shortcomings. By year end there will likely be changes announced with the intent of re-engage Competitors at all levels of SCCA Road Racing Programs. Your willingness to speak up and let us know how you feel about the recent changes and direction of the Club is appreciated.
In Split Starts, GCR section 6.5.5.B, add the following: "(Effective 1/1/26) The Race Director or Chief Steward will determine the class(es) in each segment. Segments will contain entire classes of cars, including those cars with no qualifying time. The Race Director or Chief Steward will determine which segment will start first. The cars assigned to each segment will be gridded by qualifying time, regardless of class. The fastest qualifier in each segment may choose the inside or outside position per GCR 6.4.2.D."
In Racing Rules and Procedures, GCR section 6.1.1.F, add the following: "(Effective 1/1/26) OPEN BLACK, DISPLAYED AT ALL STATIONS – The session has been stopped; all cars must stop racing and proceed directly and immediately to the pits, exercising extreme caution. No passing is allowed. This flag will be displayed with an 'ALL' sign at the Starter's stand and the sign may also be shown at station(s) elsewhere on the course."
Thank you for your letter. The Club Racing Board does not recommend this change. The rule on passing is adequate as defined. From a corner worker perspective, a car arriving and then being alongside a slower car in a no passing yellow zone is likely indistinguishable from a car that is passing another car. Asking a busy corner worker who is responsible for waving a yellow flag to distinguish which car is ahead by a nose or a wheel when cars are side-by-side in a no passing zone is not practical.
Thank you for your letter. The appropriate reference section for flag display on an aborted start in Club Racing is in the first sentence of GCR section 6.5.4.A: "The Starter will abort the start by displaying no flag and shaking their head in the negative."
Thank you for your letter. Provisions are being made to incorporate directives to the F&C volunteers at the Runoffs, and we will be reviewing additional language changes should they be necessary post-event.
In The Pace Lap, GCR section 6.5.2.B, change as follows: "(Effective 1/1/26) 1. If a pace car is used, it will be positioned at the head of the pack, with emergency lights flashing. Drivers may not pass the pace car until it turns off its emergency lights and pulls off the track, and the pole car all cars will maintain the speed of the pace car before it pulled off track until the green flag. 2. If a pace car is not used, the pole car will pace the field complying with directions from the Race Director or Chief Steward or a designee. The pole car will maintain a constant speed from the grouping until the green flag, and all cars shall must not modify its their speed approaching the flag stand."
In Timing and Scoring Systems, GCR section 5.10.3.B, add the following: "A working MyLaps Transponder system is required for all sanctioned event sessions unless the requirement is specifically exempted by the Event Supplemental Regulations. (Effective 1/1/26) 1. Cars without working transponders might not receive times. 2. The driver is responsible for providing correct information for the MyLaps Transponder system to Timing & Scoring."
Thank you for your letter. We are not able to accomplish this at this time, but it may be a part of what our data program could look like down the road.
In Identification Markings, GCR section 9.3.29, change as follows and re-letter the following sections accordingly: "(Effective 1/1/26) Each car shall must carry identification markings per the sections listed below; and any markings required by the Supplemental Regulations. A. Numbers and Class Letters Identifications Numbers shall must be placed on the front and both sides of the car so that they are legible. All closed-wheel cars must have the front number located on the hood. All Formula cars with a rear wing shall must have legible numbers on each rear wing side end plate. Numbers may be 1 one, 2 two, or 3 three digits. 3 Three-digit numbers must start begin with the number "1" and must meet the approval of the Chief of Timing and Scoring. Class letters identifications shall must be placed on both sides
Show 20 more lines
of the car so that they are legible. Rear numbers and class letters identifications are recommended. Cars running in multiple classes must clearly identify which class and weight they are running. The numeral "1" shall will be exclusively reserved for the current national champion in each class for Conference Majors/Super Tour events. The numeral "1" will be reserved until the end of the period for submitting advanced or pre-event entries, and then will be released. If 2 two or more national champions are entered in the same run group, the first to enter shall will have preference. Duplicate car numbers within the same run group is are prohibited. See also GCR section 6.4.1.A. B. Size of Numbers and Class Letters Identifications Numbers shall must be at least 8 inches high, with a 1.5-inch stroke on a solid contrasting background (rear-winged Formula cars shall must have as large a number as possible on their rear wing side end plates). Metallic (reflective) numbers and class letters are prohibited. The distance between 2 two numbers shall must be at least as wide as the stroke of the numbers. Front and side numbers must be surrounded by 6 inches of contrasting background free of all other graphics. If multiple digits are used, each number digit must be the same color. Cars with illegible numbers may not be scored. The Chief of Timing and Scoring and the Race Director/Chief Steward will determine legibility of markings. Class letters identifications shall must be at least 4 inches high, with a 1/2-inch stroke on a solid contrasting background. C. Legibility Legibility of numbers and class identifications will be determined by the Chief of Timing and Scoring in conjunction with the Race Director/Chief Steward. Requests for changes will be communicated to the driver through the Race Director/Chief Steward. Various methods of communication may be utilized and will be considered as having been delivered to the entrant. If no improvement is made after two notifications to the entrant, a request will be made to note a non-compliant number in the vehicle logbook. This regulation overrides all class or spec line rules, regulations, and standards."
In GCR, Section 9.3.16. add the following: "C. When standard data collection practices have not been able to produce viable data, the following will apply and a note will be added to the specific car’s spec line. 1. AiM part #X47KPF-SOLO2R0 data box mount must be installed on the exterior of the car outside the driver compartment to provide the necessary mounting of the AiM Solo 2 data box. The mounting surface must be approximately oriented either horizontally or vertically and either parallel or perpendicular to the longitudinal axis of the car and must be accessible from the exterior of the car with the driver on board. The data box must have a view of the sky and must not be located under carbon fiber or metallic bodywork. Sufficient space must be left between the mounting plate and the surface to which it is attached to permit
Show 3 more lines
the use of zip ties/tie straps to restrain the data box to the mounting plate. The purpose of this requirement is to allow the random placement of data boxes on cars on the pre-grid by SCCA-assigned personnel and the collection of the data boxes when cars exit the racetrack. Contact AiM and its distributors for direct purchase of the data box."
Thank you for the suggestion of Blackhawk Farms as Runoffs Track as a possible Runoffs location. Agreed it is a fun track, unfortunately it would be a significant challenge to hold a 600-car event there and as you have pointed out the length would present some challenges for the larger race groups. Again, thank you for the suggestion.
Thank you for the suggestion of Brainerd International Raceway as a possible location for Runoffs. Everyone on the CRB and related groups who have been there agrees it is a great track, unfortunately the remote location would make it a difficult track for Runoffs to use as viable track. Again, thank you for the suggestion.
Thank you for your letter. The Chair has spoken via email with the author and discussed the depth of experience of the EVAC team. The EVAC continues to work with a variety of safety officials so we can provide proper guidance to event officials at all levels within the Club. This will help promote the safe participation of EVs at SCCA events.
Reduce Requirements for Regional Drivers School Participation
In GCR 3.1., add the following and adjust additional lettering: "C. Driver Eligibility 1. Age of Majority (Generally 18+ but may vary – check local laws.) a. Current Annual Membership in the SCCA. b. Valid government-issued driver’s license. 2. Minor Drivers (Defined in Appendix C. 1.3.A) a. Current Annual Membership in the SCCA. b. Valid government-issued driver’s license or SCCA Novice Permit
Show 5 more lines
c. Parental consent and minor waiver as outlined in Appendix C 1.3.B.1 d. Minor drivers without a state driver’s license must have a valid SCCA Novice Permit. 3. Physical and Medical Fitness Drivers must not be on medication or have a medical condition that impacts the ability to participate and be able to handle the physical and mental demands of competition for the length of a session for each session of the event."
Thank you for your letter. The GCR currently has verbiage that already provides a pathway for participants to address issues that make them feel uncomfortable. Please see page 4 of the GCR: “Event Entry Standards To ensure a welcoming and inclusive environment for all participants, any information provided during event registration or displayed on an entered car—including, but not limited to, sponsor names, car names, car designs, and graphics—that is deemed vulgar, offensive, or inconsistent with our core values will be considered a violation of the SCCA Welcoming Environment. The SCCA reserves the right to remove such information from the registration system or request that participants remove offending designs/graphics from their vehicles. Repeat offenses may result in further action. Please note that event
Show 2 more lines
results and images are shared online and with our partners, and we expect all entries to reflect our values of respect, excellence, and inclusivity.”
Thank you for your letter. When the U.S. Majors Conference Championships were established in 2013, they were created to include only specific races but also offer the opportunity for drivers to score points and compete for multiple championships. Counting outside events would extend each Conference Championship to the final Majors race weekend in the country, which can be months after the last scheduled race within a Conference, and which could also result in excluding drivers who believe they have already qualified for the Runoffs.
An Open Letter to the Driver Corps: How YOU Can Help Build a Strong Road Racing Program By Dayle Frame (This article was written by Dayle Frame, SCCA Board of Directors member and interim Chair for the Club Racing Board.) I was appointed by the Board of Directors as the interim Club Racing Board (CRB) Chair back in January, and in the months that followed, I’ve noticed a few things that – if worked on together by the CRB and membership – stands to benefit the entire SCCA® Road Racing program. It’s no secret that the CRB, along with the various Advisory Committees (ACs) that support it, are populated with members who have been on these boards and committees for quite a while. The folks who are on these committees are committed to improving the Club Racing program, and they’re doing a fine job – yet we need to consider adding new members who will bring
Show 35 more lines
fresh ideas and new vitality. The point is this: A lot of members assume the CRB and its Advisory Committees are on top of every facet of the SCCA Road Racing program, but the truth is, the CRB can only work on that which the members make the CRB aware. The CRB needs your help to offer guidance on what’s important to you. In addition, the stewards program and Region management across the Club are also populated with members who have been in their post for some time – they could also use some new blood in their ranks. It’s time to solve these issues – and no, I’m not talking about a ground-up overhaul of the system; what needs to happen is easily achievable with little more than your help. To that end, a version of this article will appear in Fastrack. Drivers were also emailed a survey over the weekend that allows them to voice their feedback on a variety of event-related topics. If you missed this in your inbox, please check again or email roadracing@scca.com for assistance. For the good of the program and the Club, I’m asking that drivers get more involved with the Club Racing Board. It’s your Club – why not get a better understanding of how it operates? Valuable insight can be gained by knowing “how the sausage is made,” as it were. Here are a few ways you can consider helping the Club: Apply To Be on the CRB and/or Advisory Committees If you are interested in getting involved in the rule making process, please send a resume to the CRB (crbscca.com) and it will be forwarded to the appropriate Advisory Committee. Your experience, knowledge, and insight can be a valuable resource for your class, category, and the program in general. Submit Your Questions The CRB has a letter log system (once again, crbscca.com) to allow you to ask the CRB questions about the program. If you have a question, please submit it via the letter log system. If you think the question is worthy of asking, there’s a very good chance many more are interested in the response as well. The CRB is not made of mind readers – if you don’t ask, it may not be something that’s on our radar. If you do ask, it will be! Consider Becoming a Steward The Club can always use more folks entering the stewards program. The stewards are the facilitators, administrators, and adjudicators of SCCA’s Road Racing events. Stewards would appreciate more drivers getting involved in that program. The efforts of stewards make our events safe, fair, and fun. Give it a try! Get Involved on the Regional Level If rule making or event control isn’t your thing, consider getting involved locally. Get engaged behind the scenes and work with the Regional Executive (RE) or Race Chair to get a handle on how things are pulled together for a local race. I’ve done it for years and it’s very satisfying. The easiest way to begin is to go to scca.com/trackside – there, SCCA will get you connected with local leaders where your volunteering journey can begin. Knowledge is power. The bottom line is, the more you know about “the system,” the better you’ll be able to navigate within it and affect change. Feel free to contact me via email, dframe@scca.com, with any questions you may have about this effort, and I’ll do my best to point you in the right direction.
Thank you for your letter. The CRB feels that committees and the CRB has a well rounded variety of experience. We are always looking for new members on our Advisory Committees and the Club Racing Board. Please see letter #38736 in current Fastrack. It has also been emailed out to our driver corps and published in SportsCar News.
Support for Transparency on Rules Proposals Letter #38457.
Thank you for your letter. The Club Racing Board appreciates your comments. Please see the responses to letter #38377 in the June 2025 Fastrack and letter #38457 in the July 2025 Fastrack.
Thank you for your letter. The Club Racing Board does not recommend this change. The GCR's provision regarding the use of the white flag during the first lap of each race group's first session of the day is appropriately placed in section 6.1.1.E.
In Driver's Safety Equipment, GCR section 9.3.19.C.2, change as follows: "(Effective 1/1/2026) Crash helmets approved by the Snell Foundation with Snell sticker 2015 or later Special Application SA2015/SAH2015, or by the SFI with a SFI Sticker SFI 31.1/2015 or newer, or by the FIA standard 8859-2015 or FIA 8860-2010 or newer. SFI labeled helmets must have a year printed on the label to be valid. SFI 2015 Helmets will be valid through 2026. Each driver's helmet shall be labeled with a minimum of the driver's name. The use of a head and neck restraint system that has been certified in accordance with SFI 38.1 or FIA 8858-2002 or 8858-2010 is required; an SFI 38.1 or FIA 8858-2002 or 8858-2010 label must be properly affixed to the device. Accident damaged helmets should be sent by the driver or a representative to the Snell Memorial Foundation, 3628 Madison Ave., North Highland, CA. 95660 (ph.) 916-331-5073 (attn. Edward B. Becker). Details of
Show 7 more lines
the accident should be included. Freon based total loss helmet cooling systems are not allowed." In Driver's Safety Equipment, GCR section 9.3.19.C, add a new section as follows and renumber the subsequent sections accordingly: "3. (Effective 1/1/2026) The use of a Head and Neck Restraint (H&NR) system that has been certified in accordance with SFI 38.1 or FIA 8858-2002 or 8858-2010 is required; an SFI 38.1 or FIA 8858-2002 or 8858-2010 label must be properly affixed to the device. H&NR devices do not time out irrespective of any stated expiration date, but they must be maintained in acceptable condition (e.g., no damage to the H&NR device, straps, or pads)."
Thank you for your letter. The Club Racing Board does not recommend this change. Please note that a red rain light meeting FIA Standard 8874-2019, Technical List No. 76, or a Super Bright LEDs Inc. P/N PT-STRB-R24 rain light is optional for cars competing in classes other than formula and sports racing classes and may be installed consistently with GCR section 9.3.33.B.2.
Thank you for your letter. The Club Racing Board does not recommend this change. Specifics as to the designation of the racing surface at individual circuits should be handled in the supplemental regulations for each event as track layouts may vary considerably.
Thank you for your letter. Regions have control over placement of classes at driver's schools. Due to the number of cars participating, it is not always possible to add extra run groups to separate classes. Event officials (organizers, stewards and instructors) should be making drivers of faster/heavier cars aware of the dangers and monitoring behavior.
In GCR section 9.4.5.H, add as follows: "(Effective 8/1/2025) CSBs that are not FIA approved may be considered by SCCA's Technical Department on a case-by case basis following development and adoption of crashworthiness standards. Radical Motorsport Cockpit Safety Structure is allowed for use on those cars that Radical Motorsport has approved it for. Also the Rush Auto Works Trident equipped chassis may be issued a homologation certificate."
Thank you for your letter. The Club Racing Board does not recommend this change. CRB letter responses published in Fastrack identify the writer making the request and normally disclose the nature of the writer's request in the title of the letter. In many instances, however, the specific information or data submitted by a writer is intended to be confidential and is not meant to be shared with other competitors. Requiring publication of the contents of all letters and documents submitted through the Letter Log System would have a chilling effect and would dissuade members from providing the most comprehensive information and data available. In addition, the CRB and its advisory committees typically receive more than 100 letters per month, some of which are many paragraphs long and often include attachments, and therefore it is impossible to publish the contents of each letter submitted, even without the confidentiality issues described above. Also, awaiting other members' feedback in response
Show 6 more lines
to a writer's request would neither reduce the volume of letters received nor lessen the advisory committees' review time and would in fact increase the time required for the CRB to render decisions. Members are free to submit letters and data through the Letter Log System if they believe the CRB did not receive accurate or complete information from a writer or otherwise reached an incorrect result. Finally, in addressing the concerns expressed in letters submitted through the Letter Log System, the CRB does its best to publish responses that make clear what was requested and to the greatest extent possible provide the rationale for its decisions.
In Unmanned Aircraft Systems, GCR section 2.2.6, change as follows: (Effective 6-1-2025) "Subject to local venue rules and regulations and approval from the event organizer federal (FAA), state, and local laws, the rules imposed by the venue, and the approval of the sanctioning SCCA Region or SCCA, Inc. Program Manager (known as the event organizer), u Unmanned Aircraft Vehicle ("UAV" or "Drone") operators/owners must have provide proof of FAA certification and must provide a certificate of insurance (COI) evidencing $10 5M of primary liability insurance naming SCCA and the Race Track venue as additional insureds. Recreational use of UAVs is prohibited. Drone operators must comply with FAA regulations in accordance with Title 14 of the Code of Federal Regulations, Part 107, including those addressing proximity to people, restricted property, and public roads.The sanctioning SCCA Region or SCCA, Inc. Program Manager must indicate
Show 1 more lines
approval in the online sanction system and upload the FAA Certification and COI to the event documents."
Thank you for your letter. The SCCA understands and is addressing your concerns. Please see SCCA President Mike Cobb's statement on this issue published 4/2/25 in SportsCar News: Update: Welcoming Environment Language and SCCA Rules - Sports Car Club of America.
In GCR, Section 3.7.2. Conference Championships, change as follows: “(Effective 6/1/25) Each Conference will award Championships for each Majors-eligible class based on points earned in U.S. Majors Tour Conference and Super Tour races. A driver may enter events in one or more Conferences, but points only accrue within the Conference in which the event is held. If a single event is designated for multiple Conferences, points are scored in each Conference. The minimum number of U.S. Majors Tour races per Conference is 10 and the total may vary; a driver shall count the best 8 finishes in a conference for the class championship. In order to maintain parity across different race weekends within a Championship, on a case-by-case basis, the Head of Road Racing may approve a race to count twice in the Championship. Point standings are maintained by the SCCA National Office and posted at www.scca.com.“
Show 7 more lines
In GCR, 3.7.3. Super Tour Championship, change as follows: “(Effective 6/1/25) Super Tour Championship Point Standings will be complied for Super Tour event participants in each Runoffs- eligible class. A driver’s best six points races in the same class count in the Super Tour Championship, regardless of the Conference in which the points were earned. In order to maintain parity across different race weekends within a Championship, on a case-by-case basis, the Head of Road Racing may approve a race to count twice in the Championship. Additionally, the National Championship Runoffs (in the same class) will count as a seventh scored race. Ties will be broken initially by Runoffs finishing position and then by 3.7.3.C, if needed.”
Thank you for your letter. The Club Racing Board does not recommend this change. Please see the responses to letter #38098 in this Fastrack's Technical Bulletin and letter #37320 in the November 2024 Fastrack Minutes.
Thank you for your letter. GCR section 6.10.1.B does not preclude the use of in-car video to assist in determining the finish scoring positions. The SOM may use in-car forward-facing videos to assist in resolving a Request for Action (RFA) as part of the evidence in deciding the result.
Thank you for your letter. The Club Racing Board does not recommend this change. The CRB feels this recommendation would be a better fit for the F&C Operations manual and will forward it to the appropriate F&C committee.
Thank you for your letter. The introduction to Appendix P states: "The guidelines represent what the Club Road Racing Program's intent is for General Competition Rules Section 6.11., Rules of the Road."
In Timing and Scoring Systems, GCR section 5.10.3, add a new section as follows and re-letter the remaining sections accordingly: "(Effective 6/1/25) B. A working MyLaps Transponder system is required for all sanctioned event sessions unless the requirement is specifically exempted by the Event Supplemental Regulations."
Thank you for your letter. The Club Racing Board does not recommend this change. A single definition of a splitter would not necessarily fit all class rule specifications. Please refer your request for a definition to any specific class in which a splitter is allowed or required.
In Camera and Camera Mounts, GCR section 9.3.11, add a new section as follows: "(Effective 6/1/25) C. Competitors must retain their forward-facing camera video and make it available if requested until the results for all of their run group sessions are deemed final, which could be after the event has ended."
Thank you for your letter. When the U.S. Majors Conference Championships were established in 2013, they were created to include only specific races but also offer the opportunity for drivers to score points and compete for multiple championships. Counting outside events would extend each Conference Championship to the final Majors race weekend in the country, which can be months after the last scheduled race within a Conference, and which could also result in excluding drivers who believe they have already qualified for the Runoffs.
Thank you for your letter. The Club Racing Board does not recommend this change. A camber plate is not unique to MacPherson strut suspensions. Camber plates are used in other types of suspensions, and some cars have unique methods for adjusting camber.
Thank you for your letter. Please submit registered engineering documentation which establishes that the proposed alternate material is equivalent to the specifications of the materials currently approved for use in the GCR.
In Medical Fitness of a Driver, GCR section 2.3.2.A, change as follows: "3. Changes in Medical Condition (Effective 5/1/25) a. When a driver experiences a change in their medical condition that could affect their fitness to participate, they the driver must: a. 1. Notify the national office of the change in medical status. b. 2. Discontinue participation until examined and approved in writing by their a physician. c. 3. Submit a new completed and approved-for-competition medical form. d. If a driver seeks (or receives) medical attention during an event, that in the opinion of the event Medical Officer may
Show 25 more lines
compromise his on track driving ability, the Medical Officer shall notify the Safety Steward. The Safety Steward will inform the National Office in writing. Upon receipt the SCCA Licensing Department will contact the driver, reminding him of the obligations stipulated under GCR 2.3.2.A.3 Examples of medical conditions that may affect the ability to participate: pregnancy, cardiac or neurological problems, heart attack, heart surgery, stroke, loss of consciousness, seizures, major surgery or diagnosis of cancer. b. If a driver seeks or receives medical attention during an event that in the opinion of the event Medical Officer may compromise the driver's on-track driving ability or create a potential safety concern, the Medical Officer must notify both the Safety Steward and the event Chief Steward. 1. The Chief Steward is empowered under GCR section 5.12.3.B.5 to prohibit the driver from competing in the event. 2. The Safety Steward will inform the National Office in writing. Upon receipt, the SCCA Licensing Department will make contact to remind the driver of the obligations under GCR section 2.3.2.A.3. Examples of medical conditions that may affect a driver's fitness to participate are: • pregnancy • cardio/pulmonary problems • neurological problems • heart attack or heart surgery • stroke • loss of consciousness • seizure • major surgery • cancer diagnosis c. If a driver experiences a change in medical condition during an event that could affect fitness to participate, the driver must immediately notify race officials and discontinue participation until examined and approved by a physician. Failure to notify race officials at the time of the event will result in a request for a physician's written approval prior to racing or an immediate suspension of license privileges pending further review."
In GCR, Section D., change as follows: "D. ROLL CAGE ATTACHING POINTS AND SIDE PROTECTION 1. (Effective 6/1/25) Improved Touring, Spec Miata, B-Spec, and C-Spec, T2, T3 and T4 classe s –The roll cage must attach to the vehicle structure within the passenger compartment in a minimum of through the six 9.4.A. required 6 points only, unless otherwise allowed. and a maximum of 8 points, maximum of 12 points for T2, T3 and T4, as specified in these rules. T2 and T3 only - Up to an additional 6 mounting points may be used with a 100# pound penalty. These include, but are not limited to, A- Pillar, B-Pillar, Roof, Rocker, but may not extend past the fire wall. The roll cage may not pass through any structural member, including the firewall, except Miata rear main hoop braces may pass through the package tray. Seam welding is not permitted in
Show 16 more lines
T2, T3 and T4. 2. All other classes–There is no limit on cage attachment points. The roll cage must be integrated into the frame or chassis. (Effective 6/1/25) T2, T3 and T4 classes –The roll cage must attach to the vehicle structure within the passenger compartment in a minimum of 6 points and a maximum of 8 points, maximum of 12 points for T2, as specified in these rules. T2 and T3 only - Up to an additional 6 mounting points may be used with a 100# pound penalty. These include, but are not limited to, A-Pillar, B-Pillar, Roof, Rocker, but may not extend past the firewall. The roll cage may not pass through any structural member, including the firewall, except Miata rear main hoop braces may pass through the package tray" In GCR, Section 9.4.C.3. change the following: "(Effective 6/1/25) Cars competing in Improved Touring, Spec Miata, Touring, B-Spec, and C-Spec may extend one tube, from each front down tube, forward to the firewall, bulkhead or wheel well, but not penetrating any panel." In GCR, Section 9.4.D.4.d., change the following: "Cars competing in Improved Touring, Spec Miata, T4, B-Spec, and C-Spec may (Effective 6/1/25) additionally extend one tube per side from the door bars down to the rocker panel." In GCR, Section 9.4.D.6., add the following: "(Effective 6/1/25) Cars competing in Improved Touring, Spec Miata, Touring, B-Spec, and C-Spec may additionally extend one tube, from each front down tube, forward to the firewall, bulkhead or wheel well, but not penetrating any panel."
Accident at Sebring SuperTour between SRF3 #36 and car #9
Thank you for your letter. The Club Racing Board and SCCA staff have contacted event officials to better understand what happened. The driver of the car in question had not obtained permission to start from the Race Director and was mistakenly allowed on track. The record shows that the driver involved in this incident had met the participation standard suggested in your letter. The driver was placed on one event probation and penalized one point for avoidable contact. Event volunteer staff has been counseled on the situation with an emphasis on the protocol for a car arriving to grid without a qualifying time.
Thank you for your letter. We have no “sway” with the EV industry. We’re only a car club who is writing rules, guidelines and protocols to help make EV owning car enthusiasts have a place to play with their cars. The biggest impediment to EV acceptance is the time it takes to charge. DCFCs are designed to get folks charged and on their way. As far as I know, no DCFCs can adjust the amount of current your car can accept. Yes, they vary the amount of current they push but that is based on what make/model of vehicle is connected to the unit. Maybe in the future a user can “dial in” the amount of current the vehicle receives but we aren’t there yet. Also, at this point, very few racetracks have DCFCs. I assume they will start to install them as EVs become more ubiquitous. Most of the chargers I see at tracks are RV stalks with 30A or 50A service. A couple of my colleagues on the EVAC
Show 1 more lines
race home built EVs and usually have to bring their own power to the track with them (usually a diesel generator).
EducatIon intervention for Dangerous Racer Behavior
Thank you for your letter. Pit lane does not close during official sessions in SCCA Road Racing events unless conditions in the pit lane require closure.
Thank you for your letter. The Club Racing Board appreciates your comments. The locations of impound and the podium are specific to the layout of each facility and are determined by the officials who organize individual events. It would not be feasible for SCCA to require impound and the podium to be placed in close proximity to each other at every event.
Thank you for your letter. GCR section 9.1.8.B.K states that "P2 cars may compete in either the Prototype class or the P2 class but must participate in the Prototype class to the extent necessary to qualify for an invitation to the Runoffs in Prototype."
Tony, Thank you for your letter. There will not be a phase-in of the new 5.0 average. That being said, keep in mind that the 5.0 average applies to automatic invitations just as the 4.0 average has applied in years past. Just because a class does not make the 5.0 average does not mean that it will not be invited, it only means that the invitation is not automatic.
Thank you for your suggestion and observations. The CRB and Executive Stewards will discuss your request as it pertains to Runoffs and other events as well.
Mr. Justice, Thank you for your letter. First and foremost there is not a dictator, one person did not make decisions concerning the Super Tour. Do not lay this at the feet of any one individual. The CRB, BOD, and Staff are all involved and as you might expect there was passionate debate and varied thoughts and opinions. In the end a decision was made which we all believe was the best for SCCA. If missteps were made it is our intention to correct them. Indeed, the problem that we face in the current Road Racing Program is that of run groups. Allocating classes to those run groups and fitting those groups into an event schedule is no easy feat. As we continue to evaluate the program we will be paying
Show 22 more lines
particular attention to one of the most valuable commodities, "track time". Each year SCCA and its Regions purchase a finite number of track minutes. We will be evaluating how we can improve the allocation of cars, classes, and run groups across those track minutes to improve the on-track experience of all. Last month the CRB approved a request which eliminates the requirement that an FF or FV driver finish in the top 50% of points from the Runoffs qualification criteria. This was done due to the inequity that was inadvertently placed on those classes when they were excluded from the Super Tour. We do not envision a participation issue with either FF or FV such that their Runoffs invitation will be in peril in the next few years; should that arise however their exclusion from the Super Tour will certainly be considered. Also, rest assured that there is no intent to eliminate formula or prototype classes from the SCCA. It is those classes which distinguish this organization from its competitors. What we need to get a better handle on is how to improve participation in those classes. With the various semi-pro series that also feature these cars the entries are spread thin. This is further exacerbated by the fact that the cost and time required to service these cars is in many instances far greater than for those in other classes. Competitors in FF and FC are working independently from SCCA to build participation; you are encouraged to join in their efforts. As for the health of FA we will simply have to agree to disagree. FA has put some impressive stats on the board ranking #10 overall with 4.69 average entries for the 2024 Super Tour and Runoffs. FA had 25 entries at June Sprints and 13 entries at Runoffs. Finally we will give consideration to your super-class concept. In essence you are suggesting that we not consider the health of any specific class, but lump all classes of similar ilk into the same run group and hand out awards for all. This promotes participation over the health of any specific class. Should this concept be applied to Majors, Super Tour, and Runoffs or just Majors? Should a Runoffs National Championship be awarded regardless of class participation? Does this water down or diminish the value of a championship? Again, thank you for your letter.
In GCR section 9.3.19.C.2, add as follows. "Crash helmets approved by the Snell Foundation with Snell sticker 2015 or later Special Application SA2015/SAH2015, or by the SFI with a SFI Sticker SFI 31.1/2015 or newer, or by the FIA standard 8859-2015 or FIA 8860-2010 or newer. SFI labeled helmets must have a year printed on the label to be valid. SFI 2015 Helmets will be valid through 2026. Each driver’s helmet shall be labeled with a minimum of the driver’s name."
GCR Section 9.4.5.H Cockpit Safety Barrier Approval for Radical
In GCR section 9.4.5.H, add as follows: "CSBs that are not FIA approved may be considered by SCCA's Technical Department on a case-by case basis following development and adoption of crashworthiness standards. Radical Motorsport Cockpit Safety Structure is allowed for use on those cars that Radical Motorsport has approved it for."
In U.S. Majors Tour Races, GCR section 3.1.1, change as follows: "U.S. Majors Tour races are high-profile sprint races for drivers seeking an elevated level of competition. The Head of Road Racing oversees and is responsible for the U.S. Majors Tour; events are operated by host Regions, with assistance from the U.S. Majors Tour Staff in some cases. The U.S. Majors Tour is organized as a series of events within six geographic units known as Conferences. Competitors will find event specific information on the SCCA website and in the Supplemental Regulations. A. Types of U.S. Majors Tour Events 1. Conference Events Points earned in Conference races in Runoffs Majors-eligible classes will count toward the Conference Majors Championships
Show 16 more lines
(see 3.7.2)., and qualification for the National Championship Runoffs (see 3.7.4). They may also count toward Divisional Championships (see 3.7.1). Majors-eligible classes that are also invited to the Runoffs will earn participation credit for the National Championships (see 3.7.4). There may be a non-Runoffs Majors eligible component of an event (see 3.1.1.E.2). Bonus Majors: At select Regional events Majors-eligible classes may be designated to receive points that will count towards the Conference Majors Championship (see 3.7.2) within which the event is held, together with participation credit for purposes of the National Championship Runoffs (see 3.7.4). This option, to be exercised by the CRB with assistance from the Head of Road Racing, is intended to provide additional opportunities for classes that are not eligible for Super Tour events or to otherwise improve participation and competition in other classes. Competitors will find information on the classes eligible and the structure for each event on the SCCA website and in the Supplemental Regulations. 2. Super Tour Events Super Tour Events are specially-designated Conference Events that include additional enhancements A select number of Majors- eligible classes will be designated by the CRB no later than December 1st as Super Tour-classes for the following season. Points earned in Super Tour Events in Runoffs Super Tour-eligible classes will count toward the Conference Majors Championships (see 3.7.2) and the Super Tour Championship (see 3.7.3). Super Tour classes that are also invited to the Runoffs will earn participation credit and qualification for the National Championships Runoffs (see 3.7.4).
25 RunOffs Invitation Requirement Changes from Super Tour Changes
Thank you for your letter. The BOD recently approved a change to 3.1.1.1.E.3 via Tech Bulletin/Race Memo of 10/27/2024 that allows the host Region to include Regional Classes in Majors Run Groups. Please see new language set forth in red below: 3.1.1.E.3 3. Regional classes may be included in Majors run groups at Conference Majors events only. See also 3.1.1.1.F.2.b. 3.1.1.F.2.b b. When non-Runoffs eligible classes are included in Runoffs-eligible groups at Majors Conference events, the non- Runoffs eligible entries are treated as Majors entries and are subject to the same event audit fees and must meet the driver eligibility requirement in GCR 3.1.1.B.
Show 1 more lines
Changes to these GCR sections would need to be specifically requested through the SCCA letter system.
Thank you for your letter. The Club Racing Board appreciates your comments. The Runoffs is certainly a method to leverage participation during the season and always has been. Keep in mind that prior to the Majors/HST format a Runoffs entry was achieved by participation and finishing position in National races held in your home Division. There was no Regional path to Runoffs. You may now qualify by participation/finish in any Conference with the ability to utilize the 2+2 path which allows one to count Regional Participation in lieu of Majors; the number of participants who utilize that path is very small. Please see the response to letter #37307 in this Fastrack.
Thank you for your letter. The Club Racing Board appreciates your comments and insight as a non-FV racer. Please see the response to letter #37307 in this Fastrack.
Thank you for your letter. The Club Racing Board appreciates your comments and understands your frustration. Please see the response to letter #37307 in this Fastrack.
I support letter #37307 regarding FV Runoffs qualification
Thank you for your letter. The Club Racing Board appreciates your comments. HST events should not be included in calculating the FV, FF or F6 average entry number. Please see the response to letter #37307 in this Fastrack.
Thank you for your letter. The Club Racing Board appreciates your comments and fully understands the scheduling issue that this has created for the displaced classes. We are trying to work with STAFF and BOD to resolve these. Please see the response to letter #37307 in this Fastrack.
The CRB is appreciative of the effort that you and others have made to rally FV competitors and the time spent to develop your submission. We further understand that removal of FV from the Super Tours will may make it more difficult to reach the top 50% because there will likely not be as many cars scoring points within each conference. One of the objectives of the changes being implemented was to increase competition and participation during the season. The increased level of difficulty and competition to earn a Runoffs invitation that you anticipate is therefore not necessarily a bad thing. Prior to introduction of the Majors and Super Tours, Runoffs invitations were based on the driver’s final point standing within their Division and thus more “in line” with what we currently have in FV and FF. Earning a Runoffs invitation was more difficult in some Divisions than others. Qualifying for Runoffs under the current Majors/Super Tour program is significantly easier than it
Show 15 more lines
was under the previous system. As we move forward to update the SCCA Road Racing Program, a decision needs to be made with respect to Runoffs and whether the qualifying criteria should be tightened or relaxed to a standard more in line with what you have proposed. As important, we need to determine whether, and if so how, Runoffs can be leveraged to improve competition and increase participation during the season. While being empathetic to the increased competition and difficulty FV participants will now face in qualifying for a Runoffs invitation, the CRB has concerns about the resolution you propose in that it would create varying standards amongst the classes. There is a desire to maintain consistency across the classes and events that clearly conflicts with your proposal. That being said, under the circumstances the most equitable decision is to change the 2025 Runoffs invitation criteria for FV and FF to the following: a) participate in a minimum of three (3) separate Majors or Bonus Majors event weekends; and b) have a minimum of three (3) individual Majors race finishes. Per the GCR, FV and FF will still have to meet and fulfill 3.7.4.A.1.a but will be exempted from 3.7.4.A.1.b for 2025. The CRB will further consider the additional criteria you have set forth in your letter (Part 2) as it concerns the qualifying percentage rule and will announce any changes for FV and other classes no later than publication of the Supplemental Regulations for the 2025 Runoffs. We collectively look forward to large grids in both FV and FF in 2025 as a result of this change and your continued efforts.
In GCR, Section 3.1.1.D.1.c.2., change as follows: "Three-day events shall have a minimum of 50 minutes of non-racing track time available per Majors class entry. One practice session and one Two qualifying sessions are recommended. End-of-session hardship policy is recommended." In GCR, Section 3.1.1.D.2.c.2., change as follows: "Three-day events shall have a minimum of two (2) qualifying sessions totaling at least 50 minutes of non-racing track time available per Majors class entry. One practice session and one Two qualifying sessions are recommended. End-of-session hardship policy is recommended."
In Operating Rules, GCR section 5.4.4, add a new section as follows: "I. Flat Towing Formula and sports racing cars may be flat towed with a hard connection only with the driver's consent, unless specific class rules require a towing eye for flat towing with a hard connection. If the class's rules do not require a towing eye and the driver of a formula or sports racing car does not consent to being flat towed with a hard connection, the car must be flat towed only with a connection that can be released by the driver."
Thank you for your letter. The Club Racing Board does not recommend this change. Permitting an ethanol percentage greater than the currently permitted 10% would impact the Balance of Performance (BoP) and effectively eliminate SCCA fuel testing capabilities at events.
In GCR, Section 9.7.4. SCCA Runoffs, replace with the following: “3.7.4. SCCA Runoffs SCCA schedules and conducts an event each year called the SCCA Runoffs, open to all U.S. Majors Tour participants and Division Championship participants who meet the invitation qualifications. A competitor must qualify in the same class(es) in which he is entering the Runoffs, though he may compete in any car eligible for the class(es). The SCCA Runoffs determine the SCCA National Champion in each eligible class. SCCA publishes the Supplemental Regulations defining driver and car eligibility and other event details. A. Invitations to the SCCA Runoffs
Show 72 more lines
Three distinct paths exist for qualifying for a Runoffs invitation. Invitations are issued to all drivers in invited Runoffs-eligible class based on the following minimum qualifications: 1. U.S. Majors Tour Super Tour and/or Conference Events A competitor must meet participation requirements. a. Participation Requirements Participate on track in a minimum of three (3) separate U.S. Major Super Tour and/or Conference event weekends and have a minimum of three (3) individual race finishes, all in the same class. Events may be a part of any Conference. A driver may substitute two (2) Regional-sanctioned weekends for one (1) of his three (3) Majors weekend participation requirements. Eligible Regional weekends shall occur between the conclusion of the previous Runoffs and a date not less than two (2) weeks prior to the start of the Runoffs or as otherwise specified in the Runoffs supplemental regulations. This replaces Majors event participation but not the Majors finish or points requirements. Endurance races are not eligible b. Performance Requirements A competitor must meet one of the following: 1. Finish in the top 10 of a Conference’s point standings in class, or, in classes with more than 20 participants, finish in the top 50 percent. 2. Finish in the top 50 percent of the Super Tour point standings following the last Super Tour/Majors race. Example: If 100 drivers participate in a class within a Conference or the Super Tour in the current race season, the top 50, who score any points, will receive an invitation. 2. Division Championship Events There are both participation and performance requirements to qualify for the Runoffs through the Division Championships qualification path (if available): a. Participation Requirement: A competitor must participate on track in a minimum of four of a single Division’s event weekends in the same class. All events occurring between the conclusion of the previous Runoffs and two (2) weeks prior to the start of the current Runoffs held in a single division count toward the participation requirement of four (4) regional/divisional event weekends regardless of whether they are a divisional championship points race. b. Performance Requirement: Each Division will determine the events that count as points races in their Divisional Championship point standings. A competitor must finish in the top three positions in his class point standings, except SM and SRF3 where the top five will be invited. Drivers that have qualified through the Majors path or are the Defending National Champion in the class, will not be removed from the Division point standings. Drivers qualifying outside of the Top 3 (or Top 5 for SM and SRF3) will not move up. c. Invitations will be extended to competitors meeting the requirements at a period of time two weeks prior to the start of the Runoffs event. This allows Divisions to run programs year-round, if desired. d. In addition to the Top 3 (Top 5 SRF3/SM) Divisional points earners nationwide, SCCA BoD will allow drivers in the top 50% in the Central and Great Lakes Divisions for 2024 to be eligible for Runoffs invitations on a space available basis. 3 2. Defending Runoffs Race Winner In addition, a current defending Runoffs race winner, who has not met the Runoffs invitation requirements in 3.7.4.A.1 or 2, may be accepted as an entrant even if he did not meet the participation requirements of 3.7.4.A.1 or 2. a. The entry will not be included in the total count of Runoffs invitations. b. He may compete only in the class(es) being defended, though he may compete in any car eligible for the class(es). c. He will not bump anyone from the field who was invited based on the qualifications in 3.7.4.A.1 or 2. d. A driver may not invoke the provisions of this section in two consecutive years in the same class, even if he repeats as a Runoffs race winner. 4 3. Additional Requirements The driver must hold a current SCCA Full Competition License. B. Refusal Of Entry A competitor whose entry has been refused for the SCCA Runoffs may protest and appeal only the refusal of his entry, and he may protest up to 15 days before the start of the event. (See 4.4.6.) C. Invited Runoffs Classes All classes with a combined two-year event average of at least 4 5.0 participants in Majors and Runoffs competition will automatically be invited to the following year’s Runoffs. Classes not meeting that criteria may be invited as the event format and venue permits. The Road Racing department, in consultation with the Club Racing Board, will determine and announce by January 1 the Runoffs-eligible classes invited to the next Runoffs consistent with the event format and venue. For example: If the two-year period includes 68 Majors weekends and two Runoffs, for a total of 70 events, a class would need at least 280 350 participants over that period to average 4 5 per event. 1. A Runoffs-eligible class with a minimum of 10 qualified drivers entered who have participated in at least one on track session at the current year’s Runoffs will name a National Champion. 2. A Runoffs-eligible class with a minimum of 3 race starters and fewer than 10 qualified drivers entered who have participated in at least one on track session at the current year’s Runoffs will name a National Champion but subsequently be on probation for the following year’s Runoffs. Should a class on probation at the Runoffs fail to have a minimum of 10 qualified drivers enter and participate in at least one on-track session the year it is on probation, that class may run as a supplemental class but will not name a National Champion. A Runoffs- eligible class that does not have a minimum of 3 race starters, regardless of probation status, may run as a supplemental class but will not name a National Champion. 3. Classes may be combined as needed to limit the number of race groups with a preference for combining no more than 2 classes for any race.
Thank you for your comments. The Runoffs Supplementary Regulations are very specific about fuel requirements that must be followed at the Runoffs and the penalties that will be incurred for violation. The GCR Advisory Committee recommends that Club Racing Board and Club Racing staff revisit this for 2025.
Thank you for your comments. The Runoffs Supplementary Regulations are very specific about fuel requirements that must be followed at the Runoffs and the penalties that will be incurred for violation. The GCR Advisory Committee recommends that Club Racing Board and Club Racing staff revisit this for 2025.
Thank you for your letter. Impound All has been done post race on occasion, often times however there is an issue of space. We agree that comradery is an important and sometimes lacking component of our events.
Thank you for your letter. The Club Racing Board appreciates your comments. Please refer to the responses to letters #36742, #37097, and #37159 in the November Fastrack. The P2 class will be retained as a Majors-eligible class in 2025 and the P2 rule set will remain in the GCR for 2025.
RE Letter 36958 (STU-GT3 merge) in October Fastrack
Thank you for your letter. CRB carefully considered five years of HST and runoffs race data and results. It does remain to be determined if the changes (starting 2025) will need adjustment for BoP. CRB, and SCCA intend to have equal GT3/STU BoP parity before it becomes one class in 2026. Data will be collected starting early 2025 and CRB intends to make quick changes when supported by DATA (and race observation and results). Many possibilities exist to create parity between STU and GT3 (if warranted) including more weight on GT3 cars, less penalty for STU advanced aero option etc. CRB tries to suggest relatively low cost options (if possible) to promote participation. CRB understands that some STU cars will have difficulty reaching the allowed 4.0 percent weight reduction. CRB (and STAC) are currently discussing options that help with weight reduction including composite front fenders, change stock dash requirement
Show 1 more lines
and more. Again, hopefully relatively low cost changes.
Request to Keep P2 Class Due to Excessive Cost to Modify My Car
Thank you for your letter. The Club Racing Board appreciates your comments. Please refer to the responses to letters #36742, #37097, and #37159 in the November Fastrack. P2 will be retained as a Majors class in 2025.
Thank you for your letter. The Club Racing Board appreciates your comments. Please refer to the responses to letters #36742, #37097, and #37159 in the November Fastrack.
Thank you for your letter. The Club Racing Board appreciates your comments. Work on the AS class merger is ongoing and your information is being considered by the AC and CRB liaisons.
$70-$80k to Convert From P2 and Meeting 5.0 Participation Rate
Thank you for your letter. The Club Racing Board appreciates your comments. Please refer to the responses to letters #36742, #37097, and #37159 in the November Fastrack.
Thank you for your letter. The Club Racing Board appreciates your comments. Please refer to the November Fastrack and in particular the responses to letters #36742, #37097, and #37159.
Thank you for your letter. The Club Racing Board appreciates your comments. Please refer to the November Fastrack and in particular the responses to letters #36742, #37097, and #37159.
Thank you for your letter. The CRB was given a directive by the Board of Directors and has done its best to respond accordingly. The AS merger is still being worked on and data is being evaluated. Stay tuned for details.
Thank you for your letter. The Club Racing Board appreciates your comments. The AC and CRB liaisons will be considering your input as changes are implemented.
Thank you for your letter. The Club Racing Board appreciates your comments. Please refer to the November Fastrack, as most, if not all, of your concerns have been addressed in those responses. See specifically the responses to letters #36742, #37097, and #37519.
Thank you for your letter. The Club Racing Board appreciates your comments. Please refer to the November Fastrack, as most, if not all, of your concerns have been addressed in those responses. See specifically the responses to letters #36742, #37097, and #37519.
Stop moving the bullseye on this American Classic!
Thank you for your letter. The Club Racing Board appreciates your comments and the information you have shared will be considered by the ACs and CRB liaisons in working through the merger.
Thank you for your letter. The Club Racing Board appreciates your comments. The AC and CRB liaisons are working to get this right and encourage participation so the changes can be evaluated throughout the season.
Thank you for your letter and the information, Brian. It will be considered by the AC and CRB liaisons in working to get this merger right.
Proposed Merger of GTL and FP
#36871 from CHRIS KOPLEY/GTL Community Coordinator · No action required · Minutes (2024-12 Fastrack)
Thank you for your letter and the concerns raised by all of those who contributed to this letter. Your recommendations are being seriously considered by the applicable advisory committees and CRB liaisons to ensure that this merger is successful. There may be some issues, but we stand committed to getting it right.
Thank you for your letter. The Club Racing Board appreciates your comments. Please refer to the November Fastrack, as most, if not all, of your concerns have been addressed in those responses.
Thank you for your letter. The Club Racing Board appreciates your comments. Please refer to the responses to letters #36742, #37097, and #37159 in the November Fastrack.
Thank you for your letter. The Club Racing Board appreciates your comments. Alternative ideas have been discussed but, to date, have been rejected by the membership based on survey responses.
Feedback on Changes to National Road Racing Program
Thank you for your letter. The Club Racing Board appreciates your comments; discussions have been ongoing concerning the issues you raise and will continue into the foreseeable future.
Thank you for your letter. F600 does remain as a Majors-eligible class in 2025 and is being featured for the ARRC in Atlanta as an alternative to the Runoffs thanks to the SEDiv. As a Majors-eligible class, the 5.0 rule should apply to automatic Runoffs invitations. The participation at the Runoffs was incredible and hopefully can be sustained so this decision can be reevaluated in the future.
Thank you for your letter. Please refer to the responses to letters #36742, #37097, and #37159 in the November Fastrack. Kindly provide detailed input as to how you would suggest a "less disruptive means." P2 and F600 continue to be Majors-eligible classes, and P2 cars can continue to compete in either P2 or P.
Thank you for your letter. Please refer to the responses to letters #36742, #37097, and #37159 in the November Fastrack. P2 will remain a Majors class for 2025 but will not be a Runoffs class. P2 cars may compete in P under their existing rules or the relaxed rules in P, so, effectively, no modification to a P2 car is required.
Thank you for your letter. Please refer to the responses to letters #36742, #37097, and #37159 in the November Fastrack. SCCA members are always welcome to work on class mergers or rules that would strengthen the program.
Thank you for your letter. The Club Racing Board appreciates your comments. Please take note that the P2 class will be retained as a Majors-eligible class in 2025 and the P2 rule set will remain in the GCR for 2025. P2 cars can also be run in the new P class without modification.
Thank you for your letter. The Club Racing Board appreciates your comments. Please refer to the November Fastrack, as most, if not all, of your concerns have been addressed in those responses.
Thank you for your letter. When the Majors Conference Championships were established in 2013, they were done to include only specific races but offer the opportunity for drivers to score points and compete for multiple championships. Counting outside events would extend each Conference Championship to the final Majors race weekend in the country, which can be months after the last scheduled race within a Conference.
Thank you for your letter. The Club Racing Board appreciates your comments. A pause has been placed on changing the qualifying criteria to the top 1/3 for 2025 to evaluate the other changes. You are correct in that even with the top 50% criteria, reaching that hurdle is more difficult in some regions than others. An alternative points program is under consideration, which will take into account the number of cars competing in a given race. Testing revenue is utilized to offset the costs of the event; without this, entry fees would be higher. Those who test effectively subsidize the costs for those who do not. And, while many members enjoy the Runoffs format "as is" and do not consider the length to be an issue, that is not the case for many of our volunteer staff. That population is aging and has requested a shorter event.
Thank you for your letter. As your letter suggests, different members have different goals and motivations for their racing. For many, racing locally satisfies their competitive needs, while others wish to travel and potentially race for the national championship. All Regional, Conference Majors and Super Tour Majors events are hosted by SCCA Regions. The Regional/Majors/Super Tour designations primarily group them into championships. Regional races count for local championships, Majors races expand the footprint for those seeking additional competition while the Super Tour takes that a step further across the country.
Thank you for your letter and comments. The financial issue/questions you raise are outside of the purview of the CRB and should be directed to National Staff or the Board of Directors. The CRB is appointed each year by the BoD; if an overhaul is necessary, they are certainly entitled to make changes, be they minor or sweeping. Considerable personal time is spent by each member of the CRB reading the hundreds of letters submitted and then addressing the issues contained therein to the best of their ability and with the resources that they are allocated. Thank you for your time and commitment to bettering the organization.
Michael, Thank you for your letter. The Club Racing Board appreciates your comments and numerous suggestions, especially that of National Class Representatives. A similar concept has been discussed previously, but was not implemented.
Thank you for your letter. The Club Racing Board appreciates your comments. Please refer to the November Fastrack, as most, if not all, of your concerns have been addressed in those responses.
Thank you for your letter. The Club Racing Board appreciates your comments. Please refer to the November Fastrack, as most, if not all, of your concerns have been addressed in those responses.
Thank you for your letter. The Club Racing Board appreciates your comments. If you will kindly review our responses in the November Fastrack, most, if not all, of the issues you raise have been addressed therein. As for favorable treatment of SRF and SM in race operations, that would need to be addressed by the Operating Steward(s) or Executive Stewards; please direct your concerns to them. The 2025 Runoffs will be closely monitored and will undoubtedly have influence on decisions made for 2026 and beyond.
Thank you for your letter. The Club Racing Board appreciates your comments. Testing revenue is required to help offset the costs of the Runoffs, and without it there would undoubtedly be an increase in the cost of entry. F600 will remain as a Majors class and would be subject to the same 5.0 rule as all other Majors classes for Runoffs inclusion.
Thank you for your letter. The Club Racing Board appreciates your comments. An alternative points program has been discussed and is on the desk of National Staff for further evaluation. Testing revenue offsets entry costs; changes to that program will be in the hands of National Staff and the Board of Directors.
Thank you for your letter. Runoffs qualification standards will remain the same for 2025. A major driver for shortening the event is to accommodate the aging volunteer side of the program, without whom we could not staff or run an event such as the Runoffs. Savings will be realized in off-track expenses such as hotels, meals, and days away from home.
Create a Vision Statement for Formula and Prototype Racing
Thank you for your letter. The Club Racing Board appreciates your comments. Please reference the response to letter #36652 in the October Fastrack, which we believe will have a significant positive effect on our instructional program and its reach.
Thank you for your letter. The Club Racing Board appreciates your interesting and unique comments; they will be considered as future discussions involving Runoffs take place.
Thank you for your letter. The Club Racing Board appreciates your comments. Implementation of the revised qualifying criteria has been paused for 2025.
Input for SCCA Runoffs & Super Tour Proposed Changes
Thank you for your letter. Historically the CRB has not managed or been involved in the marketing or promotion of individual classes. The CRB is an all-volunteer board that spends countless hours reviewing letters, data, and requests from members and stewards, determining what, if any, changes should be made, and then crafting language for the GCR. There simply is not the manpower or resources to craft vision statements and manage promotion of individual classes. The formula and prototype classes can learn from the B-Spec class, which was on its way to elimination only a few short years ago but for the efforts of B- Spec participants David Daughtery and Frank Schwartz. Their individual efforts and rallying of the troops now has made B-Spec one of our largest and healthiest classes. We strongly suggest that you hunt down the presentation that Frank made at a previous Annual Convention; it is well worth your time to watch.
Thank you for your letter. The Club Racing Board appreciates your comments. SCCA has evaluated several different ways to reduce the time commitment for all participants while creating space for potential growth opportunities within the program.
Effective 1/1/25, in Towing Eyes, GCR section 9.3.49, change as follows: "All cars with the exception of Formula and Sports Racing Category classes shall must have a towing eye or strap, front and rear, that does not dangerously protrude from the bodywork when the car is racing, to be used for flat towing or hauling the vehicle. Towing straps or folding towing eyes must be used when the towing point is in the area of the front or rear bumper. Rigid, OEM-style protruding towing eyes that screw or bolt into bumper covers are prohibited. These t Towing eyes or straps shall must be easily accessible without removal or manipulation of bodywork or other panels. The minimum ID of the tow towing eye is 2 inches. The required tow towing eyes eye or strap must be strong enough to tow the car from a hazard such as a gravel trap."
For the Response to Eric Prill's Presentation RE: Prices
Thank you for your letter. The Club Racing Board appreciates your comments. Staff and BoD have modeled participation and revenue based upon the changes and are confident that the programs will continue to be successful.
Thank you for your email and your support of the P2 class. To answer your question as to the overpowering reason why the classes must be combined, it comes down to the fact that the effort to maintain two prototype classes with distinct levels of performance has failed to grow either class. The total number of prototype entries was larger when the P1 & P2 classes produced similar lap times (2014 - 2018). As rule changes enlarged the performance differential, the total number of entries declined (2019 to present). This suggests that prototype drivers as a group are attracted by speed potential and efforts to establish differing performance levels were misguided. Combining in a single class may yield the best long run result for prototypes. As to why both the P and P2 classes will continue as Majors classes, the original proposal required P2 drivers to upgrade to P
Show 6 more lines
with P2 being discontinued. The proposal was revised to restore the P2 class so drivers could continue competing in the SCCA if they feel that the cost of upgrading is too high or they need more time to upgrade. You are correct that a Runoffs race group can consist of two classes. That in fact was the case at the first Runoffs and has continued to be the case at various times since. However, the Runoffs has always been intended to showcase competition among drivers in a common class, which is accomplished with a split start of the two classes. Extending this to three or more classes is unwieldy, which is why the proposal to run P1, P2, and FA together was rejected.
Thank you for your letter. The Club Racing Board appreciates your comments but is committed to the premise that Runoffs participation should be based on competition in SCCA events throughout the year.
Survey of P1/P2 Drivers on Future of P Class from 2024 Runoffs
Thank you for your letter and the outstanding work on your survey. Your discussions with the members of the BoD at the Runoffs have been reviewed and considered by the BoD liaisons, Staff, and CRB. Unfortunately, there does not appear to be a valid reason to reverse course on the planned merger of P1 and P2. An exception has been made so that the P2 rule set will remain in the GCR and P2 will continue as a Majors class in 2025. Further, P2 participants can run in the new P class without any cost or modification to their car; this class will be participating at the 2025 Runoffs.
Thank you for your letter. The Club Racing Board appreciates your comments. Please reference our responses to letters #36742 and #36763 in this Fastrack. Your continued support of prototype racing is appreciated.
Thank you for your letter. The Club Racing Board appreciates your comments. F600 will remain as a Majors-eligible class in 2025. Please reference GCR section 3.1.1.E and GCR section 9.1 for those classes that are included in the Conference Majors and Super Tour events.
Thank you for your letter. The Club Racing Board appreciates your comments. If on-track participation were as strong as the response to the proposal, the class would not be faced with a merger. Please reference our responses to letters #36742 and #36763 in this Fastrack. Your continued support of prototype racing is appreciated.
Thank you for your letter. The Club Racing Board appreciates your comments and has taken them into consideration. Please reference our response to letter #36763 in this Fastrack.
Thank you for your letter. The Club Racing Board appreciates your comments. Please reference our responses to letters #36742 and #36763 in this Fastrack. Your continued support of prototype racing is appreciated.
Thank you for your letter. The Club Racing Board appreciates your comments and will continue to consider various ideas for improving the Runoffs and the SCCA Road Racing Program in general.
Thank you for your letter. The Club Racing Board appreciates your comments. Please reference our responses to letters #36742 and #36763 in this Fastrack. Your continued support of prototype racing is appreciated.
Thank you for your letter. FF and FC are not being combined or merged. They will remain separate classes. They will share the same run group at Runoffs in 2025.
Thank you for your letter. The Club Racing Board appreciates your comments. Please reference our response to letter #36742 in this Fastrack. Your continued support of prototype racing is appreciated.
Support for Mike Devins letter re: the combining of P1 and P2
Thank you for your letter. The Club Racing Board appreciates your comments. Please reference our response to letter #36763 in this Fastrack. Thank you for your support of prototype racing in the SCCA.
Thank you for your letter. The Club Racing Board appreciates your comments. F600 will remain as a Majors class and has the ability to regain its Runoffs status with improved participation numbers.
Thank you for your letter. FF and FC are not being merged; they will remain separate classes. They will run in the same combined run group in the 2025 Runoffs.
Thank you for your letter. The Club Racing Board appreciates your comments. Please reference our response to letter #36742 in this Fastrack. Your continued support of Prototype racing is appreciated.
Thank you for your letter. The Club Racing Board appreciates your comments and concerns. We are hopeful that the merger will result in a bigger and stronger Prototype class.
The P1 and P2 classes are being combined due to a lack of participation. But for the merger, neither class would be likely to receive an invitation to the 2025 Runoffs. It is simply not possible to maintain a class for cars that do not race; it is unfair to those that do. While the merger is certainly not what everyone would prefer (reasonable fields of P1 and P2 cars would be in everyone's best interest), this does give competitors the opportunity to continue to race. P2 rules will remain in the GCR and the P2 class will continue as a Majors class in 2025. P2 cars may compete at Runoffs in the new Prototype class under the existing P2 rules or using the allowances provided under the new P rule set.
Thank you for your letter and for rallying support and involvement from within the prototype community. We encourage you to obtain the same participation level on-track that you have achieved in responses to the Prototype proposal. - The Runoffs is intended to feature the best of the best in driver, equipment, and classes. Unfortunately, the prototype classes have regularly failed to meet the minimum 4.0 average, thus the merger. In the absence of such a merger, it is doubtful that either class would have received an invitation to the 2025 Runoffs. - To allow both P1 and P2 to receive a Runoffs invitation based upon their combined average would be unfair to all other classes. - By merging the classes and also allowing the P2 rule set to remain intact, P2 competitors may still race their cars without
Show 10 more lines
making any additional investment and presently retain Runoffs eligibility. - Running combined classes together has been strongly opposed at the National Championship Runoffs. - P2 will remain a Majors-eligible class in 2025. P2 cars are eligible to run in the P class with no changes if they so choose at Majors/HST/Runoffs. - Working together, the prototype community can achieve and maintain Runoffs eligibility; running separately, P1 and P2 have not been able to achieve a 4.0 participation level. - The P2 community can work together to run in the P class utilizing the P2 rules and recognize a P2 champion, and where appropriate SCCA Road Racing may provide support. - A significant number of prototype cars exist within the SCCA's coverage, but participation levels have been well below the 4.0 goal. Participants have ownership for keeping prototype racing healthy, popular, and current.
Thank you for your letter and observations. The Staff has evaluated the financial impact of the changes and is confident that the event will be on strong footing into the future.
Thank you for your letter, comments, and observations. The changes have been proposed to better the organization and its classes; we hope that ultimately you will support them.
Thank you for your letter, support, and enthusiasm. Please reach out to Staff to discuss your ideas and hopefully assistance in implementing some of your ideas.
Thank you for your letter. Carbon-carbon and carbon-ceramic brakes are being phased out as of 2026 due to costs. We are advised by those involved in the carbon-carbon brake industry that such material is becoming increasingly difficult to source in the sizes required for P1 cars. The carbon material currently utilized in P1 applications features friction qualities not all that dissimilar to the best steel and metallic-ceramic pad combinations; the primary performance benefits are derived from the decrease in unsprung mass. To date, no empirical data has been presented which would indicate that traditional brake materials are insufficient in this application.
Thank you for your letter. The Club Racing Board appreciates your comments and we agree that the Regional program is the foundation of everything that we do as an organization. The Regional program is more adept at catering to the local demands and thus has autonomy from the National programs. We hope that the changes made to the Runoffs and eventually the Majors and HST events will benefit the Regional racing scene.
Thank you for your letter. The Club Racing Board appreciates your comments and notes that F600 remains a Majors-eligible class. The class also remains eligible to regain Runoffs status.
Thank you for your letter. The Club Racing Board appreciates your comments and support of F600. FC and FF share the same chassis rule set but for aero and have often times run together in SCCA events. F600 will remain a Majors-eligible class and as such has the ability to regain Runoffs status. We are also looking at other options to improve the experience for all of our formula and prototype competitors.
Thank you for your letter. The Club Racing Board appreciates your comments. A meeting was held between stakeholders in the Prototype classes and several members of the BoD during the Runoffs. Based upon participation history and other factors it is believed that merger is the appropriate path to take as without such both P1 and P2 would be at risk of losing an invitation to the 2025 Runoffs. P2 rules will remain in the GCR and cars can compete under that rule set in the Prototype class in 2025.
Thank you for your letter. In order to effectively shorten the Runoffs, which has been a request of competitors and volunteers for many years, it was necessary to limit qualifying to two days.
Thank you for your letter. The Club Racing Board appreciates your comments. The "incompatible" reference was to the fact that the F600 cars cannot easily be combined or merged into a larger class. To further exacerbate the problem the small bore open wheel run group is the smallest at most events, especially those which are oversubscribed. F600 will continue to be a Majors class and we are looking at ways to improve the experience of all of our formula and prototype competitors.
Thank you for your letter. The Club Racing Board appreciates your comments. Please reference GCR section 3.1.1.E for guidance on classes that are eligible for Conference Majors and Hoosier Super Tour events.
Thank you for your letter and support of the P1 and P2 classes. The CRB and BoD have heard from the membership that competition and run groupings are important and strongly believe that the Runoffs should represent the best of the best in U.S. Road Racing. The steps that have been proposed and are in the initial stages of implementation are aimed at improving competition and shortening the Runoffs for the benefit of both competitors and volunteers alike. The system is designed to encourage and reward the best classes and competitors. The classes that are invited to the Runoffs are not fixed, only the number.
Thank you for your letter and very thoughtful comments. One of the driving factors in shortening the Runoffs after many years and requests is our volunteer staff. Due to the demands of this event and the aging of our volunteers it is becoming increasingly difficult to staff an event of such duration.
Thank you for your letter. The Club Racing Board appreciates your comments and has put a pause on the change in qualifying criteria; that will remain the same in 2025 as it was in 2024.
Thank you for your letter. Traditionally there has been strong opposition to running combined sessions at Runoffs and a belief that each class deserves its own track time to race for a National Championship. If the Runoffs schedule transcends to something similar to June Sprints, how will that impact the event or its stature? Alternative point systems are under consideration which would weight points based on competition.
Thank you for your letter. Please refer to our responses to letters #36742 and #36763 in this Fastrack. Your support of the Prototype class is appreciated.
Thank you for your letter. The Club Racing Board appreciates your comments and would note that F600 will remain a Majors class. Please refer to GCR section 3.1.1.E and GCR section 9.1, which detail Majors and Super Tour classes.
Thank you for your letter. The Club Racing Board appreciates your comments. The schedules are organized to maximize time for all classes based on the number of run groups. Some classes simply are not compatible with one another necessitating additional run groups. Groups also become over subscribed requiring further break down. The schedule becomes even more difficult in the early races because of shorter days. We will continue to work to improve the experience for all members.
Thank you for your letter. The Club Racing Board appreciates your comments. F600 will remain as a Majors class in 2025. We look forward to you and your fellow competitors' continued participation and support of the class.
Thank you for your letter Warren. We will give due consideration to your comments. And although there is an intent to reduce the number of Runoffs classes to 18, all of the Major's classes will remain eligible to qualify for Runoffs per the CGR.
Thank you for your letter. Improved participation in the formula classes is necessary for them to maintain their status in Majors/HST/Runoffs. If the formula car drivers don't participate they cannot logically expect to have valuable time in the schedule allotted to them.
Re: Proposals for Changes - Runoffs, Super Tour and Majors
Thank you for your letter. HST invited classes are yet to be determined/announced. Please however refer to GCR 3.1.1.E for specific guidance. The 2 year trailing average for an AUTOMATIC invitation to Runoffs will increase to 5.0 in 2025 but it is expected that a number of classes will be invited which do not hit that number.
Thank you for your letter. While the intent is to reduce the number of classes at the 2026 Runoffs to 18, there will not be a similar reduction in Majors classes. Also, test days represent a considerable source of revenue for SCCA and contribute to the cost of hosting Runoffs. If SCCA were to drop testing entry fees would increase and it is very likely those days would be acquired by another organization which would host private testing. Again, thank you for your continued support and interest in SCCA's Road Racing Program.
Thank you for your letter and the concerns you have expressed. The Regional path to Runoffs has not been popular and is expected to have a minimal impact on entries. Please be aware that the 2+2 path will remain in place.
Thank you for your letter. The CRB previously has presented schedules which featured a short qualifying race as you suggest as well as heat racing where points would be accumulated over three days of racing and the top point earner would be crowned as National Champion. Survey results did not favor a change to that type of format. Rest assured that we will continue to explore options that will make the event more appealing and exciting in the coming years.
Thank you for your letter and concerns. The Runoffs are to feature the best of the best, quality over quantity, so while there may indeed be a net reduction in entries, we are hopeful that the competition and classes will be improved. The BoD, Staff, and CRB agree that Runoffs classes should meet or exceed the 10 car minimum. Our smaller classes will remain an important part of the SCCA family, many remaining eligible for Major's events.
Thank you for your letter and commitment to the organization. We are hopeful that competition will improve as we focus on quality over quantity for Runoffs.
Thank you for your letter. We appreciate your comments but note that prior to the introduction of the Majors the exclusive path to Runoffs was through National racing. Additionally, the Regional Path is not commonly utilized for Runoffs.
Responding to the Proposal for the Runoffs 2025 and Onward
Thank you for your letter. For 2025 the qualification criteria will remain as the top 50% of points finishers. The concept behind tightening qualification criteria to the top 1/3 is to increase competition during the season, this change will be reconsidered for 2026.
Thank you for your letter. The shortened event will achieve savings in lodging, meals, and time away from home/work. It also helps in staffing the event. Testing revenue helps to offset the costs of Runoffs for all and, but for that revenue entry fees would be significantly higher. As you note the program does not and was not intended to impact Regionals which are separate and distinct from Majors/HST. Those are intended to be focused upon the local demands. Prior to introduction of the Major's program the sole path to Runoffs was though National events. We appreciate your continued support of SCCA's Road Racing Program and hope to see you on the grid in 2025.
Thank you for your letter Andrew. The Regional path has been utilized by very few of our Runoffs competitors. Before the Majors program was introduced there was not a path to Runoffs through Regionals, only Nationals. The CRB believes that there should be a bright-line between the Majors/National and Regional Programs. The 2+2 path will be retained.
In Defense of the Divisional Path or Give Us All Majors
Thank you for your letter. Before the Majors program was commenced there was no divisional path to Runoffs; only those competing at Nationals could earn an invitation. The 2+2 path will be retained. We appreciate your participation whether in Regional or Majors/HST events!
Thank you for your letter and concerns. We are hopeful that the class consolidations will have a positive impact but are well aware that in the short term entries may suffer.
Thank you for your letter, Ben. The idea behind tightening the cut off for a Runoffs invitation to the top 1/3 of points is to increase competition during the season. That however has been paused, so in 2025 the criteria will remain the same, the top 1/2 will be eligible for an invitation. We look forward to your participation!
Thank you for your letter. You pose an interesting and often discussed issue - should Runoffs be an open invitation or limited to the best of the best who compete to achieve an invitation? The Staff, BoD, and CRB believe that Runoffs should feature the top competitors in the top classes. As you mention however, times are changing so we will continue to monitor and adapt to as appropriate.
Thank you for your letter. As our volunteer base ages it is becoming more difficult to staff Runoffs so a shorter event is a necessity. We are hopeful that the class combinations/consolidations that are being introduced in 2025-2026 will help to improve competition; the Runoffs exist to showcase the best of the best. Our competitors must realize that participation is a must; their class will not be preserved if they don't race.
Thank you for your letter, we are working to improve participation and competition throughout the season making the invitation to Runoffs something that is earned rather than handed out as a result of participation.
Eric Prill Zoom and the Future of T/SM/BS/ and Similar Classes
Thank you for your letter and the numerous good ideas and thoughtful comments. Believe it or not, most if not all of these have been discussed at length as decisions have been made. Change is difficult but necessary, we look forward to your continued support and participation.
Thank you for your letter and comments. SMX has proved to be a very successful class but, as you note, has put additional pressure on scheduling. Further changes to improve the racing experience for all can be expected.
Recent Proposed Changes to Runoffs, Super Tour & Majors
Thank you for your thoughtful letter. Most if not all of your points have been discussed by Staff, BoD, and the CRB. As was announced in the second townhall, a pause has been made as to tightening Runoffs invitations. For 2025 it will remain the top 50%. If/when this is reduced to the top 1/3 the concept will be to improve competition during the season.
Thank you for your letter. Mixed run groups are inevitable and require respect and discipline of each and every driver. Combining the open wheel classes is difficult as they simply do not mix well. They too pay an entry fee and are entitled to an opportunity to participate and race as every other car. Our Executive Stewards, led by Kevin Coulter, are committed to improving driver behavior and have been penalizing driving infractions in a consistent but firm fashion. We are already seeing positive results and expect this to continue into 2025.
Thank you for your letter comments; they are well stated and much appreciated. We hope to maintain a viable program for classes which are displaced from Runoffs such as the ARRC or similar events.
Thank you for your letter and comments. Our Executive Stewards headed by Kevin Coulter are tightening down on driver behavior and further consideration is being given to tightening the allowed time deviation.
Thank you for your letter. Presently there are no changes to Majors or HST eligible classes although staff is reviewing such. Please reference GCR section 3.1.1.E.
Thank you for your letter. Please refer to Eric Prill's second town hall where he elaborates on the savings that should be realized by competitors and volunteers alike. Much of the impetus for change comes from the need to accommodate the aging volunteer population.
Thank you for your letter. The Club Racing Board appreciates your comments. We are cognizant of the fact that many regions do not have robust road racing programs, thus the reason that there are more Majors classes than Runoffs-eligible classes.
Thank you for your letter. The Club Racing Board appreciates your comments and support. That being said, it is important to maintain our formula and prototype classes which differentiate the SCCA from other sanctioning organizations.
Thank you for your letter and thoughtful ideas; many of your points have been discussed and given serious consideration. Hopefully some will be implemented in the future.
Thank you for your letter and the concerns you express. We intend to arrive at a very stable and consistent set of rules for the classes. Runoffs-eligible classes will continue to be announced by January 1.
Thank you for your letter, your comments are understood. With the ever increasing costs of track time and over-subscription of a number of classes some changes are necessary and unfortunately, those classes that are not being supported by entrants at Majors/HST/Runoffs will be impacted. That being said, every effort will be made to have a place for those members and their cars to race.
Thank you for your letter and suggestion. We too would like to improve participation AND competition during the season thus the initial proposal which would have limited Runoffs invitations to the top 1/3 of the points finishers. That however has been put on hold so that the other changes can be fully evaluated.
Thank you for your letter and interest. We will be evaluating class performance and the proposal on a continuing basis and make changes as necessary to improve the events and racing.
Thank you for your letter. Pre "Majors" there was no Regional path to the Runoffs; it was only accomplished by running Nationals. And, based on entry numbers at Runoffs, very few have taken advantage of the Regional path to the Runoffs since its inception. The path to the 2025 Runoffs should still include the 2+2 path (Participation in two regional weekends count as one Majors weekend).
Thank you for your letter. The Club Racing Board appreciates your comments. As was announced earlier, the Runoffs qualification criteria will be left static so that other changes can be considered in a vacuum. Also, revenue from test days contributes to the finances of Runoffs and helps to reduce the cost of entry. Thank you for your support as a flagger and racer!
Thank you for your letter. The Club Racing Board appreciates your comments and would like to improve the skill level of those involved in both Majors and HST.
Thank you for your letter. The Club Racing Board appreciates your comments and is considering various alternatives to the points program, a few of which incorporate several of your ideas. Thanks for your support!
Response To CRB June 13 Road Racing Program Proposal Webinar
Thank you for your letter. The Club Racing Board appreciates your comments and does its best to stay on top of the BOP. Much of the trouble with setting an accurate BOP is that often times data is not available on a given car because it (they) are not regularly campaigned. The data program will be working overtime in 2025.
Thank you for your letter. The Club Racing Board appreciates your comments and has taken them into consideration. As mentioned by Eric Prill, revenue from the test days help to pay for the Runoffs.
In Hearings and Judgements, GCR section 8.2, change as follows: "All RFAs and Protests will be heard by the SOM as soon as practical. The parties concerned will be notified when and where the hearing will occur. This may include 3rd parties who were not immediately identified as being involved in the incident(s) in question. Although all parties have the right to call witnesses, they must state their cases in person. Each party or witness must be heard separately and privately. The parties may be heard jointly or separately at the discretion of the SOM. Witnesses may be heard separately from each other. Each party must be given the opportunity to hear, read, and view all evidence presented to the SOM, including but not limited to videos, but excepting therefrom the items subject to a mechanical protest (or photos/videos of said items). A party is entitled to view, but not receive, a copy of a video or photos obtained from another
Show 2 more lines
party or witness which is used by or presented to the SOM in said action. Personally Identifiable Information (PII) in witness statements or evidence presented will be redacted from the shared material."
In Sports Racing Category, GCR section 9.1.8, remove P1 (section 9.1.8.B) and add the following ruleset as new section 9.1.8.B: Prototype (P) is a development class that is inclusive of existing cars and new purpose-designed cars that fit within these rules. Homologation may be required; refer to GCR section 9.2.2. for details. Cars homologated before 1/1/14 must be fully compliant with all Prototype rules. The class is intended to be the premier sports prototype class, promoting advanced technology in car design and innovation while using established cost-effective engine technology. These rules are not intended to freeze the class in time but rather to encourage orderly and progressive change to keep the class current. Engine options and car types that are not used may be eliminated to simplify the rules. A. SAFETY EQUIPMENT
Show 144 more lines
Cars must comply with GCR section 9, Cars and Equipment. Brake lights are not required. B. CHASSIS 1. Any form of chassis construction is permitted, subject to the requirements of GCR section 9, Cars and Equipment. 2. Anti-intrusion panels are permitted anywhere on the sides of the chassis. Materials and attachment are unrestricted. 3. Cars may be either single-seat or two-seat cars, subject to restrictions in these rules. 4. Closed-cockpit single-seat cars are not permitted unless specifically allowed by a spec line in Table 1. C. BODYWORK 1. The bodywork must provide safety and comfort for a driver and passenger in two-seat cars and for a driver in single-seat cars. All elements of the bodywork must be completely and neatly designed and finished, with no temporary or makeshift elements. 2. The bodywork as viewed from the side and above must cover all mechanical components including suspension, except that the intake, exhaust, tow hooks, jack points, and radiators may be exposed. As viewed from the side, the bodywork must extend over the full width of the tires for at least one- third of their circumference. Louvers to extract air from the tops of the fenders are permitted. Tires must not be seen as viewed from above except through louvers; the fore/aft opening through which a tire may be seen must not exceed 5mm (0.197 inches) when viewed from above. Rear tires may be exposed as viewed from the rear. Cycle-type fenders that cover only the tire and are not continuous with the bodywork are prohibited. Fenders must be firmly attached to the bodywork. 3. Height: No part of the car having special or significant aerodynamic function may exceed a height of 115cm (45.275 inches) above the ground with the car in normal racing trim, driver aboard. As viewed from the side, the outermost surface of bodywork between the front and rear wheel openings and above the floor must have a minimum height equal to the height of the front axle centerline. 4. Width: The maximum width must not exceed 221cm (87 inches) including all aerodynamic devices. No part of the bodywork may extend outwards more than 10cm (3.937 inches) beyond a vertical plane connecting the outermost surfaces of the front and rear tires. The minimum body width between the front and rear tires as viewed from above may extend inwards beyond a vertical plane connecting the centerlines of the front and rear B. PROTOTYPE (P) CLASSIFICATION tires for a distance of up to 20% of the length of the wheelbase. 5. Length: The maximum overall length is 485.3cm (191 inches). 6. Cockpit: a. The driver’s seat must be capable of being entered without the removal or manipulation of any part or panel other than a removable steering wheel and removable padding. This requirement does not apply to doors on closed-cockpit cars that are specifically permitted by these rules. b. The cockpit opening must comply with the following dimensions for both single-seat and two-seat cars: minimum cockpit length is 60cm (23.622 inches) and minimum cockpit width for each seat is 45cm (17.717 inches) maintained over 30cm (11.811 inches). The minimum rectangular opening may be measured anywhere forward of the main roll hoop. Roll hoop or roll cage braces, required padding, and removable helmet surrounds are not to be included in this measurement. c. For two-seat cars, there must be room for seats of equal dimension and comfort for the driver and a passenger equally disposed on each side of the longitudinal axis of the car. The seats must be firmly attached in the car but may provide adjustment for the size of the occupant. The body surrounding the driver and passenger compartment must be symmetrical about the longitudinal axis of the car. The passenger’s space and seat must remain usable throughout the competition and must not be encroached upon by an element of the car or equipment except as provided in these rules. Permitted equipment includes batteries, ballast, fire bottles, data-recording devices, and cool suit equipment, provided that such equipment is securely attached to the car. 7. The bodywork must give the driver visibility forward and to both sides adequate for racing conditions, and rearview mirror(s) must give the driver visibility to the rear of both sides of the car. 8. Windscreens are optional. 9. Brake ducts and ducts allowing air into the engine compartment are permitted. 10. Engine air intake ducts, scoops, and cold air boxes are permitted. D. AERODYNAMICS These rules are intended to control the use of “ground effects” to achieve aerodynamic downforce. 1. Aerodynamic devices must be securely mounted on the entirely sprung part of the car and must not be movable when the car is in motion. 2. Aerodynamic devices (e.g., “skirts,” body sides) must not extend more than 1cm (0.394 inches) below the car’s lower surface at any point behind the front axle. Seat buckets or other protrusions must not circumvent this rule. 3. All ducted air that exits through the top of the bodywork behind the rear of the front tires must pass through a heat exchanger. This requirement does not apply to the cockpit opening, fender louvers, or slots, grills, louvers, and similar devices intended to allow heat to escape the engine bay. 4. Air must not be ducted through any part of the bodywork for the purpose of providing aerodynamic downforce on the car. This prohibition includes openings above the front spoiler or splitter that permit air to pass through the front bodywork for the purpose of providing aerodynamic downforce. 5. Body panels intended to cover suspension components as viewed from the side and above must not be shaped as an airfoil cross-section. Upper and lower panel surfaces must be symmetrical (mirror images) across a straight line connecting the center of the leading edge with the center of the trailing edge. Leading and trailing edges may be rounded. Panel angle front to rear and side to side is unrestricted, but panels may not be used to provide additional aerodynamic downforce on the car. E. WHEELS AND TIRES Wheel size is unrestricted except for a minimum diameter of ten inches. Wheel sizes must be identical for the right-front and left-front axles and identical for the right-rear and left-rear axles. Right-front and left-front tires must be the same size and right-rear and left-rear tires must be the same size. F. BRAKES 1. Cars must be equipped with a dual-braking system operated by a single control. In case of leak or failure at any point in the system, effective braking power must be maintained on at least two wheels. 2. Brake calipers may be ferrous or aluminum alloy. Effective 1/1/2026, carbon-carbon and carbon-ceramic brake rotors are prohibited and rotors must be ferrous. G. BULKHEADS AND TANKS Fuel tanks must be isolated by means of bulkheads and vented so that in case of spillage, leakage, or failure of a tank, fuel and fumes will not pass into the driver or engine compartment or around any part of the exhaust system. No part of any oil or water tanks may be exposed to any part of the driver or passenger compartment. Safety fuel cells (per GCR section 9.3 Fuel Cell Specifications) are required for all cars. H. TRANSMISSIONS All gear changes must be initiated by the driver. Mechanical gear shifters, direct-acting electric-solenoid shifters, air-shifters, and similar devices are permitted. Electronically controlled differentials and devices that permit pre-selected gear changes are prohibited. Power must not be applied to more than two wheels. Traction control is prohibited. 1. Cars with automotive-based engines may use any manual transmission up to six speeds with reverse. 2. Cars with motorcycle-based engines must use the transmission supplied with the engine; a reverse gear is not required for cars using motorcycle-based engines. I. DATA COLLECTION All cars competing in the U.S. Majors Tour and the Runoffs must have the AiM part #X47KPF-SOLO2R0 data box mount installed to provide the necessary mounting of the AiM Solo 2 data box. The mounting surface must be approximately oriented either horizontally or vertically and either parallel or perpendicular to the longitudinal axis of the car and must be accessible from the exterior of the car with the driver on board. The data box must have a view of the sky and must not be located under carbon fiber or metallic bodywork. Sufficient space must be left between the mounting plate and the surface to which it is attached to permit the use of zip ties/tie straps to restrain the data box to the mounting plate. The purpose of this requirement is to allow the random placement of data boxes on cars on the pre-grid by SCCA-assigned personnel and the collection of the data boxes when cars exit the racetrack. Contact AiM and its distributors for direct purchase of the data box. J. ENGINE AND WEIGHT RESTRICTIONS Generally applicable information for Prototype engines is given in the following paragraphs. The Engine Table below provides general specifications of engine types, displacement limits, intake restrictions, and car weights. Specific engines approved for use (along with applicable restrictions) are also provided in the table. All specified minimum weights are with driver (GCR section 9.3 Weight). 1. Turbocharging and supercharging are prohibited. 2. Four-cycle engines may have a maximum of four cylinders. Two-cycle engines may have a maximum of six cylinders. 3. Intake manifolds are unrestricted on engines that do not require a flat plate intake restrictor unless otherwise noted in an engine spec line. Plenums and/or balance pipes are not permitted on engines that use an individual runner-type manifold and require a flat plate intake restrictor. 4. Where a flat plate intake restrictor, restricted venturi, or Single Inlet Restrictor (SIR) is required, all intake air for each cylinder or the entire fuel-air mixture, if prepared before this point, must pass through the restrictor. 5. SIR installations must comply with the requirements of Appendix F. Technical Glossary. Where intake restrictors (except SIR) are required, the restrictors must be round orifices (unless otherwise specified) and located within four inches of the throttle butterfly. 6. On four-cycle motorcycle-based engines equipped with individual throttle bodies, individual flat plate intake restrictors must be installed within four inches of the primary butterfly throttle shaft or centerline on the intake side of the individual throttle body’s primary butterfly. Restrictors may be mounted in any manner that does not reduce the intended effectiveness. 7. Where a flat plate intake restrictor is required, fairings may be used above and below the plate to create an inlet venturi. Compliance with the restrictor size specified will be measured in the round orifice of the flat plate intake restrictor. 8. The SIR testing procedure in Appendix F. Technical Glossary (Restrictor, Intake) is modified as follows: If the engine stalls within 3 seconds, the car is deemed compliant with the stall test. 9. The use of an ECU map, computer program, or any other artificial means to stall an engine at any time during the SIR testing procedure in Appendix F. Technical Glossary (Restrictor, Intake) is prohibited. 10. Electronic throttle control systems (ETC, Fly-by-wire, Drive-by-wire) are permitted. ECUs that use ETC/FBW/DBW throttles must have dual-output pedal position sensors (or other ECU-required fail-safes) that are capable of detecting a fault and limiting throttle activation. 11. Cars must be equipped with an automatic starter and on-board power supply operated by the driver. 12. Cars must display their engine size from the applicable spec line and the size of their required restrictor, if any, in a manner that is clearly legible to the scrutineers at the scales. 13. Engines not specified in the tables below are not permitted in Prototype. SCCA encourages members who wish to race other engine designs or propulsion systems not listed below to request consideration on a case-by-case basis via letter to the Club Racing Board at crbscca.com. K. SPEC LINE CARS Table 1 (Spec Line Cars) is intended to accommodate existing cars that were previously raced in CSR, DSR, S2, or P2 without requiring expensive changes to make them compliant with the Prototype rules. For individual cars included in any of the spec lines in Table 1, any deviation from the spec line and column requirements requires the car to be made compliant with all current Prototype requirements with a notation in the front of the logbook noting the requirement for the car to be compliant with all Prototype rules. P2 cars may compete in either the Prototype class or the P2 class but must participate in the Prototype class to the extent necessary to qualify for an invitation to the Runoffs in Prototype. Prototype Engine Table
A specification table follows in the original; it is not shown here.
Thank you for your letter. The Club Racing Board does not recommend this change. Allowing such an exemption would preclude the use of the Virtual Safety Car procedure in any session in which the cars participated, and in addition a majority of the F600 drivers entered have confirmed that they have already obtained Flagtronics units in preparation for the Runoffs.
Thank you for your letter. More information is required if you have a specific request for a GCR change. The GCR rules do not require an event to be staffed by an MD or RN. GCR 5.4.2.A. defines the role of the required Chief Medical Officer. That person may be a paramedic with ALS training. While an MD, PA, or APN may serve in that role, it is not required to have one onsite. Some tracks with an onsite medical facility may provide staffing who possess those medical credentials/licenses. Road Racing events are required to have a minimum of one ALS ambulance, many events provide more than one. ALS ambulances are staffed with the 2 paramedics which satisfies the requirement of GCR 5.4.2.A. item 1 and item 2 under Personnel.
) Online Driver Training + Race Experience School Equivalency
#36652 from Jon Krolewicz (Staff · Recommended to the Board · Minutes (2024-10 Fastrack)
In GCR, Section 2.7., add new Section 3 to APPENDIX C. LICENSING AND TYPES 2.7.E as below and renumber: “(Effective 10/1/2024) 2.7. Novice Permit A Novice Permit is a training license for student drivers as they develop the experience necessary to safely race with the SCCA. E. Novice Permit holders may offer equivalencies to replace the SCCA Drivers Schools’ requirements. 1. The Race Director or Chief Steward of an SCCA Drivers School or the Novice Permit holder’s Divisional Licensing Chairman may waive all or part of the Drivers School requirements for drivers with prior racing experience. 2. Road Racing will publish the list of accredited private schools whose curricula and methods have been approved and who have submitted a service fee to the SCCA.
Show 32 more lines
3. SCCA Race Experience Events If a driver has demonstrated proper knowledge of and reaction to flags, awareness in wheel-to-wheel racing situations including race starts during an SCCA Race Experience event; the “drivers school approval” page may be signed off and that completed SCCA Driver Participation Log may be used as Driver’s School Credit in the Novice Permit. a. The Driver Participation Log may be used to track experience at SCCA and non-SCCA Track Events, Time Trials, HillClimbs or non-SCCA wheel-to-wheel events; however, the Drivers School Page may only be completed after observation at an SCCA Race Experience Event. b. The Drivers School page in the participation log must be signed by the Chief Driver Coach and the Race Director of the Race Experience Event. 4. Alternative Drivers’ Schools- Chief Driving Instructors or Divisional Licensing Chairmen should coordinate with the Divisional Executive Steward and the Chief Steward of the event to ensure that the prospective student has had the proper ground school before the event and the right attitude and capabilities to complete the program. This is especially important for novice drivers with little or no prior experience. At the request of the Divisional Chief Driving Instructor or Divisional Driver Licensing Administrator and approval by the Divisional Executive Steward, a Novice Permit holder may be offered an alternative path to an SCCA Full Competition or Vintage license under the following conditions:” In GCR, Section 2.12., change as below: “(Effective 10/1/2024) 2.12. Road Racing Online Drivers’ School Training Tutorial SCCA Drivers’ Schools, Divisional Licensing Chairmen, and/or Divisional Chief Driving Instructors may require the completion of the SCCA Online Drivers School tutorial before issuance of a Novice Permit or Full Competition License. A. All SCCA Novice Permit and Full Competition applicants are required to complete the SCCA Academy Road Racing Online Driver School Training Modules 1 and 2. This includes the following: 1. Drivers applying directly to SCCA Member Services or SCCA Region for a new Novice Permit or new SCCA Full Competition License 2. Drivers requesting a waiver for a Novice Permit or Full Competition License through a SCCA Divisional Licensing. SCCA Divisional Licensing Administrators may, at their discretion, waive completion of all or part of the SCCA Academy Road Racing Online Driver School Training program by an experienced driver." In GCR, APPENDIX C LICENSING AND TYPES Table 1 Licensing and Renewal Chart as below: (Effective 10/1/2024) Table 1 LICENSE LEVEL SCCA MEMBER TYPE AGE LICENSE ISSUER APPLICATION
A specification table follows in the original; it is not shown here.
Thank you for your letter. The Club Racing Board does not recommend this change. The GCR clearly specifies car number and placement. It is the driver's responsibility to comply with GCR requirements in Section 9.3.29.A and B. Drivers are reminded that numbers must be easily legible at speed.
Sven, Thank you for your letter. Your concern about the added cost for the two-piece FT unit is understandable. We have seen the original unit (which is considerably less expensive) fitted to a number of small formula and prototype cockpits. The original unit itself is 3.00" wide x 1.12" tall x 1.18 deep. We understand that the primary concern in mounting this in the smaller cars is related to the wiring that comes into the backside of the unit. The new two-piece display is smaller at 2.953" wide x 1.226 tall x .297 thick but you still have to locate the control module which is 2.326 wide x 1.226 tall. We are cognizant of the fact that the rain light and FT units are an added expense but are convinced that these will help to improve safety (and in the case of the FT unit - improve the green flag track time). Thank you for your support of SCCA and F6.
In Range of Penalties, GCR section 7.2.H, change as follows: "The probation is effective immediately. If available, the SCCA member card should be surrendered to the Chairman SOM or the National Office. If a fine is imposed, the conditions set forth in the probationary license will not be met until the fine is received by the Chairman SOM or the National Office. Any member on probation must notify the event Race Director or Chief Steward prior to his first on-track session or beginning his assigned official’s responsibilities. Failure to notify the Race Director or Chief Steward is a violation of probation."
Thank you for your letter. SCCA has a Vintage GCR available on the SCCA website, and many SCCA regions have supplemental regulations that define region-specific vintage class rules and incorporate vintage run groups on regional event weekends.
Clarification of Intent for Refusing Awards and Waiving Points
Thank you for your letter. The Club Racing Board does not recommend this change. Redefining what creates an unsafe and illegal pass under yellow flag conditions would be unenforceable particularly with multi-class racing and would impose additional judgment calls on corner workers to determine who may have gained an advantage.
Thank you for your letter. Nothing in the rules prevents increasing the illumination of original equipment taillights. In the alternative, cars competing in classes other than Formula and Sports Racing classes may use a separate red rain light as permitted by GCR section 9.3.33.B.2 if desired. Please see the response to letter #36657 in this Fastrack.
Thank you for your letter. The Club Racing Board does not recommend this change. Drivers' letters can be used to inform drivers of 2x2 lineup expectations on the pace lap.
Thank you for your letter. The Club Racing Board does not recommend this change. Varying track contracts around the U.S. restrict flexibility for race schedules.
Thank you for your letter. Flagtronics reports that 250 small formula/prototype units will be available for sale beginning July 15 and will ship one week later, July 22. The price of these units will be $549.99. In that there will be ample time available for installation of these units in advance of the 2024 Runoffs they will be required for all cars competing. Should an issue arise with respect to availability this decision will be reconsidered. Based upon experience to date, there is ample evidence that the implementation of these units will enhance safety, driver awareness, and the ability to expedite incident clean up through use of the Full Course Yellow and virtual safety car conditions.
Thank you for your letter. Given the expected temporary nature of this rule and the fact that the three relevant parties agree on its intended meaning, there is no need to change the rule.
Thank you for your suggestion of requiring fire bottles in all SCCA cars competing in club racing, the CRB does not recommend this change at this time.
National Steward/CSOM CENDIV sanc #24-DS-61833 &24-R-61822
Thank you for your letter. The Club Racing Board does not recommend this change. This concern can be covered by reminding racing school students that forward-facing cameras are required for all other SCCA racing events, including those entered by successful graduates the same weekend as the racing school.
Input on letter #35655 (Steve Pence) Proposed Change to GCR 8.2
Thank you for your letter. Please see the response to letter #36061 in this Fastrack. The rules as written have enough flexibility to address your concerns.
In Hearings and Judgements, GCR section 8.2, change as follows: "All RFAs and Protests will be heard by the SOM as soon as practical. The parties concerned will be notified when and where the hearing will occur. This may include 3rd parties who were not immediately identified as being involved in the incident(s) in question. Although all parties have the right to call witnesses, they must state their cases in person. Each party or witness must be heard separately and privately. The parties may be heard jointly or separately. Witnesses may be heard separately from each other. Each party must be given the opportunity to hear, read, and view all evidence presented to the SOM including, but not limited to, videos. A party will not be entitled to a copy of another party's or witness videos. Personally identifiable information in witness statements or evidence presented will be
Thank you for your letter. Due to the diverse racing in SCCA, a one-size-fits-all penalty structure is not necessarily appropriate for all situations. Driver history is now being tracked, and SCCA stewards are stressing consistency across events.
In GCR, Create Section 9.1.8.I. RADICAL CHALLENGE (SR1/SR3) (REGIONAL ONLY CLASS) as attached: 9.1.8.I. RADICAL CHALLENGE (SR1/SR3) (REGIONAL ONLY CLASS) 1. Definition The purpose of this class is to provide the membership with a regional single-make, one design, fixed specifications, open cockpit, sports racer with either the 1340 cc or 1500 cc engines. Cars are packaged and sold by Radical Motorsport Ltd., listed in Prototype 2 Spec lines of the SCCA GCR. (9.1.8) and have further “spec” restrictions listed herein.
Show 302 more lines
These Regional-only rules are written to give the widest latitude possible for participation while staying within manufacturer performance limits; but not requiring specific items like sealed engines. If any exploitations raise costs significantly, participation drops due to increased need for competitive advances, or the class eventually requires a more focused balance of performance; participants should not expect their investment/research/modification to be protected at the expense of the class. (I.e., modifications beyond factory performance will likely create rules which render your vehicle ineligible/non-compliant at a later date. Competitors should choose their modifications and investments in those modifications wisely.) A. Vehicle Manufacturer Radical Motorsport Ltd Tel: +44 1733 331616 24 Ivatt Way Business Park Fax: +44 1733 264959 Westwood, Peterborough PE3 7PG Email: sales@radicalmotorsport.com United Kingdom Website: www.radicalmotorsport.com B. Radical Sports Racer 1 (SR1) A class for the Radical SR3 models RS, RSX, XX and XXR using the Suzuki 1340cc engine with Fuell Cell and Safety Equipment conforming to the GCR. C. Radical Sports Racer 3 (SR3) A class for the Radical SR3 models RS, RSX, XX and XXR using the Suzuki 1500cc engine with Fuell Cell and Safety Equipment conforming to the GCR. 2. General Modification Rules A. Radical Challenge Classes are Restricted Classes. Competitors are not permitted to depart from factory specifications and any allowable modifications, changes, or additions are as stated herein. There are no other exceptions. B. An authorized addition, modification, substitution, or removal may not perform a prohibited function/may not serve any other purpose. C. Replacement parts must be sourced/supplied by Radical Motorsport or its dealer/distributor network, fitted as supplied, in their original position and only to their designated edition of a specific model. D. Modifications and alternate parts specified in the Radical Global Scrutineering Guides are permitted. E. It is permitted to perform routine maintenance and repairs if existing parts are in no way modified and replacement parts are official Radical parts. F. GCR General Technical and Safety Specifications Vehicles must meet all requirements of GCR Section 9.3 and 9.4.5 for Sports Racers, except when requirements of the Radical Cup Rules, Technical Regulations and Scrutineering Guides mandate or allow different choices. (E.g., the Radical high-intensity rain light or location of the master switch.) G. The entrant has the burden of proving that the vehicle conforms to these Rules by the required documentation as noted below. The required documentation should be considered as an extension of these Rules. a. Current-year Radical Cup Technical Regulations b. Current-year Radical Cup SR1 or SR3 Scrutineering Guide appropriate for the class entered. c. If using unsealed engine/gearbox, the following is required: l1 The official manufacturer service documentation for the eligible engine if ever available to the consumer from the manufacturer. ll1 Other official manufacturer documentation, such as the owner’s manual, shop manual, parts catalogs, technical bulletins, sales & marketing literature may be provided as supporting information. lll1All manufacturer documentation must be for non-competition purposes. d. The entrant of a protested vehicle has the burden of proving that the vehicle conforms to these rules by the required documentation. If the required documentation does not include sufficient information on a protested item or specification, the burden shifts to the protestor to prove the equipment or specification illegal. 3. Vehicle Documentation A. Vehicle Logbooks Vehicles shall have and utilize the SCCA logbook requirements and procedures in GCR 9.2.1. B. Homologation Requirements Radical cars are considered “alternate” design standards for roll structures under SCCA standards for Sports Racers and will require homologation. The homologation may be procured by reaching out to the SCCA Technical Department at roadracing@scca.com Cars that have previously been issued logbooks and have Homologation Certificates (E.g., for P2) may satisfy this rule by presentation of said certificate or a copy thereof. The existence of a Homologation Certificate or letter of exception from the Road Racing Department is not conclusive evidence of rules compliance. 4. Data Collection Devices A. Driver Data Collection - Data collection devices are considered to be instrumentation and are therefore allowed as long as they serve no other purpose. Note: Radical Cup only allows an official single data system. B. Official Data Collection - The Club Racing Board uses SCCA data acquisition devices to assist in performance balancing. Race Data Technicians assist in placing the SCCA data acquisition devices at events. If selected, drivers’ participation is not optional and is not protestable. The data collected will not be used for compliance purposes. All cars carrying an SCCA data collection device shall report to impound immediately after their sessions. 5. Safety Requirements A. Driver Restraint System Vehicles shall have restraint systems (including arm restraints) meeting GCR 9.3.18 B. Driver Safety Equipment All required driver’s safety equipment must be worn at all times while on track. The participant agrees that the participant bears the ultimate responsibility at all times to ensure the safety of participant’s driver’s safety equipment, and compliance with all SCCA rules, regulations, and agreements, including but not limited to those contained in the GCR. a. Driver Safety Equipment (Helmet, H&N restraint, suit, gloves, shoes, etc.) must comply with GCR 9.3.19 C. Seats Seats must be securely mounted, and the seating position of the driver shall be so that the headrest is fitted in line with the helmet, not the neck. a. Any seat specific to model of car is permitted. b. A single seat may replace twin seat. c. It is highly recommended the wrap-around style headrest be fitted. d. Padding must be attached to the appropriate side bar (E.g., left or right hand-drive chassis). e. Foam inserts are permitted. FIA Appendix J, Article 257A standards are recommended for material, location and sizes. f.Competitors are reminded that any modification to seats or headrests supplied by Radical Motorsport, or materials not approved by Radical Cup Technical Rules or Scrutineering Guides is unauthorized and is at the sole risk of the Entrant/Competitor. D. Hand Controls Hand controls may be approved on a case-by-case basis. Such approval shall be in writing from the Road Racing Technical Manager and shall be in the driver’s possession at all competitions. E. Fire System All cars shall be equipped with an On-Board Fire System meeting GCR 9.3.22 6. Cameras A. All cars competing at Regionals must have a forward-facing camera that is recording at all times while on track and provides a clear horizontal field of view of the cars and track ahead. The cameras may be mounted either inside the car, or on the body. If video is needed as part of an investigation of an incident, a competitor’s video of the full unedited session may be requested by race officials regardless of whether or not said competitor was involved in the incident. Failure to provide such video may result in penalties. Forward-facing cameras are recommended at all other SCCA-sanctioned events. The video format must be a digital file so it can be viewed in an MS Windows compatible viewer. B. The mounts for video / photographic cameras shall be of a safe and secure design. The body of the camera or recording unit that weighs more than 8 oz shall be secured at a minimum of 2 points on different sides of the camera body. Suction cups or elastic mounts are not permitted. If a tether is used to restrain the camera, the tether length shall be limited so that the camera cannot contact the driver. 7. Cool Suits Cool suits are allowed. Water tank mounts shall be of a safe and secure design. 8. Coolant/Fluid Overflow Tanks/Fluids A. There shall be no visible fluid leaks. B. Any oil or oil additive may be used. Oil additives are defined as: Any liquid or particulate compound(s) delivered into the engine via the engine oil for the purpose of friction/temperature reduction, and/or metal surface conditioning (i.e. PTFE resins (Teflon, “Slick-50”), Molybdenum Disulfide, etc.). C. Cooling systems shall be equipped with coolant catch tanks to prevent the spillage of coolant onto the racing surface. An oil catch tank with a minimum capacity of one U.S. quart may also serve as the coolant catch tank, except for cars that are equipped with working OEM pressurized coolant reservoirs, which may use an additional catch tank. If the coolant catch tank is separate from the oil catch tank, the coolant catch tank shall have a minimum capacity of one U.S. pint. 9. Chassis A. Bracing and Bars The Radical Motorsport Crashbox must be installed and free of damage. Side impact bars must be installed. Tow hooks must be installed on each end of the car. The Radical Cockpit Safety Structure is not permitted to be installed at this time. B. Hoses, Wiring, Cabling Clips and fasteners may be installed within the cockpit to secure accessory wiring and cabling for permitted devices. (E.g., Flagtronics, video camera, data acquisition.) C. Ride Height a. No part of the car other than skid blocks or breather tube, may be less than 40mm above a horizontal plane from level ground. b. Ground clearance shall be measured at a tire pressure of 28 psi, without driver. Air or nitrogen may be added to check ground clearance. c. Ground clearance measurement allowance should be made for cars with bodywork, chassis or suspension damage which occurred without time for repairs. (E.g., during the session or in extreme cases, the event weekend.) D. Repairs All repairs must comply with industry standard methods. Such repairs may not result in a competitive advantage (e.g., significant change to weight, suspension control, power, stiffness etc.) as compared to the standard part(s). Radical Motorsport Ltd. cautions, “Any chassis repair work not carried out by Radical Motorsport Ltd is unauthorized and is at the sole risk of the Entrant/Competitor. Radical Motorsport Ltd accepts no liability or responsibility for injury or death as a result of unauthorized repairs.” 10. Bodywork A. Mirrors shall provide driver visibility to the rear of both sides of the car. B. Tape may be used to cover bodywork fasteners, or for temporary repair. 11. Graphics, Numbers and Markings A. Advertising and graphics (names, symbols and logos) may be displayed on cars provided they are in good taste, adhere to the SCCA welcoming environment statement and do not interfere with identification marks and SCCA logos. B. Cars in a condition that prevents proper inspection/evaluation of vehicle condition (too dirty, show substantial bodywork damage, structurally damaged), shall not be approved for competition. C. Identification Markings Each car shall carry identification markings (Numbers, class, stickers, etc) conforming to GCR 9.3.29 and any markings required by the Supplemental Regulations. a. Graphics, numbers (style/font/size) etc. as used in the current-year Radical Cup Style guide are permitted, even if they do not meet GCR 9.3.29 specifications. 12. Cooling A. Radiator ducting may be taped off or have mesh screen installed to control temperature. B. Water and oil may be pre-heated. C. To prevent bodywork damage to the sidepod, ‘Hanging’ radiators with brackets are permitted. D. To prevent damage from friction, rubber or sleeves may be added to oil and water lines. 13. Intake The airbox may be covered by heat resistant tape or foil. 14. Engine and Drivetrain A. Engine Engines for SR1 and SR3 may only be those specified in the Radical Global Scrutineering Guides, only modified within the limits of the Radical Global Scrutineering Guides, sealed by Radical (RPE) or modified only within the limits below: a. Engines may be rebored to the manufacturer’s 1st standard overbore, not to exceed 0.020” (0.508 mm). Sleeving is allowed to repair to the standard bore. Only OE-type standard or 1st overbore pistons of the same configuration and of the same or greater weights are permitted. No interchange between cast and forged pistons is allowed. b. Heads and/or blocks may only be trued (shaved) to the service limit specified in the factory workshop manual. If a service limit is not specified, then the head and/or block may not be trued (shaved) and must be used at the specified original dimension. c. Camshafts are not considered normally expendable items, therefore they must not only meet original specifications but they must be from the original manufacturer. Aftermarket units are not allowed. d. Updated parts, replacement parts, or any other changes by the manufacturer documented in the parts catalog or other manufacturer documentation as superseding the original part number used when manufactured are considered to be standard parts. e. Alternate parts (parts that may fit due to common platforms) listed in a factory parts manual are not authorized unless their use is specifically referenced in the factory service manual or in a service bulletin for the specific model and/or option package. B. Engine Control Unit (ECU) ECU heat shielding is permitted, but it must not hinder removal when requested. C. Transmission The only permitted adjustment to the drive ratio is by changing the sprockets/gears supplied for a specific model by Radical Motorsport. 15. Exhaust System Mufflers may be added to the exhaust system, minimum modification required to attach any noise-reduction device is permitted. While the SCCA does not restrict the type/brand of device, competitors should note that Radical Cup noise-quieting products must be as supplied and unmodified. 16. Suspension A. Bushings The make/brand of suspension bushings are open, but the specifications (E.g., materials, dimensions and type) are not. B. Dampers (Shocks) Restrictions on model/spring rates must align with the Radical Global Scrutineering Guides. a. Brand of spring is open, but specifications (dimensions/rate) are not. C. Anti-Sway (Roll) Bars Front and Rear bars may be any of the sizes/rates specified for use on the specific model Radical. 17. Brakes A. Cockpit adjustable bias adjuster is permitted on SR3 RS and RSX cars. The adjuster does not have to be supplied by Radical Motorsport. B. Brake duct grills may be fitted or removed. C. Tape may be used to regulate the amount of air flowing through brake ducts. D. Extra brake cooling may be fitted to cars based on specific track conditions. This allowance must be noted in event Supplemental Regulations. 18. Steering If supplied by Radical Motorsport for the model edition, steering wheels of a different diameter are permitted. 19. Wheels Wheels must be as supplied for that model edition by Radical Motorsport or as permitted by the Radical Global Scrutineering Guides. 20. Tires The number of tires used per weekend, a spec tire and other restrictions may be mandated by Event Supplementary Regulations. 21. Fuel The recommended fuel is Sunoco 260 GT. If that fuel is not available, competitors may use the closest fuel available locally not exceeding 100 octane. The use of leaded fuels or other additives is prohibited. A. Heat shrink, insulation, or rubber sheathing may be added to fuel lines to prevent damage from friction. B. Fuel Cell A fuel-cell (Container, rubber bladder, explosion-suppressing foam) meeting FIA FT-3 or higher or SFI 28.3 shall be used. It is recommended that the standard Radical 50-liter fuel cell be used, and competitors are cautioned that in the Radical Cup series – the Radical Fuel cell is mandatory and must be replaced upon expiration. C. Fuel Testing Cars shall be equipped with an accessible sampling port/valve/device located in a fuel line between the fuel tank or fuel cell and the injection system to allow safe acquisition of a fuel sample. The sampling port/ valve/device will be installed and used by the competitor to obtain the sample without fuel leaking, spraying or squirting. Siphoning of fuel directly from the fuel tank or fuel cell or removing a hose or line is not allowed. a. The Radical Fuel testing ‘T’ piece plus a Radical dry break valve fitted to the fuel line is recommended. 22. Electrical System A. Master Switch All cars must have either a master switch meeting GCR standards for Sports Racers or the standard Radical master “off” switch. It shall be marked by the international marking of a spark in a blue triangle located on the outside bodywork as near to the master switch as possible. B. The addition of ducts and duct work to cool the starter motor and alternator is permitted. 23. Weight A. Minimum Weight: The minimum weight, specified with driver, exactly as they come off the race circuit, at the conclusion of any race or qualifying session is as follows: a. SR1: 1,587 Lbs. b. SR3: 1,587 Lbs. B. Ballast: Ballast may be added to meet the minimum weight requirement provided it is securely mounted to the chassis within the cockpit and serves no other purpose. 24. Battery The make, model number, and size of the battery may be changed but not its voltage or location. Battery must be capable of repetitive starts. A. Cars using a lithium-ion battery must display the green and black Lithium Battery decal near the master (kill) switch. Decal can be purchased through my.scca.com SCCA ELECTRIC TOURING (ET) RULES DRAFT SCCA ELECTRIC TOURING – 120122a 25. Lights A. Headlights It is recommended that the Radical-supplied front lighting kit is retained and turned on in each session. B. Brake Lights Brake lights must be fitted, in working order, and must not be wired in a way that allows them to be switched off or have the signal delayed. C. Rain Light Cars must be equipped with rain light(s) clearly visible from the rear. The rain light(s) must be turned on when directed by the Race Director or Chief Steward a. When originally equipped, the Radical high intensity LED central Rain Light may be used. b. Cars not equipped with the Radical high intensity LED central Rain Light, a red rain light meeting FIA Standard 8874-2019, Technical List No. 76, is required. This light must be mounted approximately on the centerline of the car. The rain light may strobe. 26. Seals It is recommended that all seals mandated by Radical Cup are in place, but not mandatory. A. Engines, including integral gearbox and clutch units sealed by Radical Performance Engines (UK) or authorized Radical Engine Rebuilders for Radical Motorsport Ltd. Shall not be disassembled/have their seals broken by SCCA Inspectors/Officials. a. Reserved for a bond process, posted by the protestor, covering total expenses for a sealed engine to be inspected by Radical Ltd./authorized agent.
CRB Intent: Is permanent curbing part of the racing surface?
Michael, Again, thank you for your comments. Track time is a precious commodity on a race weekend, especially at our highly subscribed events. Unfortunately, mixed class run groups are the norm for all but the largest classes. We do however wish to provide the best experience and quality track time to all competitors and understand that composition of the run groups has a significant impact on such. We will continue to try to improve the run groups and schedules. We appreciate your continued support and participation in the SCCA Road Racing Program.
Michael, Thank you for your suggestion and thoughtful comments. The CRB, Staff, and BoD Liaisons have been working on scheduling and will consider this option for future events.
Thank you for your letter in support of Flagtronics systems being installed within reach of drivers. Please see the response to letter #35858 in this Fastrack's Technical Bulletin.
Effective 1/1/25, in Sound Control, GCR section 5.7, add a new section as follows: "5.7.4. Cars running in classes with a class or manufacturer "spec" exhaust system per GCR rules for those classes may modify the exhaust system by means of a passive muffling device to meet event sound requirements."
David, Thank you for your suggestion. The CRB, Staff, and BoD Liaisons have been working on various planning matters including Runoffs scheduling and the continued demand for a shortened event. Split scheduling of the event was one of the topics on our agenda. Much progress has been made and we look forward to continuing this work in the weeks to come. Stay tuned.
Penalties for SMX 9.1.7.1.20 Mandatory Video Camera
Thank you for your letter. Please see the response to letter #35260 in the April 2024 Fastrack Technical Bulletin.
TB/E&O: Eliminate redundant appearance rule
#35757 from B-Spec/C-Spec Committee · Recommended to the Board · Minutes (2024-05 Fastrack)
Effective 1/1/25, in Cars and Equipment. GCR section 9.3.6, change as follows: "Specifically, cars that are dirty either externally or in the engine or passenger compartments, or that show substantial bodywork damage, or structural or surface rust, or that are partially or totally in primer, or that do not bear the prescribed identification marks shall will not be approved for competition. Cars may be painted or wrapped any color(s). Markings and numbers may be painted." Effective 1/1/25, in B-Spec and C-Spec, GCR section 9.1.10.E, remove the following in its entirety and renumber the subsequent sections accordingly: "1. Appearance shall be neat and clean. Automobiles that are dirty either externally or in the engine or passenger
Show 9 more lines
compartments, or that show bodywork damage or that are partially or totally in primer, or that do not bear the prescribed identification marks shall not be approved for competition. Vehicles may be painted any color(s)." Effective 1/1/25, in Touring (T2-T4) Category, GCR section 9.1.9.2.D.8, remove the following in its entirety: "b. Appearance 1. Cars may be painted any color(s). Markings and numbers may be painted. 2. Vehicles shall be neat and clean, and shall not be dirty externally or in the engine or passenger compartments. They shall not show bodywork damage, and shall not be presented for competition totally or partially in primer. Cars that do not bear the prescribed identification marks, Road Racing logos, and numbers in conformance with GCR Section 9.3 Identification Markings, shall not be approved for competition."
TB/E&O: Eliminate redundant hand control rules
#35756 from B-Spec/C-Spec Committee · Recommended to the Board · Minutes (2024-05 Fastrack)
Effective 1/1/25, GCR Section 9.3.28 HAND CONTROLS, change as follows: "Hand controls may be approved on a case-by-case basis. Such approval shall be in writing from the Road Racing Technical Manager and shall be in the driver’s possession at all competitions. are permitted." Effective 1/1/25, GCR section 9.1.9.2.D.9.c.4., remove the following in its entirety and renumber the subsequent sections accordingly: "Hand controls are permitted in those instances where the driver can demonstrate the physical need for them." Effective 1/1/25, GCR section 9.1.10.E.9, change as follows: "Radio/stereo audio equipment and air conditioning refrigerant systems are the only options permitted and may be non-
Show 6 more lines
manufacturer, standard equipment. Two-way radios may be used. Hand controls are allowed in those instances where the driver can demonstrate the physical need for them. Removal of rear window wipers and wiper motor is allowed." SCCA ELECTRIC TOURING (ET) RULES DRAFT SCCA ELECTRIC TOURING – 120122a Effective 1/1/25, GCR Section 9.1.10.E.25., remove in it's entirety and renumber: "The Club Racing Board may approve the use of automatic transmissions and/or hand controls on a case-by-case basis."
Thank you for your letter with ideas for a better racing experience in SCCA Club Racing. When considering changes to existing safety rules there is usually an example of how the change is necessary to improve a shortcoming of the existing rule. To implement an either or rule would impact the various reporting observers having to figure out which option has been chosen and have all the correct actions been taken. The closed cockpit Sport Racers referenced do not have open windows.
In Hearings and Judgements, GCR section 8.2, add the following: "For the purpose of this section, the term "party" means anyone who has protested or been protested, or who is the subject of a Chief Steward's Request for Action, in addition to anyone found to have been involved with and possibly responsible for the incident(s) in question. Where one of the parties is a minor, it is recommended that one adult (parent, guardian, or other) accompany the minor to the hearing, with the understanding that it is only the minor who is being interviewed (unless the parent, guardian, or other adult is also a witness)."
Thank you for your letter. The Club Racing Board does not recommend this change. There are different kinds of lithium batteries, each type with its own safety considerations. Car class categories may determine the appropriate installation requirements.
In Hearings and Judgements, GCR section 8.2, change as follows: "All RFAs and Protests will be heard by the SOM as soon as practical. The parties concerned will be notified when and where the hearing will occur. This may include 3rd parties who were not immediately identified as being involved in the incident(s) in question. Although all parties have the right to call witnesses, they must state their cases in person. Each party or witness must be heard separately and privately. The parties may be heard jointly or separately at the discretion of the SOM. Witnesses may be heard separately from each other. Each party must be given the opportunity to hear, read, and view all evidence presented to the SOM, including but not limited to videos. A party is not entitled to receive a copy of a video obtained from another party or witness, nor shall the protesting party be permitted to view items subject to a mechanical protest."
Thank you for your letter. The Club Racing Board does not recommend this change. Please see the response to letter #35381 in the January 2024 Fastrack.
Peter, Thank you for your continued support of SCCA Road Racing. As you know scheduling for Runoffs is a difficult and arduous task. While it is doubtful we can meet your specific requests, the Staff and CRB will do what it can to accommodate your multi- class Runoffs aspirations.
Armen, Thank you for your letter and concern about the HST schedule. Time is a precious commodity on HST weekends and we are working to improve the experience for everyone. We will take your preference as well as others into consideration as we move forward in planning for 2025 and beyond.
Thank you for your letter. Please see the response to letter #35307 in the March 2024 Fastrack Technical Bulletin. Cars competing in classes other than Formula and Sports Racing classes (excluding SRF and SRF3) are not required to use the 2019 FIA rain light.
The Club Racing Board is seeking member input on the possible use of driver arm restraints in lieu of window nets in cars currently required to use window nets. Please reply via the CRB letter log system.
Thank you for your letter. The Club Racing Board does not recommend this change. The rule is adequate as written. If specific applications should be considered, please submit a letter with those specifics to the CRB.
Clarify Alternate SOM Model v. Small Regional Event Steward Model
Thank you for your request to clarify the difference between Appendix O. Small Regional Event Steward Model and GCR 5.12.1.C. Alternate SOM Model. The two provisions are distinct and are intended to address different situations. Appendix O is intended for small events with fewer than 70 entries and requires only two Stewards to manage the event. The Alternate SOM Model impacts only the GCR requirements for the SOM and still requires a Race Director and a Safety Steward to be GCR compliant. There may be other licensed stewards at the event but their assignments (Operating Stewards, SOC, etc) prevent them from participating on the SOM Court. This section allows experienced drivers to act as members of the SOM as temporary stewards. It also gives drivers exposure to the Stewards Program and is a good recruiting tool.
Thank you for your letter. Some on-track sessions (e.g., test days) do not staff Timing & Scoring. Transponder use during official on-track sessions should be covered in the individual event supplemental regulations.
Thank you for your letter. The Club Racing Board does not recommend this change. Please see the response to letter #34954 in the January 2024 Fastrack.
Thank you for your letter. The Club Racing Board does not recommend this change. Please see the responses to letters #34847 and #34719 in the November 2023 Fastrack.
Thank you for your letter. The Club Racing Board does not recommend this change. Defining and enforcing restart zones for each track configuration would be impractical.
In How to Protest, GCR section 8.3.1, change as follows: "The following are requirements to protest. A Protest must: A. be in writing; B. must specify the sections of the GCR or Supplemental Regulations that are alleged to have been violated; C. be signed by the protestor; D. be accompanied by a protest fee of $50, if at a U.S. Majors Tour race; $25 if at a Regional race or Drivers’ School$75 for all U.S. Majors Tour, Regional events, and Drivers’ Schools, which fee must be either paid online through the SCCA Member Account Portal (proof of payment is required) or submitted with the written protest. These Fees may be returned to the protestor at the
Show 6 more lines
discretion of tht SOM.; E. be delivered, with the fee, to the Race Director, Chief Steward, or to an Assistant Chief Steward delegated to receive Protests, who will promptly convey it to the Chairman of the SOM.; and F. be filed within the time limits specified below, although the SOM may extend the time in cases where the protestor can show that evidence relating to the Protest was not available within the time limit, or where the protestor can show that he was unable to meet the deadline because of circumstances beyond his control."
In Starting Line for Timing and Scoring, GCR section 6.10.1, change as follows: "Unless otherwise defined in the Supplemental Regulations, the start/finish line is the control line where timingbegins/ends when crossed by a car. A car crosses a control line when any portion of the car first intercepts the vertical plane of the control line, as observed by the officials assigned to record the passage, who maybe aided by suitable automatic or semi-automatic equipment. If a camera is used to determine a photo finish, the camera shall be mounted in a direct line with the start/finish line. A. Timing Timing commences and ends where the antenna loop (transponder pickup) crosses the track. The antenna loop used for
Show 5 more lines
transponders is normally unmarked and depending upon individual track configurations may or may not be in the same location as the Start/Finish line used for Scoring. B. Scoring Scoring is the finish position of the competitor at the end of a race as the competitor crosses the marked Start/Finish line. If a camera is used to determine a photo finish, the camera must be mounted in a direct line with the start/finish line."
In Racing Rules and Procedures, GCR section 6.11.3, change as follows: "Off-Course Excursions (Track Limits) Drivers are required to follow the pavement or marked course, and may not gain an advantage from an off-course excursion. Unless the Supplemental Regulations specify otherwise, a driver who leaves an artificially marked course or an airport circuit with all four wheels must reenter the course at the same location where he went off, subject to the directions of officials controlling reentry. A. Drivers are required to follow the pavement or marked course of the racing surface (Appendix A, Racing Surface). Drivers gaining an unfair advantage by placing four wheels beyond the designated racing surface may incur penalties.
Show 6 more lines
B. Drivers exceeding track limits as defined by the racing surface are expected to reenter safely without gaining a lasting advantage. Unsafe reentry or reentry contrary to direction from an official(s) may result in penalties." In Appendix A. Administrative Glossary, add a new section as follows: "27. Racing Surface For the conduct of all competitions (practice, qualifying, or race), the racing surface is defined as only the paved racetrack or as defined in the supplemental regulations for an event."
Thank you for your letter. The Club Racing Board does not recommend allowing the SPARKER DC-CDI-P2 Race ignition at this time, but will revisit the issue if additional information is submitted on its features and whether it provides an on-track advantage. Please see the response to letter #35186 in this Fastrack's Technical Bulletin correcting the SPARKER DC-CDI-P2 part number error.
Thank you for your letter. SCCA takes contact seriously. Over the past few years SCCA has instituted various changes to address contact and driver behavior on track. APPENDIX P. RACING ROOM & PASSING GUIDELINES was added to the GCR, and forward- facing cameras are required in all SCCA road race events. Drivers and entrants have had the right to protest contact for many years even if contact is not reported. SCCA has tracked driver behavior for many years and has also implemented a comprehensive driver points/tracking system.
Thank you for your letter. GCR section 1.2.3.C.2 states that "Specific class rules in the Category Section of the GCR shall take precedence over the general Category Rules and the General Technical Specifications." Therefore, a particular class's rules may override the requirement in GCR section 9.3.32.A that "All non-Formula cars shall have two operating red brake lights." Brake lights have never been required in the existing prototype classes: The P1 and P2 rules state in GCR sections 9.1.8.B.A.2 and 9.1.8.C.B.2, respectively, that "Brake lights are not required." The PE rule duplicates the longstanding rule in the P1 and P2 classes.
Thank you for your letter. Your concerns are noted for formula and sports racing cars. Work has been commenced by Flagtronics to develop a smaller unit.
Officially Document and Disclose Rain Light Decision
Thank you for your letter. The Club Racing Board does not recommend reducing the minimum age from 14 to 13 to be compatible with FRP licensing. Please see the response to letter #34998 in the current Fastrack.
Thank you for your letter. After considering various options, the Club Racing Board recommended that FIA 2019-spec rain lights be mandated for all formula and sports racing cars effective 1/1/2024. The CRB recommended the FIA 2019-spec rain light because agreeing on a minimum lumens spec, agreeing on view angle, agreeing on a reliable measurement device, providing such a device to the Regions (or mandating that they acquire one), and specifying and then consistently carrying out measurements are all problematic. By comparison, the use of an FIA 2019-spec rain light is enforceable. And, unlike other driver personal safety items such as helmets, harnesses, fires bottles, and HANS devices, the rain light impacts the safety of others on track just as much as it does the person who is in the car to which it is attached. The one-time expense of the FIA 2019-spec rain light is very cost-effective compared to the expense of a single accident avoided.
Show 8 more lines
The recommendation that FIA 2019-spec rain lights be mandated for all formula and sports racing cars was published for comment in the May 2023 Fastrack and ratified by the SCCA Board of Directors as part of a Club Racing Board rules package. The new rule for GCR section 9.3.32.B.2 was published in the Updated June 2023 GCR. Following the BoD's ratification of the recommendation that FIA 2019-spec rain lights be mandated for all formula and sports racing cars effective 1/1/2024, the CRB approved a one-year allowance of an LED truck/trailer light for SRF as a temporary solution to provide additional time for SCCA Enterprises to source a rain light that met the FIA 2019 specifications and fit the SRF mounting enclosure. Please see the Updated September 2023 GCR. The BoD overrode the CRB's decision and made the temporary SRF exception permanent. Please see the response to letter #34958 in the October 2023 Fastrack.
Thank you for your letter. The Conference Championship structure is based on a collection of events rather than specific geographic boundaries. Any driver, from any Region, can score points and race in any Conference and drivers can race in multiple Conferences toward multiple point championships and Runoffs qualification. The points are automatically scored in that Conference, regardless of where a driver lives, which Region they belong to or which other races they have participated in that year. Because Conferences are not geographically based like Divisions, drivers do not have a “home” Conference. With no “home” Conference, there would be no guideline of which Conference to add the “out of Conference” races to.
Jason, The BOD, Staff, and CRB have been considering what, if any, changes might be appropriate to the Runoffs and your presentation touches on many of the key areas under discussion. Thank you for your thoughts and the tremendous presentation.
Thank you for sharing your concerns. Over the past two seasons, there has been greater emphasis on logging driver behavior, with Race Director/Chief Steward actions now carrying an automatic point on a driver’s license. This helps directly track on track behavior, and can illustrate patterns of behavior, should a driver have multiple infractions. Additionally, the Green-to-Checker initiative tracks incidents by corner, class, run group and driver to look for patterns and opportunities to both make operational changes as well as coaching/mentoring opportunities for specific drivers. Finally, the Club’s trial of Flagtronics at the 2023 Runoffs was a good first step toward helping communicate on-track situations more effectively to drivers in their cars. It is incumbent on everyone involved in the events to take steps to improve the on-track experience. These are some of the steps being taken as a National organization and with event officials. We also ask the drivers to work within their communities to help
Show 3 more lines
each other, encourage driving with respect and better situational awareness while on track. We recognize that any of these items have both short term and long term benefits. We also recognize that these are not simply Super Tour issues, but that they are amplified at these events because of their high-profile nature.
Thank you for your letter. This is being referred to SCCA technical staff to determine and outline the recertification requirements for the various approved types of fire systems.
Thank you for your thoughtful letter. There are many operational aspects of this system that will be worked out between national staff, competitors, and volunteers.
In Racing Rules and Procedures, GCR section 6.11.3, change as follows: "Off-Course Excursions (Track Limits) Drivers are required to follow the pavement or marked course, and may not gain an advantage from an off-course excursion. Unless the Supplemental Regulations specify otherwise, a driver who leaves an artificially marked course or an airport circuit with all four wheels must reenter the course at the same location where he went off, subject to the directions of officials controlling reentry. A. Drivers must remain within the delineated boundaries of the racing surface (Appendix A - #27 Racing Surface). Drivers gaining an unfair advantage by placing four wheels beyond the designated racing surface may incur penalties.
Show 2 more lines
B. Drivers exceeding track limits are expected to reenter the racing surface safely without gaining a lasting advantage. Unsafe reentry or reentry contrary to direction from an official(s) may result in penalties."
Appendix F. Technical Glossary, SIR testing procedure
In Appendix F. Technical Glossary, SIR testing procedure, add the following: "(Effective 9/1/2023) The intake system shall be visually inspected for devices and design that could result in induction of additional air that did not pass through the SIR; other procedures may be used to determine if an unauthorized means is being used to stall the vehicle or to allow air to bypass the SIR."
Thank you for your letter. The Club Racing Board does not recommend this change. Time Trials National Tour events do not provide acceptable wheel-to-wheel and situational awareness experience for a club racing full competition license.
Thank you for your letter. The procedure in HST events requires the top three cars to report to impound where pre-selected items are inspected. As you can understand, a shortage of volunteers has imposed limitations on the scope of inspections.
Thank you for your letter and suggestions, you have made some very good points. At this time however we do not deem it advisable to amend the roll cage specifications but will continue to keep this in mind.
Begin Implementation of Flagtronics Electronic Flagging System
“9.3.30. – In-Car Flagging System" 1. All cars competing in the SCCA Runoffs (beginning in 2024) must have a functioning Flagtronics FT200 unit that provides visual notification of changing course conditions to the driver while on track at all times. Driver notification can be via the FT200 display or through the car’s dash via FT200 CAN Bus connection. The unique ID number of the Flagtronics unit shall be provided to the SCCA during the event registration process or as defined by the event supplemental regulations. 2. Use of Flagtronics may be required at select U.S. Majors Tour events, or available as an option to participants, as per the event supplemental regulations. 3. SCCA may access any data recorded by the unit.”
Thank you for your letter in response to letter #33905 requesting that FIA 2019-spec rain lights be mandated for all formula and sports racing cars. The recommendation was published for comment in the May Fastrack and was ratified by the SCCA Board of Directors as part of a Club Racing Board rules package. The new rule for GCR section 9.3.32.B.2 mandating FIA 2019-spec rain lights for F/SR was published in the Updated June GCR to become effective 1/1/2024. The video accompanying the letter requesting FIA rain lights was quite graphic in showing the difference between minimum spec rain lights and LED rain lights. Many of the responding letters argue for setting a minimum lumens requirement and requiring acquisition of a lumens measurement device for SCCA Tech groups. Agreeing on a minimum lumens spec, agreeing on view angle, agreeing on a reliable measurement device, providing said device to the Regions (or mandating that they acquire one),
Show 4 more lines
and specifying and then consistently carrying out measurements are all problematic. The FIA spec is enforceable. Note that unlike other driver personal safety items such as helmets, harnesses, fire bottles, and HANS devices, the rain light impacts the safety of others on track just as much as it does the person who is in the car to which it is attached. The one-time expense of the FIA 2019-spec rain light is very cost-effective compared to the cost of a single accident avoided.
Dan, thank you for your letter. The CRB and Staff are appreciative of the concerns you have raised. The CRB and Staff will be investigating options to address this matter and will reach out directly.
In GCR, Table of Contents, rename 9.1.10 as follows: "9.1.10 B-SPEC and C-SPEC CATEGORY CLASSES B-Spec (B-Spec) C-Spec (C-Spec) Regional Class 9.1.10 continues in the B-SPEC and C-Spec Category Rule" In GCR, Section 9.3.8., change as follows: "Battery location is unrestricted within the bodywork (except Spec Miata, Touring 2-4, B-Spec, C-Spec, and Improved" In GCR, Section 9.3.10., change as follows:
Show 39 more lines
"Shall be pedal-operated, working directly on each wheel, and in good working order. Rolling brake tests are prohibited. ABS or Anti-lock braking systems are not allowed except in Touring, B-Spec, C-Spec, GT1-ST" In GCR, Section 9.3.26., change as follows: "All cars must be equipped with a safety fuel cell complying with these specifications, except for Touring, B-Spec, C-Spec, Spec Miata," In GCR, Section 9.3.34., change as follows: "All cars, except Touring, and B-Spec, and C-Spec, shall be equipped with a master switch" In GCR, Section 9.3.34.D., change as follows: "Cars using a lithium-ion battery must display the green and black Lithium Battery decal near the kill switch. Cars without a kill switch (Touring, and B-Spec, and C-Spec)" In GCR, Section 9.3.40., change as follows: "The installation of scattershields or explosion-proof bell housings shall be required on all cars (except Spec Miata, Touring, B- Spec, C-Spec, and Improved Touring)" In GCR, Section 9.3.45., change as follows: "In the Improved Touring, Super Touring, American Sedan, Spec Miata, B-Spec, C-Spec, and Touring categories" In GCR, Section 9.3.55., change as follows: "Polycarbonate windshields such as Lexan are allowed except in Improved Touring, American Sedan, B-Spec, C-Spec, Spec Miata, T2, T3 and T4. Alternate windshields must be of 6mm minimum thickness." "Windshield safety clips and rear window safety straps are required on all closed cars, except on American Sedan, B-Spec, C- Spec, Spec Miata, Touring, Improved Touring, and Super Touring, where they are optional." In GCR, Section 9.4.C.1.c., change as follows: "All open cars with a high front hoop and all closed cars except those competing in the T4, Improved Touring, Spec Miata, and B- Spec, and C-Spec classes must incorporate" In GCR, Section 9.4.C.2., change as follows: "One tube must extend, from each front down tube, forward to the firewall or through the firewall except in vehicles in Improved Touring, Spec Miata, Touring, and B-Spec and C-Spec." In GCR, Section 9.4.C.3., change as follows: "Cars competing in Improved Touring, Spec Miata, Touring, and B-Spec and C-Spec may extend one" In GCR, Section 9.4.D.1, change as follows: "Improved Touring, Spec Miata, B-Spec, C-Spec, T2, T3 and T4 classes" In GCR, Section 9.4.C.3., change as follows: "Cars competing in Improved Touring, Spec Miata, Touring, and B-Spec and C-Spec may extend one tube" In GCR, Section 9.4.D.4.a., change as follows: "Two side tubes connecting the front and main hoops across both door openings are mandatory. Tubes that are welded to any part of the same mounting plate are considered to be connected to one another (see 9.4.E.3). NASCAR-style side protection or one bar bisecting another to form an “X” is permitted. Door side tubes may extend into the front door. In Improved Touring, Spec Miata, Touring, and B-Spec, and C-Spec the door window glass" In GCR, Section 9.4.D.4.d., change as follows: "Cars competing in Improved Touring, Spec Miata, T4, and B-Spec, and C-Spec may extend one tube per side"
In Sports Racing Category, GCR section 9.1.8, add the following rule set for Prototype Electric (PE) as section 9.1.8.H: Prototype Electric (PE) is a sports racing class that will be inclusive of converted existing race cars and new purpose designed cars that have been built using Electric Vehicle power technology and fit within these rules. Homologation may be required. Refer to section 9.2.2. for details. Some technologies are prohibited due to cost, safety, availability, and complexity. As these prohibited technologies individual status changes, they may be approved to aid in keeping the class current and attractive. All vehicles must meet the requirements of the Supplemental Common Rules for Electric Vehicles (SCREV) as
Show 233 more lines
well as the details listed in this section. It is not the intent of these rules to freeze the class in time but rather to encourage orderly and progressive EFFECTIVE FIRST DAY OF THE MONTH UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED change to keep the class current. A. DATA COLLECTION All PE Sports Racing Cars must have the AIM part #X47KPF-SOLO2R0 data box mount installed on their vehicle to provide the necessary mounting of the AIM Solo or Solo 2 data box. The mounting surface is to be approximately oriented either horizontally or vertically either parallel or perpendicular to the longitudinal axis of the car and must be accessible from the exterior of the car with the driver on board -- it should have a view of the sky, and not be located under carbon fiber or metallic bodywork. In addition, the mount must not be on wings, and/or wing end plates and where possible should be in the cockpit. Sufficient space should be left between the mounting plate and the surface to which it is attached to permit the use of zip ties/tie straps to restrain the data box to the mounting plate. The purpose of this requirement is to allow the placement of data boxes on cars on pre-grid by SCCA assigned personnel and the collection of the box when the car exits the racetrack. Contact AIM and their distributors for direct purchase. Data collection may be utilized to verify the Peak Power rating of the motor(s). B. PE RULES RESTRICTIONS The following technology/materials have been restricted due to the current economic viability, if these technologies should become mainstream and cost effective, then these rules should be updated to remove the restriction. 1. Alternate brake rotor materials (i.e., nonferrous). 2. Monoblock brake calipers. 3. Metal matrix calipers. 4. Carbon Fiber Springs. 5. Front and rear motors (AWD), or In-Wheel motors, with torque vectoring. C. SAFETY EQUIPMENT Shall comply with GCR Section in addition: 1. Exposed glass headlight lenses and bulbs on the front of the car are prohibited. 2. Brake lights are not required. D. CHASSIS Must meet all requirements of GCR section 9, Cars and Equipment, except as permitted in the P2 rules. 1. Allow for any form of chassis construction; tube frame and aluminum or steel monocoque chassis construction allowed, chassis fully composed of composite structural materials permitted. 2. Anti-intrusion panels allowed anywhere on the sides of the chassis. Materials and attachment are unrestricted. 3. Cars may be either single seat or two seat cars. E. BODYWORK EFFECTIVE FIRST DAY OF THE MONTH UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED Bodywork shall provide comfort and safety for a driver and passenger or for a driver only. All elements of the bodywork shall be completely and neatly designed and finished, with no temporary or makeshift elements. It is the intent of these rules to control the use of “ground effects” to achieve aerodynamic downforce on the vehicle. EFFECTIVE FIRST DAY OF THE MONTH UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED 1. The bodywork as viewed from the front, sides and above shall cover all mechanical components tow hooks, jack points, radiators and mechanical components passing through ducts may be exposed. Wheels and tires may be exposed when viewed from the side. As viewed from the side, the bodywork shall extend over the full width of the tires for at least one third (1/3) of tire circumference. Rear tires may be exposed as viewed from the rear. Cycle-type fenders (which only cover the tire and are not continuous with the rest of the body) are prohibited. Fenders shall be firmly attached to the bodywork with no gap between body and fender. a. Ventilation slots, louvers or exit ducts for extraction of the air from the top of the fenders are allowed. The tires shall not be seen as viewed from above, except through ventilation slots, louvers or exit ducts provided that the fore/aft opening through which the tire may be seen does not exceed 3/16 inches when viewed from above. b. All forward facing openings must be connected to duct(s) connected to heat exchangers or brake cooling ducts. All air entering a duct must pass through heat exchangers or be used to cool motors, batteries, brakes and must not be used to generate aerodynamic downforce or any other purpose. c. Ducts allowing air into the motor compartment are allowed, may be forward facing, and must not be used to generate aerodynamic downforce or any other purpose. 2. Height: No part of the vehicle having special or significant aerodynamic function shall exceed a height of 115cm (45.25 in) above the ground with the car in normal racing trim, driver aboard. The motor cooling intake shall not provide an aerodynamic downforce. Fairing of the safety roll bar is permitted. 3. Width: The maximum width as viewed from above shall not exceed 200cm (78.74 inches) including all aerodynamic devices. However, no portion shall extend more than 10cm (3.9 inches) beyond a plane tangent to the outer face of the front and rear wheels with tires. The minimum body width between the front and rear wheels shall not extend inwards beyond a vertical plane connecting the centerlines of the front and rear tires. All cars shall be at least 63 inches wide measured between planes parallel to a line tangent to the outer most face of the front and rear wheels or tires whichever is greater, unless otherwise specified. 4. Length: The maximum overall length shall be 485.3 cm (191 inches). 5. Overhangs: Front plus rear overhangs including wings, wing mounts, wing end plates, and splitters (tow hooks and jack plates are excluded provided they serve no other purpose) must not exceed 80% of the wheelbase. The difference between the front and rear overhangs must not exceed 15% of the wheelbase. 6. The outermost surface of side pods between the front and rear wheel openings must have a minimum height equal to the height of front axle centerline. 7. Cockpit: a. The driver’s seat shall be capable of being entered without the removal or manipulation of any part or panel except for a removable steering wheel and/or cockpit padding (except for those closed cockpit cars which are specifically allowed by the SCCA). b. The cockpit opening shall comply with the following minimum dimensions for both single and two seat sports racers: Cockpit length: 60cm (23.662 inches) cockpit width 45cm (17.717 inches) maintained over 30cm (11.811 inches). The minimum rectangular opening may be measured anywhere forward of the main roll hoop. Forward-facing roll bar and roll cage bracing and padding, as well as lateral support and/or intrusion bars are not considered part of the dimensions above. c. Seats shall be firmly attached in the car but may provide adjustment for the size of the occupant. The body surrounding the driver and passenger compartment shall be symmetrical about the longitudinal axis of the car. 8. Visibility: Bodywork shall provide visibility for the driver forward and to both sides adequate for racing conditions. Rear view mirror(s) shall provide the driver with visibility to the rear of both sides of the car. 9. Windscreens are optional. F. AERODYNAMICS: It is the intent of these rules to minimize the use of “ground effects” to achieve aerodynamic downforce EFFECTIVE FIRST DAY OF THE MONTH UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED on the vehicle. For this purpose, the “Control Area” is defined as the lower surfaces of the body and chassis that are licked by the airstream. This “Control Area” is located within the plan view rectangular area defined by the rear edge of the front tires and the front edge of the rear tires and the entire width car’s lower surface facing the ground. EFFECTIVE FIRST DAY OF THE MONTH UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED The entrant shall designate a flat rectangular reference area with minimum dimensions of 30cm by 60 cm. This reference area is located on the underside of the car (the surface licked by the air stream) between the rear of the front tire and the front of the rear tire. The center of the reference area must be no more than 75mm from the longitudinal centerline of the vehicle. No point or surface on the “Control Area” (as defined above) shall be more than 25.4mm above or below the plane determined by the above defined reference area designated by the entrant and on a line perpendicular to that reference plane. The total distance between the lowest and the highest point on the defined underside of the car shall also not exceed a maximum of 12.7mm, except as specifically permitted herein. Compliance with these requirements shall be accomplished by placing a straight edge on the reference surface designated by the entrant and verifying that the requirements are met. A maximum of eight (8) rub blocks of maximum dimension 75mm width by 125mm length are allowed anywhere on the lower surface of the chassis and may extend below the reference plane. Fasteners such as bolt heads and rivets shall not be considered parts of the reference area or the “Control Area”. Use of fasteners to circumvent this rule is not allowed. This rule is not to be interpreted as requiring a floor pan beneath the motor, transaxle, transmission, or final drive housing. 1. A rear diffuser is permitted beginning behind the front edge of the rear tires. The diffuser may be divided internally into multiple sections. The width of the diffuser, as measured inside the diffuser sides, shall not exceed the width between the rear tires in any lateral section of the diffuser. Strakes within the diffuser are allowed. 2. A rear wing of any shape or chord length is permitted. As viewed from the side, the wing and all attached elements (Gurney flaps or any other aerodynamic attachments) must, along its full length and at any individual measurement point, be fully contained by a rectangle measuring 6 inches by 13 inches. This measurement is to be made approximately parallel to the centerline of the chassis; the measurement rectangle is not required to be parallel to the ground. Wing support posts that serve no other purpose shall be exempt from this measurement. Note: If a square or rectangular measurement fixture is used to determine compliance of wing or end plate size, the fixture must be flat, and the material thickness must not exceed 0.060 inches. The maximum width of a wing shall not be wider than the maximum width specified for the body in D.3 above. A wing may be positioned anywhere behind the main roll hoop. The wing and end plates are to be measured as raced. Wing end plates may not be attached to the bodywork. Anything attached to or through a wing end plate is considered part of the end plate and thus must meet applicable dimensions. 3. Wings may be end plate mounted or post mounted. 4. End plates size is unrestricted except that they must be flat with 25.4mm (1 inch) 5. Aerodynamic devices shall be securely mounted on the entirely sprung part of the car and not be movable when the car is in motion. G. WHEELS AND TIRES Wheels shall have a minimum diameter of 10 inches. Left and right front tires will be the same size; left and right rear tires will be the same size. H. BRAKES EFFECTIVE FIRST DAY OF THE MONTH UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED 1. Cars shall be equipped with a dual braking system operated by a single control. In case of leak or failure at any point in the system, effective braking power shall be maintained on at least two (2) wheels. 2. Brake calipers may be ferrous or aluminum alloy. A maximum of 4 pistons per caliper. Brake rotors must be ferrous materials, no other materials allowed. 3. Anti-lock braking systems are prohibited. 4. Regenerative braking may be utilized. I. SUSPENSION All parts shall be of steel or ferrous material, with the exception of hubs, hub adapters, bell cranks, pivot blocks, and bushes. Front and rear hub carrier and chain carrier material shall be steel, or aluminum alloy or magnesium. Titanium is prohibited. 1. Shock component parts of aluminum are permitted. 2. Springs: Ferrous material only. 3. Steering unrestricted. 4. Anti-roll bar linkages unrestricted. EFFECTIVE FIRST DAY OF THE MONTH UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED J. TRANSMISSIONS 1. Cars may use any manual, automatic or CVT gearbox up to 6 speeds. Direct drive of the wheels without an intervening gearbox is permitted. 2. Cars utilizing OEM drive units may separate the motor from the transmission. A separate transmission, or chain drive system with mechanical differential, may be used. 3. Internal gears in OEM drive units may be replaced with gears of a different ratio. 4. Cars must be able to be driven in reverse. Reverse may be accomplished through use of a reverse gear in the gearbox or through motor controller settings 5. Shift operation: all gear or motor controller changes must be initiated and completed by the driver 6. Differentials are permitted and are unrestricted with the following exceptions: Electronically adjustable differentials are not allowed, and manual adjustments are not allowed while the car is in motion 7. Utilizing computer control to activate individual brakes to provide a differential action, or torque vectoring, is prohibited 8. Power shall not be applied to more than 2 wheels. K. BATTERIES 1. As specified in the SCREV, the RESS/Battery Pack(s) must reside within the vehicle roll structure. The vehicle side pod area may be utilized for battery pack mounting if a protective tube structure attached to the main chassis is added. The structure must protect the battery packs against damage caused by side impact and vehicle roll-over. The structure should be braced/triangulated to the main chassis. NASCAR style side impact bars, or one bar intersecting another to form an X is permitted. Tubing diameter is as required in the primary roll structure according to the vehicle weight. 2. RESS/Battery Pack mounting and cover requirements are as outlined in section 4 of the SCREV. 3. Battery construction details, Battery Management System, and Isolation Monitoring requirements are as outlined in Section 4 of the SCREV. 4. Maximum battery pack voltage is 420V. Maximum pack voltage is defined as the number of cells/modules in series x Manufacturer’s maximum cell voltage. 5. Vehicles must utilize the same battery pack for Qualifying and Race. It is prohibited to swap battery packs with different capacities/weights during a race weekend. 6. Battery capacity is free. L. MOTORS 1. Motors/Inverters may be utilized from: a. Production based Electric Motorcycles b. Production based Electric Vehicles c. Aftermarket sources provided they are commercially available, and specifications and retail pricing are available online. 2. Motors and inverters must not be modified in any way except as noted below. a. Production based inverter controller firmware may be updated/backdated with any OEM offering as long as it is not modified. CAN based supervisory controllers are permitted but shall not alter the torque/power curve. b. Production based motors must utilize the stock inverter. c. Internal dimensions and materials of the motors shall be stock. d. Bolt-on covers and mounts external to the motors may be modified or replaced. Mounting for a support bearing and drive flanges may be added if separating an OEM motor from its transmission. e. Cooling systems are free. f. Internal motor machining of any kind is not allowed, i.e., machining of the armatures and other internal components is not allowed. g. Motors rebuilds such as new bearing or other internal component must meet specifications in the factory service manual; no geometry changes are permitted h. A maximum of two motors may be utilized. Motors may be mechanically stacked together as long as the total peak power does not EFFECTIVE FIRST DAY OF THE MONTH UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED exceed the allowable power specified in the PE Motor/Vehicle Weight table. i. Dual motors independently driving two wheels is not permitted. j. Traction control is not allowed. k. Motors may drive either the front or rear wheels, but not both. l. Hybrid operation is not permitted. No combustion motors may be utilized for any purpose. m. Peak power ratings for OEM Production motors will come from manufacturer’s published data. Peak power ratings for aftermarket motors will come from Manufacturer’s published data sheets, or the Manufacturer’s published torque/power curves for the given Battery Pack voltage. 3. TECHNICAL DOCUMENTATION The competitor must have available for inspection a complete documentation package that has as a minimum the following: a. Motor peak power documentation b. Motor data sheets (if aftermarket) c. Complete vehicle wiring diagram (high and low voltage) d. Battery cell/module data sheets (if non-OEM Battery Pack) e. Photographs of RESS/Battery Pack with all covers off showing construction details (if non-OEM Battery Pack). f. Battery Management System manual and data sheet g. Isolation Monitoring System (if different that Battery Management System) manual and data sheet h. Main contactor data sheet i. Main fuse data sheet j. HV cabling data sheet k. Onboard, or offboard, charger documentation (if AC charger is used). l. Emergency Services Guide that shows as a minimum: The location of all HV components and wiring, Service Disconnects, Tractive System kill switches, Any “no-cut”, “no-jack” zones for the vehicle. M. PE MOTOR/WEIGHT TABLE Spec Line Motor Series Total Power (kW) Minimum Vehicle Weight (lbs.) Notes A.1 Production Motorcycle Motors 165 1300 Dual Zero Motorcycle Cypher III Motors mechanically coupled together or similar A.2 Production EV Drive Unit 220 1500 2017 – Present Tesla Model 3 drive unit rated at 208kW or similar A.3 Aftermarket, Commercially available 220 1600 Cascadia Motion iM-225 (HVH250 with CM200DX Inverter) or similar
In Types of Judicial Actions, GCR section 8.1.4, change as follows: "(Effective 06-01-2023) 8.1.4. Compliance Review/Rule Clarifications A m Members may request a determination on of the compliance of their vehicle or its components by submitting a Compliance Request Form to the Road Racing Department, at which time a letter will be entered into the CRB letter log system. Formal rule clarifications may be submitted to the Club Racing Board at www.clubracingboard.com. A. The Staff Road Racing Department will review the request and must consult with the CRB and other appropriate experts regarding the same. B. The Road Racing Department will schedule an in-person inspection of the vehicle or component(s) by a class expert. The
Show 11 more lines
expert will then submit a written opinion back to the Road Racing Department and the CRB. C. The Road Racing Department and the CRB will review the expert's opinion. If required, the CRB may initiate a clarification of the applicable rule(s). Road Racing will then submit a written ruling to the applicant. D. If required, the CRB may clarify the applicable rule(s). E. The Road Racing Department will then submit a written ruling to the requesting member. D. F. A fee will be determined and paid in advance of the inspection. A portion of the fee may be refunded at the discretion of SCCA. E. G. Verification of compliance is based on the GCR as of the date of the written response to the member. The GCR changes monthly, and there is no guarantee of future compliance. H. Requests for clarification of rules that do not relate to a specific vehicle or component shall be submitted to the CRB at www.clubracingboard.com."
In Interpreting and Applying the GCR, GCR section 1.2.3, change as follows: "D. (Effective 06-01-2023) The interpretation and application of the GCR by SCCA officials is final and binding. To promote the sport of automobile competition; to achieve prompt finality in competition results; and to recognize the numerous benefits to them, all members expressly agree that: 1. The CRB determines the intent of a specific rule. The CRB's determination will overrides a participant member's interpretation of a rule. The intent of a rule will be determined by the CRB. If any rule is unclear to the participant, the participant is advised to obtain written approval by submitting a compliance review request under GCR section 8.1.4 prior to making any modification. 2. If a member believes a rule is unclear, the member may seek clarification from the CRB before the start of an event
Show 14 more lines
through www.clubracingboard.com. 3. Determination of the intent of a rule during an event is limited to those situations in which either the SOM or the Court of Appeals concludes that a rule is unclear or ambiguous as written. 4. If a rule is unclear to SCCA staff or officials, they may seek clarification from the CRB at any time through www.clubracingboard.com or by other means. a. The CRB will not unilaterally engage in an appeal, overturn an appeal, or override a steward's action during an event. b. The Court of Appeals or stewards will use the CRB's clarifications in rendering decisions. 2. 5. SCCA officials' determinations are non-litigable;. 3. a. They Members will not initiate or maintain litigation of any kind against SCCA or anyone acting on behalf of SCCA to enjoin, reverse, or modify such determinations, or seek to recover damages or other relief allegedly incurred or required as a result of such determinations; and. 4. b. Any member who initiates or maintains litigation in violating violation of this provision agrees to reimburse indemnify and hold harmless SCCA, its employees, agents, and members for all costs of litigation, losses, damages, injuries, judgments, awards, including travel expenses, and attorneys' fees incurred or sustained as a result thereof."
Thank you for your letter. Please note that GCR section 1.2.3.F specifically states the following: The pronouns "he", "his", and "him" are generic and are not intended to indicate gender.
In B-SPEC Spec Lines, Honda Fit (09-14), add to Notes as follows: “(Effective date 1/1/24) Any Cold Air Intake Package allowed (any manufacturer) with a 25lb adder.”
It has been brought to our attention that an Elan DP02 had a shoulder harness hardware mounting failure in the last several months while participating in a non-SCCA event. This specific failure involved the stud between the two brackets fastened to the tub. The vehicle had 2” shoulder harnesses installed. The DP02 shared the same tub as the Pro Formula Mazda car that many continue to run in Formula Atlantic. We share this information with our racing community in the interest of safety and transparency.
Thank you for your letter. GCR section 5.10.4.B.1 already provides that the Race Director, Chief Steward or Chairman SOM will inform the Chief of T&S about any penalties imposed. The intent of this rule is to be as transparent as possible about all actions taken at an event.
In Cars and Equipment, GCR section 9.3.32.B.2, change as follows: "(Effective 1/1/2024) A red taillight meeting FIA Standard 8874-2019, Technical List No. 76, is required on A all Formula (open wheel) and Sports Racing cars shall be equipped with a red taillight of at least the equivalent illumination power of a 15-watt bulb. This light shall be mounted approximately on the centerline of the car. Light assemblies shall be are considered one light for the purposes of this rule, irrespective of the number of individual lights the assembly may contain. FIA Technical List N 19 rain lights are recommended."
Thank you for your letter. Discussion with T&S recommends against, no way to verify year from MotorsportReg data and model year does not necessarily specify SM engine. MSR has a field for vehicle model year, but can be listed as N/A. Region's option and can include on results. It is not a required field. Member have to pull the information through on their garage. Recommended to encourage regions to request model year or a request for all members to update their garages on MSR.
Thank you for your letter. The rule requires a driver who does not qualify within a maximum of 115% of the class track record to obtain permission from the Race Director to race. It does not expressly deny a driver the ability to start a race. The Hoosier Super Tour officials carefully consider all contributing factors in the decision to permit a race start and will continue to use appropriate discretion in the enforcement of the rule.
Thank you for your letter. Your continued interest and suggestions are appreciated, you have provided ideas and reasons to question and perhaps modify the current path for Formula and Prototype Electrics. SCCA competition vehicles will continue to be based on a 4-wheel platform symmetrical built around the longitudinal center line of the race car, that is just who we are. The cars need to look like traditional street cars and the current typical formula and sport racers. Building a car from a blank piece of paper is a monumental task that has only been achieved by a small number of people. The most likely early EV pure race cars, not street car conversions will be repurposed formula and sport racers, this makes the most economical sense. The direction you are suggesting for the PEV would be best served by attending Track Day experiences where wheel to wheel
Show 2 more lines
competition with cars of equal performance is not the goal and would allow you to test your driving capability with a unique car you have built for the track.
Thank you for your letter. Individual members of the Advisory Committees and CRB are governed by their “Policy Guidelines and Operations Manual” which provides for confidentiality of information and matters which come before them. This is done so as to avoid the appearance that an individual member is speaking on behalf of their committee and to further protect the confidentiality of other member’s data. Car performance data is an important input, one that we did not have until just a few years ago. It has helped our Advisory Committees to make decisions on BOP matters in a far more quantitative fashion than in years past but is not by itself a sole determinant. Permitting the release of such data which, as noted, is held in strict confidence, would not only compromise the privacy and work product of the subject competitor(s), but likely lead to a continuing debate over the data and the resulting decisions. This would not benefit the organization or its individual members. One must further
Show 3 more lines
be cognizant of the fact that much, if not all, of the work for which you seek public disclosure is performed by unpaid volunteers who donate countless hours of their lives to our organization. Even if such disclosure would be of benefit there simply are not the available resources to record and publish this information.
In Events, GCR section 3.1.5. SCCA Test Days, change as follows: "F. Staffing and equipment meet the requirements of 5.4. and 5.5., with the following exception(s): 1. In section 5.5.3.C., if necessary, stations may be staffed with a minimum of 1 person."
The GCR Advisory Committee would like to thank Jim Rogaski who is stepping down from the chair position after many years of service. Jim will remain as a contributing member of the GCR AC for the remainder of 2023. Todd Butler is assuming the role of chair for 2023. The GCR AC would also like to formally recognize the service of Dennis Joyce on the GCRAC for many years of service and wish him well in the future. The GCR AC also welcomes Jim Weidenbaum as a new member effective February. DATE: February 20, 2022
Thank you for your letter. The Club Racing Board obtained AiM data at a variety of tracks during the 2022 season and reviewed the data after each event to understand the circumstances under which the two-cycle and four-cycle cars may have advantages. The data showed that one car may have an apparently significant but brief advantage over another car at a specific location within a sector, while not having an overall performance advantage over the other car even in that sector. This kind of brief advantage most often results from the difference in powertrain characteristics of the two-cycle and four-cycle platforms. The data obtained at the 2022 Runoffs revealed no apparent benefits in the areas of concern that would indicate a lack of parity between the platforms. Although neither type of drivetrain demonstrates a clear overall advantage over the other type at this point, the Club Racing Board will continue to obtain data and will make appropriate changes if a consistent advantage arises.
Thank you for your letter and thoughts on the future of cars for the PE class. One of the greater challenges for a class based on weight and HP that allows considerable freedom in all other chassis/suspension design aspects is creating a Balance of Performance within the class. The 63-inch minimum width is necessary to keep the effect of aerodynamic performance within a range considered to be manageable for BoP. It is anticipated that the first cars entering the class will be conversions of existing chassis of sports racers or formula cars fitted with full bodies and an EV drivetrain, and the 63-inch minimum width fits that target conversion platform. The choice of the listed motors is the result of modeling directed at achieving the current P2 lap time performance envelope.
Thank you for your letter. The insurance company for SCCA uses a calendar year for their policy coverage term for the annual waiver. In order for the annual waiver to be in place for SCCA members, you must be a current member. If your membership expires you are no longer a member of the Club and your annual waiver would not be valid.
With regard to performance parity of the Rotax 593 HO with the 600cc motorcycle-based engine cars, the Club Racing Board has been carefully monitoring class performance at selected U.S. Majors Tour events as well as at the Runoffs, and no clear advantage has been evident for either drivetrain so far. We will continue to monitor performance and plan to expand data collection to other tracks this year. Although the effect of adding or removing weight can sometimes be difficult to discern, a definite correlation between weight and lap times exists, and it has been shown to be a good way to fine-tune performance balancing. To date, we have not received reports of or observed unusual or extraordinary weight-related chassis failures. In general, chassis age and adding weight, power, better tires, and heavier power plants each could contribute to additional stresses on a chassis. As an alternative to meeting minimum weight purely by adding ballast, a higher minimum weight can help
Show 3 more lines
to alleviate the negative effects of such additional stresses on the chassis by allowing the cars to run more structurally sound frames and strengthened components as the performance increases, which often increases weight organically and overall adds safety.
Thank you for your letter. Improper assembly of cylindrical cells or individual pouch cells into modules/packs presents a unique safety hazard, especially in electrified vehicles. The design, assembly, and manufacture of the pack or module requires significant engineering design and quality control during assembly to ensure the safety of the pack or module electrical load and use over time. This includes mechanical design, electrical isolation, thermal considerations, and cell connections to name a few. In the case of an isolation breakdown or loose cell connection internal to the module or pack, the design and assembly of the pack is critical as the Battery Management System/Insulating Measurement Device cannot stop the reaction that could lead to a RESS/Battery Pack fire. Although the SCCA recognizes that some members may have the capacity to perform sufficient design and quality assembly of cells to create a safe pack or module, the capacity to verify and inspect such as pack or module by on-
Show 5 more lines
track inspection or homologation is not practical at this time. Use of commercially available pack or modules provides an opportunity for a competitor to design a custom energy store for their vehicle by leveraging the "built-in" engineering needed to design and assembly the pack or module. This also simplifies the inspection needed of the custom energy store. The EVAC has also surveyed various commercially available packs/modules and determined that custom assembly of cylindrical cells or pouch cells is not required to build a competitive energy store for electrified vehicle in the various SCCA programs.
Allow the #420924502 Rotary Valve in Rotax Model 494 Engine
Thank you for your letter and your work as a pace car driver. The Club Racing Board does not recommend creating a separate pace car driver specialty, which would involve preparation of a manual, appointment of several divisional administrators, and implementation of other administrative requirements. Under the current rules, pace car drivers are approved by the Race Director or Chief Steward and take active direction from the Operating Steward. The CRB is not aware of any problems with this arrangement of responsibilities. Establishing a common set of pace car procedures is not feasible because each track has unique characteristics and requirements, including where to enter and exit the track, proper speeds to maintain in various areas of the track, and appropriate methods for controlling individual run groups. The CRB believes the GCR’s current rules on principal officials’ approval and direction of pace car drivers, pace car operating procedures, and pace car driver qualifications are
Thank you for your letter. This issue has been addressed by clarifying the appropriate location of the T&S start/finish camera to assist T&S with determining the correct order of finish. Please see the response to letter #33312 in the December 2022 Fastrack.
Effective 3/1/2023 In Participant Licenses, GCR section 4.3, change as follows: “4.3.4. Processing a Membership and License Requirements A. A participant registered for an event must have his current membership and license in his possession. His license must be the proper level for the type of event and activity. B. All entrants must be members of the SCCA and they are subject to all provisions of the GCR. (Refer to 7.2.I.) C. Only licensed members may be in hazardous areas. Non-members may only be where the hazards do not exceed those to the general public. The exception is that employees of services hired by the organizer or the track who enter restricted areas to fulfill their job responsibilities (such as ambulance, wrecker, and fire crews) are not required, but are
Show 28 more lines
recommended, to be SCCA members. For the purpose of determining a hazardous area, the definition “outside the protection of a positive barrier” is used. 4.3.5. Presenting a License When requested, any official, driver, entrant (if Entrant Licenses are required), or crew must show his license to an official. 4.3.6. Required Membership and License Only licensed members may be in hazardous areas. Non-members may only be where the hazards do not exceed those to the general public. The exception is that employees of services hired by the organizer or the track who enter restricted areas to fulfill their job responsibilities (such as ambulance, wrecker, and fire crews) are not required, but are recommended, to be SCCA members. For the purpose of determining a hazardous area, the definition “outside the protection of a positive barrier” is used. 4.3.7 6. Karting License Divisional licensing administrators may consider karting experience toward a full competition license. Organizations with robust licensing processes (i.e. SKUSA) will be considered for automatic issuance of a full competition license. Ease of entry via this path will be promoted within SCCA and to karting groups through all available communication resources.” In Event Credentials, GCR section 4.5, change as follows: “4.5.3. Hazardous Areas Credentials A. Hazardous Area Credentials – SCCA members who are 18 and older may be issued credentials allowing them access to hazardous areas. SCCA members 14 years to the age of majority as determined by the law in the state of the individual’s residence (typically 18 years old, but it may vary) who have a completed Annual Parental Consent, Release and Waiver of Liability, Assumption of Risk and Indemnity Agreement, and a completed Minor’s Assumption of Risk Acknowledgement on file in the SCCA National Office may be issued credentials allowing them access to hazardous areas. Minor waiver will appear as a license on their membership/license card. (See AppC.1.4., AppC.2.5.) Otherwise, they may not enter any area where the hazards exceed those of the general public. B. Non-Hazardous Area Credentials – Non-member participants may be issued credentials which do not allow them access to hazardous areas. Guests of the organizer or spectators may be issued credentials or tickets which do not allow them access to hazardous areas. 4.5.4. Non-Hazardous Area Credentials Non-member participants may be issued credentials which do not allow them access to hazardous areas. Guests of the organizer or spectators may be issued credentials or tickets which do not allow them access to hazardous areas.”
Response to Response on Letter #33094 Make Class More Attractive
Thank you for your letter. The Club Racing Board appreciates your comments and clarification. With regard to having a level playing field within the two-stroke drivetrains, the Club Racing Board still recommends following what was outlined in the response to Letter #33094 as the first step.
Remove Recent Rule Change to GCR 7.4.B. CSA Automatic Point
In GCR, Appendix G. Facts, Formulas, and Measurement Standards, Section G.2.1., change as follows: "Weight is absolute minimum. Any vehicle minimum weight that is not a whole number shall be rounded to the nearest whole number as follows: fractional weights ending in .50 pound or above round up to the next whole number; fractional weights .49 pound and below round down to the next whole number."
Ms. Yagel, Thank you for your letter and observations. The CRB is also concerned about classes which lack entries at the Runoffs, especially given this is the SCCA's premier event. As you note, it would be most appropriate to combine two undersubscribed classes. In addition, the classes would need to be compatible to run on-track at the same time. This would have been an option with FX and FA in 2022 but for the fact that one competitor was entered in both classes. The CRB and Staff will be looking at this matter more closely in 2023.
In GCR, Section 7.4.B., change as follows: "The above penalties if imposed by the Race Director or Chief Steward for on-track infractions (ex. Contact, PUY, Failure to follow flag instruction, etc.) incur 1-point automatically in lieu of the stated points in the above schedule. Above penalties imposed for car non-compliance (ex. Illegal part, failure to meet weight, fuel, stall test, etc.) will not incur an automatic 1-point penalty if imposed by the Race Director or Chief Steward. If a Chief Steward’s Action is protested and the protest is disallowed (upholding the Chief Steward’s Action), the SOM may, at their discretion, assign penalty points as listed above. The Race Director or Chief Steward may impose a 1-point penalty on a competitors competition license for penalties imposed by CSA for especially dangerous or egregious infractions under any general competition rules."
In GCR, Section 3.1.1.D.1.c.2. Majors – Conference Events – Minimum Track Time, change as follows: "Three-day events shall have a minimum of 65 50 minutes of non-racing track time available per Majors class entry. One practice and Two qualifying sessions are recommended. End-of-session hardship policy is recommended." In GCR, Section 3.1.1.D.2.c.2: Majors – Super Tour Events – Minimum Track Time, change as follows: "Three-day events shall have a minimum of two (2) qualifying sessions totaling at least 65 50 minutes of non-racing track time available per Majors class entry. One practice and two qualifying sessions are recommended. End-of-session hardship policy is recommended."
In Appendix B, GCR section 1.2.B.2, add the following: "Cancellation. A. An entire event (all classes, all sessions) postponed for more than 24 hours is considered cancelled, and entry fees shall be returned. If an event is cancelled during the competition, then the entry fees shall be prorated and a reasonable portion of the entry fee shall be returned. B. If drivers have participated in on-track sessions prior to the cancellation of their race sessions, they will be given credit for a start, and regions may award drivers’ points according to their qualifying position. If a race is started and cancelled before halfway time or laps, then only race starters will be awarded points based on qualifying position."
The former “showroom stock” classes have, over time, evolved into the small engine Touring classes and B-Spec due to member input and the growing difficulty for Tech to effectively control showroom stock compliance. SCCA and the CRB continue working to bring additional small engine front drive cars into the touring classes.
In GCR, Section 6.10.1, Starting Line for Timing and Scoring, add the following: "Unless otherwise defined in the Supplemental Regulations, the start/finish line is the control line where timing begins/ends when crossed by a car. A car crosses a control line when any portion of the car first intercepts the vertical plane of the control line, as observed by the officials assigned to record the passage, who maybe aided by suitable automatic or semi-automatic equipment. If a camera is used to determine a photo finish, the camera shall be mounted in a direct line with the start/finish line."
Thank you for your letter. This is not a GCR issue. The CRB will recommend that the National Office Technical Staff revisit the Labor Rate Guide and update it for class and hour guidelines on an annual basis.
Thank you for your letter. GCR section 5.9.3.A.2 states: "During impound activities, cars are not allowed to be worked on or touched by anyone unless directed by a tech official." If a violation of this rule is witnessed by a participant but not directly observed by a tech official, the participant has the ability to file a protest to bring the violation to the attention of the Stewards of the Meeting. In this case, one of the cars referenced was moved to last place in class after failing the stall test. The Club Racing Board has no information about whether a tech official observed the other violation referenced, but the record indicates that no participant filed a protest in connection with the violation.
Thank you for your insightful comments on Runoffs transponder Supplemental Regulations versus potential 2023 GCR changes incorporating those changes from the Runoffs Supplemental Regulations.
Thank you for your letter. Your first Compliance Review request (letter #32264) was submitted on 2-14-22 and a response was timely provided on 3-22-22. The Club Racing Board made it clear in the response that the proposed design was outside the existing class philosophy. Although your second Compliance Review request on 4-12-22 (letter #32575) provided an altered design, the drawings continued to show the same type of construction that the Club Racing Board had previously advised was outside the class philosophy. Because of the revised design's potential to disrupt the class BoP and disenfranchise existing competitors, the reviewers felt it warranted additional study, including, among other things, discussions with National Staff and the full Club Racing Board. As noted in the 9-14-22 response to your second request, a decision was ultimately made to conduct a survey to allow the Club Racing Board to determine affected competitors' views on either altering the direction of the class or
Show 4 more lines
recommending a rule change to maintain the existing class philosophy, which would render your proposed design noncompliant. While you may feel this process took too long, please bear in mind that the reviewers are volunteers, and be advised that they did their best, within personal time constraints, to evaluate your second request, chart an effective strategy, and prepare a response.
Thank you for your letter. The GCR defines flags and driver expectations for flags presented to drivers. The F&C Specialty handbook provides best practices for flagging and allows for regional differences depending on tracks and conditions. It would be difficult to make a single definition for all tracks/regions.
Thank you for your letter. Per National Office Staff administering the series, current SCCA Enduro Results may not show who were drivers in the event and how long they drove. The Committee does support the concept but further research on how results are formatted needs to be done.
The in-car waning light systems provide many benefits, but also present some challenges to the SCCA regarding implementation. SCCA’s current flag rules dictate that a caution zone ends once a car passes the incident. This rule would require revision if an in-car light system is adopted. The CRB recommends that SCCA adopt and implement FIA-style flagging regulations to prepare for future technological opportunities and to provide more consistency with other sanctioning bodies.
Steve Lathrop has completed his term on the FSRAC. The Club Racing Board thanks Steve for his service on the committee. Mike Reupert has joined the FSRAC effective August 1. The Club Racing Board welcomes Mike to the committee.
Thank you for your letter regarding on track driving behavior and suggestions on consequences. Obviously, this is a serious problem and the Green-To-Checker initiative is drawing attention to and giving voice to the problem. The CRB is making some changes in consequences and believes there are currently sufficient rules to properly address these issues; many of the problems can be addressed with more assertive application of existing rules by stewards, by participants' willingness to become engaged through the protest process and drivers taking more responsibility for not overdriving leading to incidents that impact track time. Again thank you for taking the time to provide your thoughts.
Thank you for your letter. The Club and Road Racing program leadership acknowledges opportunities for improvement, many of which have been captured with the launch of the Green-To-Checker initiative. This includes actionable items for officials, organizers, rules makers, race workers, and drivers. Some items can positively influence the quality of driving immediately, and some are longer-range projects.
In GCR 3.EVENTS, Section 3.1.1.E., change as follows: "1. All Majors Runoffs-eligible classes will be included in Conference and Super Tour events. 2. Regional classes may be included in Majors run groups at Conference Majors events only. See also 3.1.1.F.2.b. Run groups comprised of non-Runoffs eligible classes may be included in U.S. Majors Tour Conference events to encourage participation."
Request to Join SMAC
#31061 from Justin Crickenberger · Member feedback requested · Minutes (2022-08 Fastrack)
Thank you for your interest in the SMAC. All positions are currently filled, but we will keep your name on file for future consideration. DATE: July 5, 2022
MA 22-02 ATL Discriminator Vent Valve Recall NUMBER: MA 22-02 DATE: May 18, 2022 FROM: Club Racing Board TO: All Participants SUBJECT: ATL Discriminator Vent Valve Recall The Club Racing Board has been made aware that Aero Tec Laboratories (ATL) has issued a recall on the Discriminator Valve. May 17, 2022
Show 21 more lines
Product Recall- Aero Tec Laboratories Inc (ATL ) Ramsey , NJ Part Number RE 185 ATL “Discriminator” Vent Valve Effective immediately, ATL is issuing a product recall for all Part Number RE 185 ATL “Discriminator” Vent Valves that were purchased between September 1, 2021, and May 2022. As a result of a change in the plastic resin, some discriminator valve bodies have cracked / broken after exposure to fuel/ fuel vapor. It is suspected that elevated temperatures and vibration in this fuel-rich environment could also be a contributing factor to failure. Due to a risk of fire that could result from using a damaged vent valve, it is MANDATORY that all RE 185 ATL “Discriminator” Vent Valves purchased during the above outlined period, be immediately taken out of service and returned to ATL for a refund. For those ATL distributors that have re-sold these RE185 Discriminator Valves, we ask that you in turn alert your customers to this recall and more importantly to alert them to the potential danger associated with using this one lot of RE 185 ATL “Discriminator” Vent Valves. We seek your assistance in insisting upon the return of these recalled parts. ATL Point of Contact- David Dack Tel 201-825-1400 e-mail; ddack@atlinc.com Please return these parts to : Aero Tec Laboratories Inc (ATL ) 45 Spear Road Ramsey, NJ 07663 Attn. RE185
Thank you for your letter. If your H&S has the correct ratings, you are compliant. The GCR does not require that re-certification. It is up to the driver to maintain that re-certificate for their own safety.
In GCR, Section 9.3.11.A. Cars and Equipment, change as follows: Effective January 1, 2023 "All cars competing at Regionals, Conference Majors, Super Tour events, and the SCCA Runoffs must have a forward-facing camera that is recording at all times while on track and provides a clear horizontal field of view of the cars and track ahead. The cameras may be mounted either inside the car, or on the body. If video is needed as part of an investigation of an incident, a competitor’s video of the full unedited session may be requested by race officials regardless of whether or not said competitor was involved in the incident. Failure to provide such video may result in penalties. Forward- facing cameras are recommended at all other SCCA-sanctioned events. The video format must be a digital file so it can be viewed in an MS Windows compatible viewer."
Review Rearview mirror requirements in closed wheels classes
Thank you for your letter. Current rule is appropriate as written. It is the Court of Appeals' responsibility to choose what evidence they wish to consider.
Modify leader responsibility when full course yellow is displayed
Thank you for your letter. Due to the multiple variables, i.e. track configurations, mixed class racing, etc., current GCR wording is more appropriate.
Request to include dates of letters submitted in Fastrack
Mr. Aquilante, Thank you for your suggestion concerning letter submission dates. The CRB is acutely aware of the problem with "aging" letters and is working to rectify such. Recently, the SCCA Staff has begun preparing an "aging report" which helps us to monitor those letters that have gotten bogged down in the system. This problem is exacerbated by the fact that on many of our Advisory Committees we simply lack in the number of qualified volunteers. Touring is one of those committees that is short- staffed. And while if these were paid positions, we could certainly be more demanding, in the end they are not, and we can’t. The answer to this problem is for more qualified people to volunteer for the advisory committees. In this regard we would ask that you encourage your friends and competitors to consider this opportunity to help our organization. They may submit their resume and letter of interest to crbscca.com.
Thank you for your letter. Since the Runoffs is a once a year stand-alone event, this change would be better addressed in the Runoffs Supplemental Regulations than in the GCR.
Thank you for your letter. There are classes in the GCR that this addition would create conflicts in as their rule set is restrictive in philosophy and not permissive. In other words: unless it says you can’t, then you can.
In Cars and Equipment, GCR Section 9.3.11.A., change as follows: “All cars competing at Conference Majors, Super Tour events, and the SCCA Runoffs must have a forward-facing camera that is recording at all times while on track and provides a clear horizontal field of view of the cars and track ahead.”
Volunteering to Participate on a Club Racing Board.
Thank you, Paul, for your interest. There are currently no openings on the Club Racing Board. We would recommend that you join one of our Advisory Committees.
Steve Bertok
#31957 from Spec Miata Committee · Member feedback requested · Minutes (2022-04 Fastrack)
SMAC would like to announce Steve Bertok of Panic Motorsports as our newest SMAC member. Steve brings a wealth of SM experience to the table from building, maintaining and racing Spec Miata’s. Steve has an area of expertise with the NB2 platform and we look forward to the knowledge Steve will bring to the SMAC.
Thank you for your letter, there is a common misconception that BoP adjustments are rule changes and after speaking with you that difference should now be understood. Rules changes generally only occur at the beginning of the year while BoP changes are made post Runoffs. Your issue seems to be with BoP changes. The BoP process involves making changes primarily based on data collected using the AiM Solo; changes are made post Runoffs through the end of June. If you would like to learn more about the BoP process, please log into your profile on SCCA.com and look for the presentation from the 2022 convention which explains the BoP process in detail.
Thank you for your letter. You are correct that there are cars where all air does not enter the engine through the carburetor or throttle body, in classes/categories where this is an issue it will be referenced in the specific rule set and not though a global rule.
David Locke has stepped down as chairman of the FSRAC and moved to the Club Racing Board, and John Petillo has taken over as chairman of the FSRAC. Dave Weitzenhof has concluded his term on the FSRAC. The Club Racing Board thanks Dave for his service on the committee.
Thank you for your letter. When the Majors Conference Championships were established in 2013, they were done to include only specific races but offer the opportunity for drivers to score points and compete for multiple championships. Counting outside events would extend each Conference Championship to the final Majors race weekend in the country, which can be months after the last scheduled race within a Conference.
Graham, thank you for your letter. The Advisory Committees and CRB appreciate the concerns expressed in your letter and the suggested changes. The issue of run groups and their composition is under constant review.
John, Thank you for your suggestion. As we are all aware the various boards and committees that are integral to the successful operation of the SCCA Road Racing Program are comprised of volunteers. Without their time and dedication SCCA would not exist as we know it today. While your suggestions certainly have merit, SCCA does not have the manpower to implement them at this point in time. Fastrack is the official publication of SCCA containing all information relevant to matters of competition and we do not see it as being unreasonable for our members to monitor it and the SCCA website for particulars relevant to their racing programs. The CRB attempts to post notices on the major social media sites when Fastrack is published. Your efforts in communicating this message and the monthly publication of Fastrack to media sites that you visit will be appreciated.
What Do You Think: Future use of Forward Facing Cameras? GCR section 9.3.11. CAMERA AND CAMERA MOUNTS currently requires Forward Facing Cameras in “All cars competing at Super Tour events and the SCCA Runoffs”. The CRB is considering the extension of Camera use to additional levels of SCCA Club Racing, with that in mind please respond to the following WDYT questions. 1. Require Forward Facing Cameras in the following SCCA Club Racing Events; Regionals, Conference Majors, Super Tours and Runoffs. 2. Require Forward Facing Cameras in Majors, Super Tours and Runoffs
Show 7 more lines
3. Require Forward Facing Cameras in Super Tours and Runoffs Please submit your response through the SCCA Letter Log system at CRBSCCA.com using the following field instructions: • SEND LETTER TO: Club Racing Board • CATEGORY: General • TITLE: Forward Facing Camera • RESPONSE: Provide your preferred option, either #1, #2, or #3 and indicate the areas of participation that you are involved in (Driver, Race Official, Car/Team Owner, Sponsor).
Thank you for your letter. This proposal would require registrars to have access to state DMV information for each driver to determine potential suspension status. Additionally, some minor Full Competition Licensed drivers are too young to have state DMV licenses.
Thank you for your letter and on behalf of your fellow SCCA members, thank you for your volunteer service! Your letter is very much on point with respect to the amount of time and effort that is expended as an SCCA volunteer. It also is unfortunately correct, to a degree, with regard to the fact that sometimes we as volunteers make decisions that not all of the members can champion. Despite these factors (no one said it was easy) we believe that almost without exception SCCA volunteers find the experience highly rewarding. With respect to your suggestions, the CRB will certainly consider your ideas and work together with Staff on other ideas to increase our volunteer service and further improve the experience.
Thank you for your letter. Current rule is appropriate as written. There are other two-stroke fuel additives on the market that do not impact the fuel dielectric reading as significantly as the product you are using does.
Effective 03/01/2022 In Appendix F., add definitions as follows: "Throughout the GCR a part may be described as OE, OEM, After Market, or Performance Alternative rather than being described by its specific dimensions, capacities, or other by other technical criteria. The definition for these standards, OE, OEM, After Market, or Performance Alternative, are included in the GCR Technical Glossary. These definitions will control unless the subject part is more particularly described within the class or car specific rules or is specifically accepted in the GCR. The protocol for determining whether a part meets the required standard will be as follows: OE – The described part is that which came on the vehicle or that which would be purchased from the original vehicle manufacturer or an authorized dealer for replacement. OE parts may be manufactured by different suppliers. An OE part may
Show 18 more lines
bear the original vehicle manufacturer’s name, logo, part number or other identifier that can be used for purposes of verification. Verification may also be achieved by means of the vehicle manufacturer’s repair manual or other official documentation. OEM- The described part is manufactured by the same company that produced the part for the original vehicle manufacturer. The OEM part will be identical to the OE part other than in its markings. To be labeled or considered as an OEM part it must be of the same design as the OE part regardless of its origin. It may be compared against a known OE part (keeping in mind that there may be more than one OE supplier to a vehicle manufacturer) or other documentation from the original vehicle manufacturer. After Market – These parts are usually copied from an OE part but are likely not produced by the same manufacturer. The part may not be identical, but it should offer no distinct advantage over the OE or OEM part other than perhaps a lower price point. Documentation from the part manufacturer or other commercial publications may be considered in making a determination as to whether a part qualifies as “After Market”. Performance Alternative-These parts are marketed or described by the manufacturer as offering an “upgrade” or performance advantage over the OE, OEM, and After Market parts that they replace. The advantage may be in any area including, but not limited to, increased power, mileage, and durability. Documentation from the part manufacturer or other commercial publications may be considered in making a determination as to whether a part qualifies as “Performance Alternative”. If during inspection the technical steward cannot readily determine whether a part meets the required definition (OE/OEM/After Market or Performance Alternative) the matter shall be referred to the CRB for a determination. Competitors are encouraged to utilize the Compliance Review Process described in GCR Rule 8.1.4 to resolve ambiguities in advance of competition."
Thank you for your letter. The current flag rules were developed over decades of SCCA road racing experience with varying corner staffing and varied track layouts. The use of FIA flag rules, specifically the green flag following a yellow flag requirement would mean very large yellow flag no passing zones due to minimal staffing and the distances between turn stations at some tracks. Additionally, FIA flag rules have no provision for stopping all race cars on track immediately like our Red Flag rule does for safety. The FIA Red Flag is the equivalent of our Black Flag All rule.
Time to improve communication and procedure in Impound
Thank you for your letter. We are forwarding your comments on to the Emergency Service Specialty for clarification and inclusion in their operations manual.
Thank you for your letter. Current rule is appropriate as written. There are other two-stroke fuel additives on the market that do not impact the fuel dielectric reading as significantly as the product you are using does.
Thank you for your letter. We are forwarding your letter to the CRB and the Race Director for consideration when developing the 2022 Runoffs Supplemental Regulations.
Thank you for your letter. We are forwarding your letter to the Staff and the Race Director for consideration when developing the 2022 Runoffs Supplemental Regulations.
Thank you for your resume; it will be retained by the GCR Advisory Committee. We encourage you to continue your involvement with SCCA Club Racing events. DATE: December 20, 2021
Effective 03/01/2022 In GCR 9.3.46., TIRE WARMERS, change as follows: "Pre-heating of tires prior to competition by electrically heated covers or similar means is prohibited on the grid."
Thank you for your letter. There is no provision in the GCR that prevents a ‘full pull” at end of sessions. However, the challenges of impound area size and limited impound staffing from event to event precludes having a full run group pull done after every session at all Club Road Racing events.
Thank you for your letter. GCR Section 6.11.1. E. stipulates that a driver shall stop at a designated location to allow stewards to review incidents. It is the investigating stewards’ responsibility to determine whether an RFA is the appropriate action to be taken. We agree that incidents where one or both cars cannot continue are more significant than ones with incidental contact and should be treated appropriately.
Thank you for your letter. We are forwarding your letter to the Staff and Race Director for the 2022 Runoffs for consideration of inclusion in the Runoffs Supplemental Regulations. At other Club Racing events adding a recon lap prior to the pace lap would require the recon lap to be built into the event schedule and would shorten green flag racing time/laps.
Thank you for your letter. Letter writer has been advised of what we've accomplished and our future goals. Contact information has been retained in case we need future expertise from him.
Thank you for your letter. Letter writer has been advised of what we've accomplished and our future goals. Contact information has been retained in case we need future expertise from him.
Thank you for your letter. It is a great idea for drivers to volunteer their time when not driving to support our racing program with various specialties; but to mandate the requirement would potentially reduce the number of drivers willing to participate in SCCA events.
Thank you for your letter. Creating an online forum for drivers to debate body contacts would be labor intensive to oversee and be as productive as the social media forums are for social comment.
Allow Spec MX-5 Challenge Class at select Super Tour events
In GCR, Section 9.1.A, change as follows: "U.S. Majors Tour Eligible classes are those listed below which are not designated “Regional Class(es)Only”. A Spec MX-5 Challenge Series Class (for the Mazda’s Spec MX-5 v2 race car) may be added to select Super Tour events with the approval of the Head of Road Racing."
Thank you for your letter. The current Double Yellow, Pace Safety car rules are appropriate as written to address the various scenarios that may occur at our Club Road Racing events where local track rules may require deviation from our normal protocols.
In GCR, Section 9.3.34.D., add the following: “Effective 01/01/2022, Cars using a L lithium-ion B battery must display the green and black Lithium Battery decal near the kill switch. Cars without a kill switch (Touring and B-Spec) using lithium-ion batteries must display the green and black decal on the top of the driver side door near the window opening. Small lithium-ion batteries that power auxiliary devices within the vehicle (radios, cameras, data acquisition, etc.) do not require the decal to be displayed on the vehicle.”
Please Update The Rain Light to Include the Flashing Red for All
Thank you for your letter. Allowing strobing rain lights in non-Formula or Sports Racing classes could cause confusion with required brake lights in those classes.
Thank you for your letter. Given the inaccuracy inherent in the measurement of track length and the difference between driven line and track length, a speed calculation using the lap time is at best, a precise approximation.
The Fastest Road Racing EV's Might Have Three Wheels
Thank you for your letter. We appreciate the information you shared. Our goal is to create a series of specific protocols to address every SCCA program, event and venue.
The Club Racing Board has received a request from a competitor to create a rule that would not allow tire warmers to be used at SCCA Club Road Racing events. We are seeking input on whether this rule should apply to all classes at SCCA Club Road Racing events effective 1/1/2022. Please send a letter to the CRB with your opinion.
As our Club gets more experience with using forward facing cameras it has become apparent that there are numerous media formats being used by the cameras to record and retain the video media. In order to make it easier to access, view and store we are proposing that the following language be added to GCR Section 9.3.11.: The video format must be a digital file such that it can be viewed in an MS Windows compatible viewer. The current rule is shown below for reference. 9.3.11. CAMERA & CAMERA MOUNTS (effective 01 March 2021) A. All cars competing at Super Tour events and the SCCA Runoffs must have a forward-facing camera that is recording at all times while on track and provides a clear horizontal field of view of the cars and track ahead. The cameras may be mounted either inside the car, or on the body. If video is needed as part of an investigation of an incident, a competitor’s video of the full
Show 3 more lines
unedited session may be requested by race officials regardless of whether or not said competitor was involved in the incident. Failure to provide such video may result in penalties. Forward-facing cameras are recommended at all other SCCA-sanctioned events.
In GCR, Section 5.12.3., change as follows: "The Chief Steward is the executive responsible for the general conduct of the event under the GCR and the Supplemental Regulations. He has the powers and the duties set out in this Section, and he may delegate any of these powers and duties to Assistant Chiefs."
Remove Regional & National License Req's for Grid, Flagging, etc.
Thank you for your letter. The different levels of license identifies the level of experience that our volunteers have in performing the requirements of the specialty.
MA 21-04 Notice of Counterfeit SFI Labels on Driver Restraints Sold by SLAPCO through Ebay.com Please note that SFI has found harnesses sold by Slapco which bear counterfeit SFI labels stating that the manufacturer certifies that their products meet the applicable SFI Specs. Slapco harnesses have not been submitted for testing by SFI, and Slapco is not enrolled in any SFI program. It should be noted that for any spec program, certification that products meet the minimum standards is made by the submitting manufacturer. Products are NOT certified, endorsed, or approved by SFI. Necessary measures should be taken to ensure that items purchased from this source are not allowed to be used where
Show 5 more lines
compliance with the relevant SFI Specifications are required. Please contact SFI with any concerns or inquiries about questionable product. Counterfeit products may appear with or without brand names. Genuine SFI conformance labels contain hidden security features and slightly different fonts and materials, but the following illustrations should assist in visually identifying the affected parts:
Thank you for your letter. The Club Racing Board will consider classifying the RUSH SR-1 in the P2 class upon receiving proof of compliance with GCR section 9.4.5 (Roll Cages for Formula Cars and Sports Racing Cars) and other applicable safety regulations.
Thank you for your letter. There are only a few specific classes (FE, FE2, ESR) that preclude the use of telemetry, all other classes are not prevented from using this technology.
In GCR, Section 5.9.4.C.2., change as follows: "Use at the track of calibration weights, totaling 100 pounds up to 250 pounds total as recommended by the scale manufacturer, or minimum 250 pounds total if no recommendation is provided by the scale manufacturer for individual wheel scales; minimum 750 pounds total for platform scales."
Thank you for your letter. Due to staffing limitation at Grid around the US, it is a rule that could be non-enforceable. The corners are really good at identifying cars that do not have working brake lights and calling them in for follow up.
Thank you for your letter. The Executive Stewards continue to monitor the implementation of the use of forward facing cameras, and will be developing some procedures on how to handle lack of video in a more positive way than penalties.
Thank you for your interest in being involved and offering technical and professional support. It is very exciting to see the high level of interest the announcement of the SCCA EV Team is generating and it exciting to have offers of assistance from major companies involved in the EV Business. As we move forward we will be determining how best to ask for and use your expertise.
Request classification of an El Camino in Super Production
Thank you for your letter. The vehicle described does not fit within the Improved Touring class philosophy. Improved Touring classes that are listed in the GCR do not allow engine swaps for example. We would recommend working with the region in which you intend to race in order to find an optional regional class for the car to run. Your regions comp board should be able to help you find a group to run with. The Chicago Region competition board chairman is George Laws as identified on the Chicago Region SCCA website.
Thank you for your letter. This committee has been formed to specifically address concerns and questions along the line and similar to what your letter addresses. Moving forward, the goal is to answer all of the EV questions with a series of specific protocols to address every SCCA program, event and venue. We are aware of the class referenced and may reach out to you as needed.
Thank you for your letter. This committee has been formed to specifically address concerns and questions along the line and similar to what your letter addresses. Moving forward, the goal is to answer all of the EV questions with a series of specific protocols to address every SCCA program, event and venue.
Thank you for your letter. This committee has been formed to specifically address concerns and questions along the line and similar to what your letter addresses. Moving forward, the goal is to answer all of the EV questions with a series of specific protocols to address every SCCA program, event and venue.
In GCR, Section 3.7.4.A.1.a, add the following: "SCCA will collect and distribute the fees to the SCCA Regions. Canadian drivers unable to meet the participation criteria due to US/Canada border closures may request a waiver of up to two (2) Majors event weekends and one (1) Majors race finish for 2021. The substitute entry process will apply. Only Canadian residents that have previously participated at the SCCA Runoffs AND competed in a minimum of one (1) 2021 Majors event weekend and finished two (2) Majors races in the same class may be granted a waiver. Requests must be made in writing to runoffs@scca.com by September 14, 2021 and include: - The class(es) you intend to race in at the 2021 Runoffs
Show 4 more lines
- A scanned copy of your foreign passport page that includes your name and photo. Canadian drivers utilizing this qualification path must purchase substitute Majors entries through the Member Account Portal of SCCA.com for the number of substitute Majors event weekends (either 1 or 2) by September 14, 2021. SCCA will collect and distribute the fees to the SCCA Regions."
In GCR Section 5.12.1.A., add the following: "10. May return a RFA to the Chief Steward/Race Director for further evaluation if, during their investigation, they uncover other information the Chief Steward/Race Director may not have been aware of when initially completing the RFA. The Chief Steward/Race Director may alter the returned RFA as they deem necessary and resubmit it to the SOM."
In GCR Section 6.5.4.B. add the following: "Drivers may safely pass under the Double Yellow Flags to return to their original grid position. However, cars late to grid or that dropped out of position during the pace lap must remain at the back of the pack."
Expand definition of Regional (sprint) and Endurance Races
In GCR Section 3.1.1., change as follows: "U.S. Majors Tour races are high-profile sprint racesevents for drivers seeking an elevated level of competition." In GCR Section 3.1.2., change as follows: "All races, except U.S. Majors Tour events, are designated Regional races. The requirements for Regional and Endurance races are given below and in the referenced appendices. Some Regional races may be designated as Division Championship races. Regional races are ordinarily open to the following competitors: A. Drivers holding SCCA Full Competition Licenses, SCCA Pro Licenses, SCCA Vintage Licenses, and those holding SCCA
Show 28 more lines
Novice Permits (AppC.2.7.F) Regional Race: All sprint races (a competition that is limited to a single driver in a car), except U.S. Majors Tour events, are designated as Regional races. B. Canadian Residents holding current ASN National Licenses, are 21 or years of age or older, and are members of SCCA. Endurance Race: A competition that allows multiple drivers in the same car, is meant to test the durability of equipment, endurance of participants, and will include a minimum of one mandatory pit stop. C. Regional and Endurance races are ordinarily open to the following competitors: 1. Drivers holding SCCA Full Competition Licenses, SCCA Pro Licenses, SCCA Vintage Licenses, and those holding SCCA Novice Permits (AppC.2.7.F) 2. Canadian Residents holding current ASN National Licenses, are 21 or years of age or older, and are members of SCCA. 3. SCCA members holding competition licenses issued by SCCA-approved organizations. The event Supplemental Regulations must list the particular organizations and licenses not eligible for a specific race or else exclude the entire group of organizations and licenses by reference to this section. Minors possessing competition licenses issued by SCCA approved organizations must also complete the minor competition license requirements found in AppC.2.5. If a driver is currently listed on the SCCA Suspension List, then they may not use any other sanctioning body’s competition license to participate in an SCCA event. The organizations whose licenses are currently approved by SCCA for competition in Regional events are listed in AppC. Please direct any questions about licenses to the Road Racing department in the National Office. Section 9.1 identifies the classes of cars eligible to compete in Regional and Endurance races. D. An endurance race is a single race that may allow multiple drivers in the same car." In APPENDIX A., add as follows: "24. Endurance Race – A competition that allows multiple drivers in the same car, is meant to test the durability of equipment, endurance of participants, and will include a minimum of one mandatory pit stop. 25. Sprint Race – A competition that is limited to a single driver in a car." In APPENDIX B., Section 1.4.4, change as follows: "Multiple Types of Events Competitions on a Single Weekend It is not generally permitted for race groups from different types of events competitions on the same weekend to run simultaneously."
Thank you for your letter. The current rules are adequate as written when properly applied. Emergency Service vehicles should be covered with a white flag when on course. When a tow is underway the tow should be covered by a waving yellow flag. If drivers are not slowing down when approaching the tow, then Race Control may use a safety car and full course yellow to control the field.
In GCR, Section 9.3.34., add the following: “D. Cars using a Lithium Battery must display the green and black Lithium Battery decal near the kill switch.”
Thank you for your letter. The Club Racing Board does not recommend this change. The PX class is not intended to be a category for cars that currently race in a Runoffs-eligible class. Please see the responses to letters #28403 and #28516 in the April 2020 Fastrack Minutes. The DP02 currently races in the Runoffs-eligible P1 class. Please see the response to letter #30032 in this Fastrack. In addition, the car's weight does not meet the minimum standard for classification in the PX class. Please see the response to letter #30115 in the February 2021 Fastrack Minutes.
Thank you for your letter. The current hand control rules do not exclude the use of these identified manufactures of hand controls. Hand controls may be approved on a case-by-case basis. Such approval shall be in writing from the Road Racing Technical Manager and shall be in the driver’s possession at all competitions.
Request Appendix K Be Replaced With A New GT/STO Section
Thank you for your letter. The logo used in the Red/White/Blue patch is not a current approved logo. Older patches do not have to be removed, but a patch with the current logo must be sewn on driver's suit.
Thank you for your letter. Regions are encouraged to discount a second entry, regardless of class/run group. However, the pricing and pricing structure is up to each region as they must manage their individual event finances based on specific costs related to holding the event like track rental, safety/recovery vehicles and staffing, equipment rental, catering, etc. Regarding your first suggestion to "Earn points in two classes in one race" this is not permitted and was addressed in letter#28526 July 2020 Fastrack.
Please Count 2 Out of Conference Finishes for Conference Points
Thank you for your letter. Conference Point Championships are designed to reflect the results of events in that conference and give a defined end date to a conference season. This also ensures that all competitors are working from the same calendar and expectation of which events count in each conference point standings. By counting out of division, it extends the end of the season for all conferences to the very last Majors race in the country for that season. Majors race weekend participation and race finish credit from any conference counts toward Runoffs qualification but the points earned remain in that Conference's point standings. Drivers can win a points championship in any conference regardless of their region or division of record.
Thank you for your letter. Appendix P is a guideline, one that can reduce crashing and give race officials a reasonable standard with which to judge contact. Vision is a requirement for a safe pass. The passing car must get into the peripheral vision of the overtaken car in the braking zone, prior to the turn in point to be seen and thus allow for both cars to have racing room on the track. The considered opinion of the primary authors, editors, and reviewers for Appendix P is that your proposal, i.e. front wheel of passing car overlapping (at most) rear wheel of overtaken car, does not properly allow the overtaken car to establish the presence of the passing car in the overtaken driver’s peripheral vision. If the passing car only gets to the overtaken driver’s rear wheel before turn in, contact may result if the overtaken driver is not aware of the pass attempt and does not leave room at the apex. Contact would be the fault of the overtaking car.
Thank you for your letter. GCR Section 5.12.1.C. added an alternate SOM model that allows the use of experienced drivers as members of the SOM. It has been used very successfully.
GCR, Appendix F - Technical Glossary, Flat Plate Restrictor
The expiration date for Driver Restraint Systems that expired 12/31/2020 has been extended through February 28, 2021. It has come to the attention of the SCCA that due to COVID-related manufacturing and shipping interruptions, the availability of certain Driver Restraint System brands have been delayed in the United States. Deliveries are expected to resume the first week of February. For additional details, contact the tech department at SCCA.800-770-2055tech@scca.com. Thank you, Club Racing Board
Opposition to Proposed Rule Requiring PX Cars be Grouped With GT1
Thank you for your letter. The lightest car classified in PX is the V8-powered Radical SR8, which runs at a minimum weight very close to a Porsche 962's weight. Please see PX Table 1. All other cars classified in PX are heavier than a Porsche 962. The Club Racing Board has no plans to classify cars lighter than the Radical SR8 in the PX class.
Opposed to PX Grouping (January Fastrack letter #29917)
Thank you for your letter. Rules are adequate as written, rules from Road Racing do not cross over to Time Trials. If you are requesting a compliance review, please see GCR 8.1.4.
Thank you for your letter. It is the intent of the rules to prohibit traction control except where specifically allowed regardless if the current technical inspection capabilities are able to accurately detect the use in every case. As technology and SCCA’s data collection progress it is anticipated that detection capability will be developed. In the meantime it is important to make clear in the rules where this technology is prohibited and where it is permitted with the expectation competitors will as a matter of honesty and integrity not utilize the technology where prohibited.
In GCR, Section 3.7.4.A.1.a., change as follows: “For 2020 only, due to COVID-19 event cancellations: Participate on track in a minimum of three (3) separate U.S. Majors Super Tour and/or Conference event weekends and have a 3. Events GCR - 31 minimum of one (1) individual race finish, all in the same class. Events may be a part of any Conference. A driver may substitute up to two of these required Majors weekends with: − Regional race weekends (separate from any qualifying Majors weekends) in the same class, or − Substitute entries in the same class o May be any US Majors Tour Conference or Hoosier Super Tour event held after March 16 that the driver did not participate in within the same class. o Substitute event entries must be purchased by 9/21/20 and are non-refundable. Example: A driver is only able to participate in one Majors weekend in 2020 and finishes one race on that weekend. They will qualify for
Show 42 more lines
the Runoffs if they: − Participate in two additional Regional Weekends in the same class, or − Participate in one additional Regional weekend in the same class and purchase one substitute event entry, or − Purchase two substitute event entries. International drivers unable to meet the participation criteria due to border closures may request a waiver of the Majors participation requirement for 2020. The substitute entry process still applies. Only drivers that participated in the 2019 U.S. Majors Tour and/or Runoffs may be granted a waiver. Requests must be made in writing to runoffs@scca.com by September 4, 2020 and include: - The class(es) you intend to race in at the 2020 Runoffs - A scanned copy of your foreign passport page that includes your name and photo. - Any motorsports events (SCCA or otherwise, in any country) that you have participated in during 2020. The following section is suspended until 1/1/21: (( Participate on track in a minimum of three (3) separate U.S. Major Super Tour and/or Conference event weekends and have a minimum of three (3) individual race finishes, all in the same class. Events may be a part of any Conference. A driver may substitute two (2) Regional-sanctioned weekends for one (1) of his three (3) Majors weekend participation requirements. Eligible Regional weekends shall occur between January 1st of that year and a date not less than two (2) weeks prior to the start of the Runoffs or as otherwise specified in the Runoffs supplemental regulations. Endurance races are not eligible. Drivers in the following classes may replace participation in up to two (2) Majors weekends with SCCA Pro Racing weekends in the corresponding class. Drivers who substitute one (1) Majors weekend with an SCCA Pro Racing weekend must have three (3) Majors/Super Tour race finishes. Drivers who substitute two (2) Majors weekends with two (2) SCCA Pro Racing weekends must have two (2) Majors/Super Tour race finishes. Eligible Pro weekends shall occur between January 1st of that year and a date not less than two (2) weeks prior to the start of the Runoffs or as otherwise specified in the Runoffs supplemental regulations. Drivers choosing the SCCA Pro Racing Path must purchase substitute Majors entries through the Member Account Portal of SCCA.com for the number of substitute Majors event weekends (either 1 or 2) by September 14, 2021. SCCA will collect and distribute the fees to the SCCA Regions. Drivers must request this replacement through the Road Racing Department, and pay the entry fee to the Majors event(s) of their choice, to be collected and distributed by SCCA. GT1- TA GT2- TA2 or TA-SGT T1 - TA-SGT or TA-GT T2 - TA-GT FA – F3, F4, FRA, Atlantic (FRP), FB (FRP) FX – F4, F2000 (FRP) FC – F2000 (FRP) FF – F1600 (FRP) P2 – Radical Cup North America This replaces participation but not the Majors finish or points requirements.” In GCR, Section 3.7.4.A.1.b., change as follows: “The following section is suspended until 1/1/2022. b. Performance Requirements A competitor must meet one of the following: 1. Finish in the top 10 of a Conference’s point standings in class, or, in classes with more than 20 participants, finish in the top 50 percent. 2. Finish in the top 50 percent of the Super Tour point standings following the last Super Tour/Majors race. Example: If 100 drivers participate in a class within a Conference or the Super Tour in the current race season, the top 50, who score any points, will receive an invitation.”
Proposed Revisions Necessary for 2021 GCR - Attachment
In GCR, APPENDIX B., replace in entirety as follows: “APPENDIX B. ORGANIZATIONAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES FOR EVENTS This section contains administrative procedures and information for members and race organizers. This section mandates certain actions, but it may not be protested or appealed. 1. ORGANIZING EVENTS 1.1. SCHEDULING 1.1.1. Divisional Scheduling Representative The Executive Steward of each Division will appoint a Divisional Scheduling Representative who will:
Show 98 more lines
A. Work with the Regions to prepare a Race Schedule for the following calendar year for all events to be conducted within his Division, including potential U.S. Majors Tour dates. All U.S. Majors Tour dates must be confirmed by the Head of Road Racing before being listed on the calendar. B. Submit the necessary documents and fees, if applicable, to the National Office to support those events. C. Mail (see front of book for address) copies Submit copy of the final racing schedule for his Division to the Manager of Road Racing (with the appropriate non-refundable calendar listing fees) and to the Chairman of the Club Racing Board, the Regional Executives of all Regions in the Division, and to the Scheduling Representatives of the other Divisions no later than December 1st. The Scheduling Representative must be appointed in sufficient time to assure that the Race Schedule is completed and filed with the National Office no later than December 1. 1.1.2. Scheduling Policies and Procedures A. The Division‘s Race Schedule encompasses all road race activities, including Regional Events, Drivers’ Schools, Practice and Test Days, Performance Driving Experience and TimeTrial events. B. Alternative Drivers’ Schools (3.1.3.C) and Racing Experience Sessions are not required to appear on Divisional Schedules, but must be sanctioned. C. Calendar Listing Fee 1. A Region must pay a non-refundable Calendar Listing Fee for each race weekend it will sanction and conduct during the following calendar year. 2. A single fee of $25, made payable to SCCA, is required for each weekend of racing. 3. Calendar Listing Fees are submitted to the Scheduling Representative, who forwards the fees and the approved Racing Schedule to the National Office. 4. If a date request is denied, the Fee will be refunded. 5. Change of date requests are considered new applications and a separate fee is required. The Scheduling Representative shall notify the parties listed in, AppB.1.1.1.C as changes are made in the final schedule. D. No U.S. Majors Tour events may be scheduled for a weekend that is less than two weeks prior to the start of the Runoffs. 1.2. POSTPONING OR CANCELLING EVENTS All or part of an event may be postponed or cancelled under the following conditions: A. Provision is made in the Supplemental Regulations for the event, or B. The SOM order that all or part of the event be postponed or cancelled for reasons of safety or forces beyond their control. 1. Postponement. After consulting with the organizing Region, the SOM may postpone the classes not afforded the opportunity to race (as opposed to practice or qualify), provided a scheduled date is available at the same facility within the same competition year. The postponed races shall be run under the original sanction number. 2. Cancellation. An entire event (all classes, all sessions) postponed for more than 24 hours is considered cancelled, and entry fees shall be returned. If an event is cancelled during the competition, then the entry fees shall be prorated and a reasonable portion of the entry fee shall be returned. 3. Credit for Start. If an entire event is cancelled (all classes, all sessions), there shall be no credit for a start. If a race is postponed, the competitors have the option of either competing in the postponed race, or receiving a prorated refund and being classified as DNS for that race, provided they have participated in a practice session or are shown on the qualifying results for that race. 1.3. SANCTIONING EVENTS A. Organizers of SCCA sanctioned races may be the SCCA or one or more SCCA Regions, designating one (1) primary host region. B. The SCCA name and emblem (logo) may be used only with events sanctioned by SCCA. C. The National Office will issue a sanction within 5 business days from date of receiving the completed sanction application. Appendix B. Organizational and Administrative Procedures for Events 1.3.1. Applying for an SCCA Sanction Sanction applications must be submitted for approval at least 45 days prior to the scheduled date of the event with the following: A. Completed Completing the online Event Sanction Process or completing a current SCCA Sanction Application Form B. Entry Form C. Supplemental Regulations D. Schedule of Events 1.3.2. Sanction Requirements In addition to the items listed in App B.1.3.1, the following conditions must be met before a sanction number can be issued: A. The race event is listed on the official SCCA calendar. B. SCCA has approved the course for Road Racing. C. The organizer owes no event related fees for prior events. See App B.1.6 for information about event fees. 1.3.3. Sanctioning for Alternative Drivers’ Schools SCCA Regions wishing to hold a Drivers’ School using the Alternative Driving School method must submit a sanction applications to the National Office no less than 10 days prior to holding a school and include the following: A. Sanction Application Form B. Name(s) of approved Instructor(s) C. Dates of “school” elements (classroom/on-track) D. Approval by the Divisional Executive Steward or his designee. 1.3.4. Courses The words “course” and “circuit” and “track” are considered interchangeable for the purpose of these rules. 1.3.4.1. Types of SCCA Course Approval SCCA must approve any course for a Road Racing event. For a particular track, the SCCA may: A. Limit the types of events. B. Restrict the number of cars which may be started simultaneously or in total. C. Restrict the number of entries which may be accepted for an event. D. Restrict the classes and categories of cars. E. Restrict the license grades of drivers. F. Disapprove the course for all SCCA speed events. 1.3.4.2. Application For An Event On An Unapproved Course A Sanction Application for an event at a course not already approved by the SCCA must be submitted at least 2 months before the proposed event, and must include a full description of the course and facilities, including a scale map. 1.4. SUPPLEMENTAL REGULATIONS AND ENTRY FORMS Organizers may distribute Supplemental Regulations or Entry Forms for an SCCA event prior to obtaining an SCCA sanction. 1.4.1. Required Contents of Supplemental Regulations Supplemental Regulations establish specific conditions for an event. Before a sanction for an event can be issued, the Divisional Executive Steward or his designee must approve all Regulations different than those of the GCR. The Club Racing Board has the right of review and final approval at their discretion. For U.S. Majors Tour events, Supplemental Regulations are drafted by the sanctioning Region and the U.S. Majors Tour staff. The Supplemental Regulations are submitted by the sanctioning Region, reviewed and approved by the Division’s Executive Steward (or his designee), and reviewed and approved by the Head of Road Racing. Supplemental Regulations must contain the following information for the event: A. The name, location, dates, nature, and event type. B. Supplemental Regulations must be updated with the sanction number and sanction type immediately. ”
9.3.11 Add Forward Facing Camera Requirement for HST/Runoffs
In GCR section 9.3.11, make changes as follows: "9.3.11 CAMERA & CAMERA MOUNTS A. All cars competing at Super Tour events and the SCCA Runoffs must have a forward-facing camera that is recording at all times while on track and provides a clear horizontal field of view of the cars and track ahead. The cameras may be mounted either inside the car, or on the body. If video is needed as part of an investigation of an incident, a competitor’s video may be requested by race officials regardless of whether or not said competitor was involved in the incident. Failure to provide such video may result in penalties. Forward-facing cameras are recommended at all other SCCA-sanctioned events. B. The mounts for video / photographic cameras shall be of a safe and secure design. The body of the camera or recording unit
Show 3 more lines
that weighs more than 8 oz shall be secured at a minimum of 2 points on different sides of the camera body. Suction cups or elastic mounts are not permitted. If a tether is used to restrain the camera, the tether length shall be limited so that the camera cannot contact the driver."
PX Run Group
#29917 from Formula/Sports Racing Committee · Recommended to the Board · Minutes (2021-01 Fastrack)
In GCR Appendix B, Section 1.4.2, add language as follows: "J. The PX class shall be grouped with large bore GT- and sedan-type cars (GT1/GT2/AS/T1) in all U.S. Majors Tour and Super Tour events."
In GCR, 8.4.3.A.1., change as follows: "must be in writing or submitted via the SCCA online submission form;" In GCR, 8.4.3.A.3., change as follows: "must be received by the National Office through the SCCA online submission form, email, or delivery service, and electronically timestamped or US Government postmarked or registered with a carrier service such as UPS or Federal Express or by Express Mail, within 10 days after the decision of the SOM or review committee has been delivered to the appellant; (see the front of the book for addresses)" In GCR, 8.4.3.A.4., change as follows:
Show 6 more lines
"must be accompanied by a fee of $175, payable to SCCA, Inc. A minimum of $100 of any appeal fee will be retained by the SCCA. If using the online submission form, payment will be due at the time of submission (VISA, MC, DISCOVER accepted). Faxed, mailed or emailed A appeals must include a Visa, or MasterCard, or Discover account number for payment of the fee or payment must be submitted to the National office within 24 hours. Insufficient funds checks or credit card transactions that are rejected will be grounds for suspension of competition privileges. Any additional fees charged by the financial institution(s) will be assessed to the appellant."
In GCR, Appendix F - Technical Glossary, Flat Plate Intake Restrictor, change as follows: "The restrictor shall be made from flat steel or aluminum or sheet steel metal with a thickness range of 0.040in-0.250in at least 0.060 inches thick." ]
Please Apply Some Strategy to Class Structure Changes
Thank you for your letter. The CRB will work with the Race Director and event staff to finalize the supplemental regulations language prior to the 2021 Runoffs.
Thank you for your letter. The CRB understands your concerns and will share your letter with the Executive Stewards. The CRB supports the decision of the Race Director.
Thank you for your letter. Current rules are adequate as written. The circumstances that created this incident were caused by an operational error during the race.
Thank you for your letter. Due to COVID, the 2020 Runoffs requirement and associated points have been altered to compensate for drivers opportunities to attend races. Points and qualification will be revisited for 2021.
Thank you for your letter. Due to COVID, the 2020 Runoffs requirements were altered so drivers can more easily attend the Runoffs. Qualification requirements will be revisited for 2021.
Thank you for your letter. GCR section 9.1.8.I.B.11 permits any car that meets the requirements of the World Sports Car rule set (1994-1998) and the modern safety standards in GCR section 9 to compete in the Prototype X (PX) class.
In GCR, Section 9.3.29.A., Numbers and Class Letters, change as follows: "The numeral “1” shall be exclusively reserved for the current national champion in each class for national events Conference Majors/Super Tour events. The numeral “1” will be reserved until the end of the period for submitting advanced or pre-event entries, and then will be released. If 2 or more national champions are entered in the same run group, the first to enter shall have preference. Duplicate car numbers within the same run group is prohibited. See also GCR section 6.4.1.A."
In GCR, Section 8.3.3., Action Against Cars, change as follows: "An entrant or driver may initiate an action against a car in his race group for non-compliance using a Protest. Any participant Only entrants, drivers, or race officials may protest the fuel used in any car in a competition as specified in 9.3. Fuel. A Protest against a car is also a Protest against its driver and entrant." In GCR, Section 9.3.25.A., Permitted Fuel, change as follows: "Any participant Only entrants, drivers, or race officials may protest the fuel in any car to determine compliance with the provisions of these fuel rules."
Thank you for your letter. Randy Pobst and Terry Earwood were tasked by leaders of the Road Racing Program to write the racing room guidelines in a narrative format based on what they teach their drivers. The intent is to provide a clear easily read guideline not a rule set.
Thank you for your letter. The CRB does not recommend allowing a car to compete in more than one race class in the same race group. Please see GCR, section 4.4.2.
Thank you for your letter. The intent of the guidelines is to have drivers realize that they should not hit what they can see and it takes two cooperating drivers to successfully complete a pass.
Thank you for your letter. The Club Racing Board does not recommend this change because an electronically programmable ignition advance curve could provide a performance advantage.
Thank you for your interest. At this time the Committee does not have any open positions that it is looking to fill. However, your willingness to serve will be kept in mind, if such an opening does become available. DATE: June 20, 2020
Thank you for your letter. This request would not work on all cars, Formula cars as an example. Additionally, there is no rule that prevents a driver from voluntarily adding additional class identifications to their cars.
In GCR, Section 3.1.5., change as follows: “3.1.5. Practice SCCA Test Days” “Practice SCCA Test Days are non-competition track days scheduled, sanctioned, and insured under standards included in AppB. Practice SCCA Test Days are conducted according to the GCR. This does not apply to track-run test days. In addition, the following standards apply: A. Each driver is an SCCA member holding an SCCA Full Competition License, SCCA Pro License, Vintage License or an SCCA Novice Permit showing Drivers’ School requirements signed off as provided in AppC.2.7.D and F, or an SCCA approved license. A Novice Permit holder who is participating in an
Show 17 more lines
Alternative Drivers’ School may participate in SCCA Practice Test Days in accordance with the provisions of AppC.2.7.E.3. B. 9.1 identifies the classes of cars eligible to compete in Practice SCCA Test Days.” In GCR, Section 7.2., change as follows: “A driver on probation may be restricted to competing in his Division; limited to competing in certain types of levels of events; or required to perform specified event related activities, including attending an SCCA Drivers’ School. Participating in SCCA Practice Test Days or SCCA events that are not sanctioned by SCCA Road Racing will not fulfill probation.” In GCR, APPENDIX B, change as follows: “A. The Division‘s Race Schedule encompasses all road race activities, including U.S. Major Tour events, Regional Events, Drivers’ Schools, and Practice SCCA Test Days, Performance Driving Experience and TimeTrial events.” In GCR, APPENDIX D, change as follows: “3.1.5.E. A RD or CS is required for an SCCA sanctioned Practice Test Day.” In GCR, INDEX, change as follows: In P: “Practice Days 26” In T: “Test Days 26”
Thank you for your letter. The Club Racing Board does not recommend this change because the car is not within the intended performance envelope of the PX class. Members who wish to race an Elan NP01 using a modified Mazda 2.5L MZR may compete in the regional-only ASR class, provided the car meets the requirements of GCR section 9.1.8.B. Members who wish to race an NP01 in U.S. Majors Tour events may compete in the P2 class using a stock Mazda 2.0L MZR. Please see the response to letter #28812 in this Fastrack’s Technical Bulletin.
Thank you for your letter. The Club Racing Board does not recommend this change because the car is not within the intended performance envelope of the PX class. Members who wish to race an Elan NP01 using a modified Mazda 2.5L MZR may compete in the regional-only ASR class, provided the car meets the requirements of GCR section 9.1.8.B. Members who wish to race an NP01 in U.S. Majors Tour events may compete in the P2 class using a stock Mazda 2.0L MZR. Please see the response to letter #28812 in this Fastrack’s Technical Bulletin.
Thank you for your letter. The Club Racing Board does not recommend this change. The PX class is not intended to be a category for cars that are eligible to compete in another U.S. Majors class. The car is currently classified in P1.
Thank you for your letter. It is within the Chief Steward/Race Director’s power to request a board be run on Grid instructing drivers to turn on their rain lights.
Request allowance for measuring tire pressure/temp during impound
Thank you for your letter. Cars are technically considered in impound once they cross the Finish line after the Checkered Flag. They are then subject to the Impound Rules.
CLUB RACING BOARD MINUTES Thank you for your letter. The Club Racing Board appreciates your comments. Please see the response to letter #28404 in this Fastrack's Technical Bulletin.
Thank you for your letter. The Club Racing Board does not recommend this change. The PX class is not intended to be a category for cars that are eligible to compete in another U.S. Majors class. The car is currently classified in P1.
Thank you for your letter. The Club Racing Board appreciates your comments. Please see the response to letter #28404 in this Fastrack's Technical Bulletin.
Thank you for your letter. Due to the varying track configurations and the multiple class groupings, there is no one simple solution to the issue raised. 6.6.2.B. is for our conventional Road Racing rules, 5.5.5.A.4. & 5.5.5.C. are specific to Oval Track Racing and are not in conflict with 6.6.2.B.
Thank you for your letter. The CRB has been working closely with the committees to monitor and classify cars as required in each category. For 2020, the Runoffs qualification criteria have changed from "starts" to "finishes".
In GCR, section 4.5.1., make changes as follows: "Anyone participating in an event must sign the SCCA Release and Waiver of Liability Agreement (unless an annual waiver is on file at SCCA National Office) before an event credential (pass) will be issued." In GCR, Section 4.5.2., change as follows: "A. An SCCA-issued photo ID One of the accepted forms of Photo ID is required for any registered event participant who is an SCCA licensed member. 1. An SCCA-issued photo ID (hard card or electronic form) issued by the SCCA National Office, SCCA Pro Racing or an SCCA Region.
Show 11 more lines
2. A Government issued photo ID (Driver’s License, State Identification Card, U.S. Military ID, or Passport) with verification of current SCCA license and membership. The credential for the event must be clearly visible. B. The member’s name, current photograph, SCCA membership number, and credential for the event must be clearly visible. Identification cards from any other organization will not be accepted. C. Accepted photo IDs are those issued by the SCCA National Office, the Road Racing Department, the SCCA Pro Racing Department, or an SCCA Region. Any of these must be honored by any SCCA Region. A non-member or weekend member will be issued a paper pass or a wristband. D. Identification cards from any other organization, including civil authorities, will not be accepted. E. A non-member or weekend member will be issued a paper pass or a wristband rather than a photo ID."
Thank you for your letter. The Road Racing department is working to develop guidelines that will assist drivers and race officials in better understanding racing incidents. We will include your advice in the development of these guidelines.
Thank you for your letter. This is a local issue, other regions have platform scales and/or bridge ramps that do not require movement of scales due to changes in wheelbase.
Armen, thank you for your thoughts about holding the Runoffs at Watkins Glen. This is a great facility and we look forward to the Hoosier Super Tour event held at this iconic venue each year. Participation and enthusiasm are very high and many racers and workers enjoy the excitement Watkins Glen brings with the history that surrounds the entire geographical area. We appreciate your input.
Request for Rain light Requirements-Multi Class Racing Groups
In Sports Racing, GCR section 9.1.8., create new Prototype X Rule Set and re-letter as follows: “E. PROTOTYPE X (PX) CLASSIFICATION A. Purpose and Philosophy The intent of the PX category is to allow competition of prototype vehicles that compete in road racing in the United States. The PX class may be subject to periodic balance of performance (BOP) changes. Weights may be adjusted, or cars may be subject to changes in intake restrictors and other areas to meet professional series changes. Cars may be required to carry data acquisition equipment for review
Show 41 more lines
of performance. Participants shall make available to SCCA all collected data as may be requested from time to time. B. Eligibility Vehicles meeting one of the following criteria may compete in the PX category: • Daytona Prototype Gen #1 (2003-2007): • Daytona Prototype Gen #2 (2008-2011): • Daytona Prototype Gen #3 (2012-2016): • Daytona Prototype International (2017-Present): • IMSA GTP (1981-1995) • IMSA Camel Light (1985-1993) • Le Mans Prototype 1 (1999-2013) • Le Mans Prototype 2 (1999-Present) • Le Mans Prototype 3 (2017-Present) • Le Mans Prototype Challenge (2009-2018) • World Sports Car (1994-1998) • Other like vehicles as submitted to the CRB for classification on a case by case basis C. Bodywork 1. Standard bodywork must comply with their associated specifications, D. Aerodynamic Devices 1. Aerodynamic devices must comply with their associated specifications. E. Interiors 1. Interiors must comply with their associated specifications. F. Chassis 1. All chassis must comply with their associated specifications. G. Engine 1. Engines specifications are open. H. Fueling, Piping and Fuel Tanks 1. Fueling, piping and fuel tanks must comply with their associated specifications. I. Exhaust System 1. Exhaust systems must comply with their associated specifications. J. Electrical 1. Electrical systems specifications are open. K. Drivetrain 1. Drivetrains specifications are open. N. Suspension and Steering 1. Suspension and steering must comply with their associated specifications. O. Brakes 1. Brakes specifications are open. P. Tires and Wheels 1. Tires must conform to 9.3. Tires. 2. Wheels must comply with their associated specifications.”
In GCR, section 9.1.1., create new Formula X Rule Set as follows: “Formula X (FX) A. Purpose and Philosophy - The Formula X class is intended for winged, open-wheel formula cars of modest power and performance (sub FB/F1000/FA). The class is to include cars which a) are built in significant numbers, but not sufficient enough to populate their own class; and b) may not be constructed to existing class formulas within the GCR. The class may also include cars which have been built to a recognized SCCA formula but are not running insufficient numbers to warrant their own class. The class is not intended for unique one-off or prototype open wheel cars which are not widely available; those should
Show 34 more lines
be classed in FS. Power, size and weight of cars which are proposed for classification will be considered together with their respective performance. It is recognized at the inception that parity among the various cars that are eligible, or which may be classed, may not exist or be achieved by reasonable means. No car shall be considered for classification until all specifications of the chassis/tub, aero devices and wings, suspension, brakes, body, engine, ECU and all associated components have been submitted to SCCA. The party seeking classification shall be responsible for supplying, at their expense, all necessary technical specifications for the car along with evidence of performance as may be required by the appropriate committees and boards. The petitioning party shall further provide, at their expense, all necessary software, cabling and other peripheral devices required for inspection of electronics and measurement of unique engine and vehicle attributes. Cars classified in Formula X may, at the discretion of SCCA, be subjected to periodic adjustments in performance by and through various means including, but not limited to weight and intake restriction. Cars may be de-classified at any time by SCCA. B. Eligibility - the following cars are approved for competition within Formula X: 1. Formula Mazda – Shall comply with GCR 9.1.1.E (2019) 2. Formula 4 – Shall comply with FIA Formula 4 Technical Regulations (2015) 3. USF2000 (tube frame) – Shall comply with FRP F2000 Technical Specifications (2018) C. Engines – Engines which have been sealed from the manufacturer or builder are subject to full inspection by SCCA stewards and/or technical staff. The competitor shall be responsible for all costs associated with reassembly and re-sealing of the engine. D. Electronics – Each competitor shall have available the necessary cabling to permit inspection of ECU’s and required data acquisition devices. Competitors shall make all collected data available to SCCA upon request at the end of a session or at other reasonable times E. Fuel – Shall be compliant with 9.3.25 and other applicable supplemental rules as may be published by SCCA from time to time. F. Non-Metallic Chassis Construction – Cars which are proposed for classification which feature non- metallic chassis construction must comply with 9.3.35. Certifications must be on file with the SCCA Technical Services Department in advance of the car being classified. G. Restraint Harness – Driver safety harnesses must comply with 9.3.18. H. Fire Suppression Systems - Fire suppression systems must comply with 9.3.22. I. Roll Hoop – Rollover hoops must comply with 9.4.5 unless they are otherwise FIA approved and are clearly designated as such. Certifications for alternative roll hoop designs must be on file with the SCCA Technical Services Department in advance of the car being classified. J. ID Markings - Cars must bear identification and safety markings as provided in 9.3.28 and 9.3.33.”
In GCR Section 8.4.5.A.2., add the following: "The Court may order a rehearing by the original SOM, or if warranted, request the Chairman of the Stewards Program to appoint a new SOM made up of Executive Stewards and a driver representative from outside the division the appeal originated from to rehear the original action."
GCR Update AppB 1.3.1 - Applying for an SCCA Sanction
In GCR Appendix B, 1.3.1 Applying for an SCCA Sanction, make changes and re-letter as follows: "B. Appropriate sanction fee to be paid within 14 days of the completion of the event with the event insurance audit."
In APPENDIX B, 1.6 RACE EVENT FEES, make changes as follows: "A. Sanction Fee Post-Event Audit Upon the conclusion of Regional race events, a post-event audit form must be submitted to the SCCA National Office within 14 days following the event. Audit forms and fee schedule are available from the SCCA National Office and can be found on the SCCA website B. Late Sanction Fee A late fee of 50 percent of the sanction fee shall be charged on all sanctions postmarked after the applicable deadline, unless prior arrangements have been made and approved by the National
Show 32 more lines
Office Sanction Administrator. The appropriate sanction fees for a Regional race event listed on the sanction application audit form and the fee schedule must be paid within 14 28 days of the completion of the event or late fees may apply. C. Sanction Fee Refunds Insurance Fee There shall be no refunds of Sanction fees unless notice of cancellation is received by the National Office at least 15 days prior to the event. The appropriate insurance fees for a Regional race event listed on the audit form and the fee schedule must be paid within 28 days of the completion of the event or late fees may apply. D. Compliance Surcharge Upon the conclusion of Regional race events, a surcharge for each Spec Racer and Formula Enterprises car that turned a wheel on the course must be paid within 28 days of the completion of the event.must be submitted to the SCCA National Office. E. Volunteer Fee Upon the conclusion of Regional race events, a A Volunteer Incentive Fee, as listed on the audit form and the fee schedule, must be paid within 28 days of the completion of the eventmust be submitted to the SCCA National Office to support the SCCA volunteer incentive and rewards program. The fee schedule is available from the SCCA National Office, or on the SCCA website. F. Insurance Fee The appropriate premium for Regional race events must be sent to the SCCA for mandatory event insur- ance coverage within 14 days of the completion of the event. The fee schedule is available from the SCCA National Office, or on the SCCA website. G F. U.S. Majors Tour Assessment For all U.S. Majors Tour Events, a “per entry” fee will be assessed and must be paid within 14 days of the event. No further sanctions will be issued to a region until this has been paid. This fee includes the following components: 1. Sanction fee 2. Compliance Surcharge 3. Insurance Assessment Fees- The fee schedule is available from the SCCA National Office, or on the SCCA website. 4. Volunteer Incentive Fee - The fee schedule is available from the SCCA National Office, or on the SCCA website. 5. U.S. Majors Tour Assessment"
In GCR section 3.1.3 Drivers Schools, delete as follows: "C. Alternative Drivers’ Schools may be offered to permit novice drivers with prior racing, PDX, TimeTrials, Solo and coaching experience to complete their school requirements."
In GCR section 3.1.5. Practice Days, make changes and re letter as follows: "A. A Practice Day sanction is valid for 1 day. B A. Each driver is an SCCA member holding an SCCA Full Competition License, SCCA Pro License, Vintage License or an SCCA Novice Permit showing Drivers’ School requirements signed off as provided in AppC.2.7.D and F, or an SCCA approved license. A Novice Permit holder who is participating in an Alternate Alternative Drivers’ School may participate in SCCA p Practice d Days in accordance with the provisions of AppC.2.7.E.3. C B. 9.1 identifies the classes of cars eligible to compete in Practice Days.
Show 7 more lines
D C. Officials meet the requirements of 5.1.3. E D. At a minimum, a Race Director or Chief Steward and Assistant Chief Steward – Safety are required. F E. Unless required by the track, or local authorities or ordinances, Sound Control is not in effect. G F. Staffing and equipment meet the requirements of 5.4. and 5.5. H G. Formula cars may be combined with Sports Racing cars but may not be combined with other categories. I H. A maximum of 25 cars per mile may be on the course simultaneously, with no exception."
GCR Update Section 1.4.1 Required Contents of Supplemental Regs
In Appendix B, GCR section 1.4.1.B, make changes as follows: "The sanction number and type of sanction. Supplemental Regulations must be updated with the sanction number and sanction type immediately following the issuance of the sanction number."
In GCR section 3.5. INSURANCE, make changes as follows: "SCCA race/event insurance policies, procedures, and coverages are found in AppB.2. and the Insurance Handbook. on the SCCA website." In GCR Appendix B.1.5.3 Post-Event Reporting, make changes as follows: "The organizer is responsible to submit for submitting all SCCA required audits and appropriate fees to the National Office within the time limits, as specified in AppB.1.6 and the SCCA Insurance Handbook. on the sanction application and audit form."
Request to clarify windshield clips, OE glass-bonded windshields
In GCR Section 9.3.55, add wording as follows: “Windshield safety clips and rear window safety straps are required on all closed cars, except on American Sedan, B-Spec, Spec Miata, Touring, Improved Touring, and Super Touring, where they are optional. Alternatively, no clips or straps are required if polycarbonate windshields and rear windows are securely bolted to the frame. No clips or straps are required if bonded-glass factory windshields and/or rear windows are attached to chassis per original specifications (i.e., glass-bonding adhesive).”
Thank you for your letter in regard to your Fastrack request, the Board of Directors is convening a meeting at the Runoffs with representatives of the Road Racing community to address many of the issues you have raised.
Request Rotary 12a Bridge Port Engine Fuel Induction increase
Thank you for your letter in regard to our Fastrack request, the Board of Directors is convening a meeting at the Runoffs with representatives of the Road Racing community to address many of the issues you have raised.
Cameron Conover has been added to the Improved Touring advisory committee. TECHNICAL BULLETIN DATE: August 20, 2019
Dissolution of FV Ad Hoc and FSRAC membership change
#27194 from Formula/Sports Racing Committee · Member advisory · Minutes (2019-08 Fastrack)
In 2016, an Ad Hoc Committee was formed to work on rules, issues, and concepts for the Formula Vee class. Since then the committee has assisted the Formula/Sports Racing Advisory Committee and the Club Racing Board with several major initiatives, including creating a disc brake option, adopting a spec Hoosier tire, and establishing a uniform procedure for measuring the intake manifold, as well as other important developments for the class. With the implementation of these major initiatives, the time has come to dissolve the Ad Hoc Committee and turn over the ongoing process of refining the rules to the Formula/Sports Racing Advisory Committee to include in its normal activities effective October 1, 2019. The Club Racing Board
Show 7 more lines
would like to thank the following members of the FV Ad Hoc Committee for their dedication and hard work over the past three years: Dennis Andrade, John Petillo, Stephen Saslow, Charlie Turner, and Al Varacins. John Petillo will join the Formula/Sports Racing Advisory Committee effective October 1, 2019. John’s strong technical background, experience as a longtime Formula Vee competitor, and relationships with members of the Formula Vee community will be invaluable to the FSRAC’s work going forward. CLUB RACING BOARD
Kevin Allen has been added to the Grand Touring advisory committee. TECHNICAL BULLETIN DATE: July 20, 2019
Data Box Mount
#27184 from Formula/Sports Racing Committee · Member advisory · Minutes (2019-08 Fastrack)
TO: All Participants SUBJECT: Data Box Mount Competitors are reminded that the AiM part #X47KPFSOLO2R0 data box mount must be installed on all P1, P2, FA, and FB cars competing in Majors Races and the Runoffs. It has come to the SCCA’s attention that many cars still have the original Solo data box mount and some have no data box mount at all. The new Solo 2 data box mount (AiM part #X47KPFSOLO2R0) must be in place on all P1, P2, FA, and FB cars at the 2019 Runoffs. No exceptions. Competitors are also reminded that sufficient space should be left between the mounting plate and the surface to which it is attached to permit the use of zip ties/tie
Show 1 more lines
straps to restrain the data box to the mounting plate.
Add John Petillo to Formula Sports Racing Advisory
#27181 from Formula/Sports Racing Committee · Member feedback requested · Minutes (2019-08 Fastrack)
Committee John Petillo has been added to the Formula Sports Racing Advisory Committee.
In GCR Section 5.12.1. add new Section C: C. Alternate SOM Model "An alternate SOM Model may be used if there are a limited number of Stewards available at an event. The Chairman of the SOM, in agreement with the Chief Steward/Race Director, may appoint experienced drivers as temporary Stewards, who have a good understanding of the GCR and are willing to participate as members of the Stewards of the Meeting. The Chairman shall ensure that the SOM court follows the appropriate GCR process when hearing protests or requests for action."
Rain Lights - Request to consider forward facing as well
fumes Thank you for your letter. There is no realistic way to write a rule that could be consistently and fairly applied to address exhaust emissions from race cars.
Change Base Weight of 2007-10 Mini Cooper to 2520lbs
Thank you for your letter. Your input is appreciated. This has been corrected for the 2019 Runoffs. The Club Racing Board does not have influence over divisional schedules.
Application to join the board and/or the Ad Hoc for B Spec
In GCR section 9.3.31, strike the wording, replace and number as follows: “All non-Formula cars shall have two operating red brake lights. All Formula (open wheel) and Sports Racing cars shall be equipped with a red taillight of at least the equivalent illumination power of a 15 watt bulb. This light shall be mounted as high as possible on the centerline of the car and be clearly visible from the rear. The taillight shall be illuminated when ordered by the Race Director or Chief Steward. Light assemblies shall be considered one light for the purposes of this rule, irrespective of the number of individual lamps the assembly may contain. Light assemblies may perform both rain and brake light
Show 29 more lines
functions provided they have two distinct illumination levels. An optional tail light (“rain light”), as described above, may be added to cars in all other classes. Lights that function as a strobe lights are not permitted except that in Formula and Sports Racer classes, the tail light may strobe when directed to be used as a rain light. A. BRAKE LIGHTS All non-Formula cars shall have two operating red brake lights. B. RAIN LIGHTS All cars shall be equipped with rain light(s) clearly visible from the rear. 1. Non-Formula and Sports Racing cars shall utilize red tail lights, the rain light described in 9.3.31.B.2 or both. 2. All Formula (open wheel) and Sports Racing cars shall be equipped with a red taillight of at least the equivalent illumination power of a 15-watt bulb. This light shall be mounted as high as possible on the centerline of the car. Light assemblies shall be considered one light for the purposes of this rule, irrespective of the number of individual lamps the assembly may contain. 3. Light assemblies may perform both rain and brake light functions provided they have two distinct illumination levels. Lights that function as strobe lights are not permitted except in Formula and Sports Racer classes. The taillight may strobe when directed to be used as a rain light. C. Exposed glass headlights shall be taped. Rear brake lights may be taped with transparent tape. Turn signals, front parking lights, backup lamps, and side marker lights may be taped or painted. Lights mounted on or below the bumper shall be removed, and all resulting holes shall be covered to prevent air passage through said holes. Lights mounted within the bumper may be removed or covered and any resulting holes shall be covered to prevent air passage through said holes. In Appendix F, Technical Glossary, add red tail light as follows: "Red Tail Light: A red light at the back of an automobile that makes it possible for the vehicle to be seen from the rear."
Thank you for your letter. Neither WRL or Champ Car has a process for licensure or issues licenses to their participants so accepting participation/experience from those organizations would fall outside the scope of what Appendix C 2.8.B is intended for. The purpose of this section allows for a driver to show his/her competition license from another accepted organization to a registrar in lieu of an SCCA license. There would be nothing for a driver to show for WRL or Champ Car experience beyond results. Furthermore, these organizations do not require a medical or approval by a physician certifying they are fit to race. The licenses listed in App C 2.8.B require a physician's review, in line with the
Show 5 more lines
SCCA physical form. Including WRL or Champ Car in this list would be outside of the current driver eligibility guidelines which requires a medical examination form signed by a physician. WRL and Champ Car experience may certainly be considered if drivers are requesting a SCCA competition license waiver through the Divisional Licensing Administrator.
Request to review on track incidents and officiating
Improving On-Track Driver Conduct Plan: - Develop Facebook post to keep members up to date on current process (See below for latest post in italic) - Discuss at the face to face BOD / CRB / staff meeting in May. - Use SM as the catalyst for improvement and standardize common in all classes. - Get SMAC and possibly the CAT (collision avoidance team) to identify possible ideas to help educate new (and experienced) drivers to establish common expectations.
Show 33 more lines
- Continue to evolve, educate, and standardize race operations on how to deal with on track incidents and car damage. On track behavior- Working towards cleaner, safer race events. Contact between racers- a metal to metal incident, whether minor or major, is a hazard that comes with our sport. We all want close, hard racing, but we also want to load our car up at the end of the weekend without the hassle and expense of damage. This is a particular concern in our large fields, where it is easy to cross the line or get caught up in another on track event. In fact, we have received recent and specific feedback from the racing community that many believe there is a disconnect between each drivers interpretation of the conduct rules. The GCR in section 6.11.1 On Course Driver Conduct attempts to define the parameters of on track conduct, most notably with this phrase: Drivers are responsible to avoid physical contact between cars on the race track….(It goes on to lay the groundwork for corrective action)…… If a driver is involved in significant body contact, the driver and car shall stop at the designated incident investigation site for review of the incident by the stewards before going to their paddock area…… “Significant body contact” includes but is not limited to: contact resulting in 2 or 4 wheels off course, spins, loss of position, or repairs to suspension or bodywork. The Clerk of the Course at Hoosier Super Tour events will be coordinating with Race Control and the Safety Team to present disabled cars involved contact to Tech. Currently, our leadership is looking into the best way to establish a common and uniformly understood interpretation of this part of our rules- essentially, our expectations for on track conduct. While SCCA provides a safety infrastructure and Stewards to deal with these issues, these steps only deal with the fallout of poor conduct - at the expense of valuable track time and potential repair costs. One idea is to increase the driver awareness and education level by setting up a library of videos that use a known driver doing the narrative on what they see and how things should have been done (are you reading this, Randy Pobst). Other ideas involve more punitive measures including maintaining a centralized database of contact logs of repeat offenders. If you have any thoughts on this topic, please write letters to crbscca.com. Let’s all work together to improve our on-track racing experience.
Remove mandatory SCCA drivers school for 14/15 year olds
Make the following change to Appendix C.2.6.H: "No 14 or 15 year-old will be allowed to race without having successfully completed at least one SCCA driver school. In Divisions in which SCCA driver schools are not available, the student may be allowed to race after completing two SCCA Accredited Schools subject to the approval of the Divisional Driver Licensing Administrator."
Eliminate Physical Requirement for Full Comp, go to Self-Cert
Thank you for your letter. The Club Racing Board, after risk management advice, does not currently support eliminating the physical exam requirements from the Competition License requirements.
Thank you for your letter. If two separate regions are hosting two separate sanctioned events on the same weekend, the rules as written are appropriate. The GCR does not require a Notice of Appeal Form it only states that there will be a notice of appeal.
Require class designation and car number on rear of the car
Thank you for your letter. There are several cars that run several different classes in different groups that would require multiple classes to be listed in very limited space on the back of the car.
Request to add new safety inspector license under Scrutineering
Divisional Safety Inspector License for Prep Shops Criteria • Divisional Safety Inspector license assigned to an individual employee in the shop • Can only perform annual inspections • Divisional Safety Inspector to record every annual issued and send to their DA • Pass the SFI test • Review the Annual Inspection Form • Be trained by a National Scrutineer on how to perform annuals
Show 16 more lines
• Obtain tools required to perform annual safety inspections • Volunteer to help perform annuals at the track once a year • Complete Annual Inspection Form log and email to their DA of Tech Restrictions • Will not be allowed to issue New Log Books or inspect/clear damaged cars • Will not be allowed to work in tech • DA’s and Chief of Techs to perform random spot checks for safety compliance Request Form (there will be a formal document developed from the content below) • Where is your Shop Located? • How many Years in Business? • What is your Core Business? • How many customer cars do you prep? • How many annuals will you perform in a year? • How many cumulative SCCA races are attended by your shop and customers each year? • Has anyone in your shop ever been an Inspector? • Do you meet all the criteria to assign a Divisional Safety Inspector License in your shop?
Recommended the following changes to D.1.a. a. The National Office has developed standard formats for each type of U.S. Majors Tour event. Regions areencouraged to utilize these standard formats to retain program consistency.
Thank you for your letter. Considering the highly variable range of driver weights, and the addition/subtraction of ballast and/or fuel to make minimum weights, the existing rule provides the most consistent approach to remove these variables from the determination of roll bar size.
Thank you for your letter. The GCR Section 9.18.E.1. states SFI labels with an expiration date expires on December 31st of the labeled expiration date. In your case your belts will expire on December 2021. Restraint systems meeting SFI 16.1 or 16.5 shall bear a dated SFI Spec label. The certification indicated by this label shall expire on December 31st of the 5th year after the date of manufacture as indicated by the label. If for example the manufacture date is 2014 the fifth year after the date of manufacture is 2019. SFI labels, with expiration dates, expire on December 31st of the labeled expiration date.
Thank you for your letter. It is recommend that the competitor contact their local region to see if they have a regional only class that the car may fit in.
In GCR Appendix F, add to ride height as follows: "The distance from level ground to the specified portion of the car, with the tires, wheels, air pressure, etc., as normally raced. To be measured without driver."
In GCR section 9.3.22. FIRE SYSTEM, Add as follows: All cars shall be equipped with an On-Board Fire System except T3, T4, STL, Spec Miata, B-Spec, and Improved Touring.
In light of Crew credentials removal, this new language is appropriate. 4.5.3 Hazardous Area Credentials: SCCA members who are licensed and who are 18 years and older may be issued credentials allowing them access to hazardous areas. SCCA members 14 years to 18 years old to the age of majority as determined by the law in the state of the individual’s residence (typically 18 years old, but it may vary) who have a completed Annual Parental Consent, Release and Waiver of Liability, Assumption of Risk and Indemnity Agreement, and a completed Minor’s Assumption of Risk Acknowledgement on file in the SCCA National Office may be issued credentials allowing them
Show 3 more lines
access to hazardous areas only if they possess a Minor License issued by the SCCA National Office.. Minor waiver will appear as a license on their membership/license card. (See AppC.1.4., AppC.2.5., AppC.3.2.) Otherwise, they may not enter any area where the hazards exceed those of the general public.
In section 6.10.1, please remove reference as follows: Unless otherwise defined in the Supplemental Regulations, the start/finish line is the control line where timing begins/ends when crossed by a car. Per 8.2, A car crosses a control line when any portion of the car first intercepts the vertical plane of the control line, as observed by the officials assigned to record the passage, who may be aided by suitable automatic or semi-automatic equipment.
Thank you for your letter. An email has been sent with a detailed document to the member with instructions on how to extract pages and navigate the GCR. Letter #26864 has been created on the member’s behalf to clarify the door bar attachment question.
Add to GCR section 9.3.28 Change Title to: Identification Marking
Thank you for your letter. After careful and thorough review of the proposal, including inconsistencies with current language, and conflicts with various sections, this is not recommended as written.
In GCR, section 9.3.29. add as follows: "E. Disability Identification To ensure course marshals, emergency services crew, and other officials are made aware that the driver may need to be dealt with differently in case of an emergency, non-ambulant drivers must display the disability identification symbol on both sides of the car near the driver’s compartment."
Request recognition of Gridlife Competition Licenses
Thank you for your letter. Gridlife Licenses do not require any medical review prior to license issuance. Therefore, they are not in compliance with the GCR medical review requirements.
The Wolf GB08SM equipped with a naturally-aspirated Honda K24 2.4L engine may compete in the P1 class under Spec Line G in the P1 Engine Table. The Wolf GB08 Tornado equipped with a turbocharged PSA 1.6L engine may compete in the regional-only ASR class, provided the car meets the requirements of GCR section 9.1.8.B. The Formula/Sports Racing Committee will generate a What Do You Think (WDYT) letter to determine whether class stakeholders believe turbocharged engines should be allowed to compete in the P1 class.
Thank you for your letter. The Club Racing Board does not recommend this change because the Praga R1T is below the minimum weight for cars being considered for classification in the PX class. Members who wish to race the Praga R1T may compete in the regional-only ASR class, provided the car meets the requirements of GCR section 9.1.8.B. The Formula/Sports Racing Committee will generate a What Do You Think (WDYT) letter to determine whether class stakeholders believe turbocharged engines should be allowed to compete in the P1 class. The Formula/Sports Racing Committee will also generate a separate WDYT letter to determine whether class stakeholders believe closed-cockpit, single-seat cars should be allowed to compete in the P1 class.
Thank you for your letter. The Club Racing Board is uncertain as to which car this request refers. Please clarify through the CRB letter log system which car you are asking to have classified.
Thank you for your letter. Runoffs invitation and qualification requirements are reviewed annually and your suggestion will be reviewed and considered for future years.
Thank you for your letter. A spec line for the Superlite SL-C will be added to PX Table 1 after the Club Racing Board receives the necessary specifications, provided the car meets the requirements of GCR section 9.1.8.B. The Formula/Sports Racing Committee will forward a list of the specifications to be supplied by the letter writer through the CRB letter log system. Club Racing Board
Opposition to #26051 - Runoffs Invitations 3.7.4.A.1.a
In GCR section 7.2.H, add as follows: “An entrant, driver, or car may be disqualified from a competition or an event. Rights to awards, including points, participation and race start credit, in the competition or event are automatically forfeited.”
Proposed rule creates two definitions of Participant
In GCR APPENDIX A. 20.Participant, make changes as follows: Any person admitted to an event after having signed a SCCA authorized Release and Waiver of Liability Agreement. “A PARTICIPANT is one who has been permitted to compete, officiate, observe, work for, or participate in any way at an SCCA sanctioned event AND/OR permitted to enter, for any purpose, any restricted area.”
Thank you for your letter. At this time, the Club Racing Board has determined no change to the GCR is necessary to implement this concept. The Board of Directors and the Club Racing Board will determine how best to use social media to communicate with the membership.
Thank you for your letter, regarding karting licenses, please see letter #25936. Regarding vintage, please see letter #26055. Medical requirements referred to Board of Directors. See February Fastrack.
Committee Recommends. Change second paragraph of GCR 3.7.4.A.1.a to read as follows: ...A driver may substitute two Regional-sanctioned weekends for one of his three Majors weekend participation requirements. Eligible Regional weekends shall occur between January 1 of that year and a date not less than two three weeks prior to the start of the Runoffs or as otherwise specified in the Runoffs supplemental regulations. Endurance races are not eligible.
Add Dave Weitzenhof to Formula/Sports
#26184 from Formula/Sports Racing Committee · No action required · Minutes (2019-02 Fastrack)
Racing Advisory Committee Thank you for your request. The CRB appoints Dave Weitzenhof to the FSRAC.
Create Vintage Sanction/Allow GCR classes to run Vintage races
In GCR section 3.1.4., make changes as follows: “Vintage/Historic races are exhibition events and not intended to be competitive. Vintage/ Historic races may be stand-alone or may be included on as part of an SCCA sanctioned Regional or Conference Majors event weekend programs under the following conditions: A. The Vintage/Historic event is provided for under a Vintage in the sanction and Supplemental Regulations. B. Vintage/Historic events are run under the 13/13 rule. a. At a minimum any participant being found at fault in an accident will be put on a
Show 49 more lines
probation for a recommended 13 months. Any participant being found at fault in an accident while on probation will be excluded from further participation and suspended from competition for 13 months. C. Each driver is an SCCA member holding an SCCA Full Competition License, SCCA Pro License, Vintage License or an SCCA Novice Permit as provided in AppC.2.7.D. and F., or an SCCA approved license. The following organizations’ licenses are currently approved by SCCA for competition in Vintage/Historic events: 1. Classic Sports Racing Group (CSRG) 2. Historic Sportscar Racing (HSR) 3. Society of Vintage Racing Enthusiasts (SOVREN) 4. Sportscar Vintage Racing Association (SVRA) 5. Vintage Auto Racing Association (VARA) 6. Vintage Motorsports Council (VMC) and VMC member organizations 7. Vintage Driver’s Club of America (VDCA) Please direct any questions about licenses to the Club Road Racing department in the National Office. D. All Vintage cars must conform to Appendix Z of the SCCA Vintage Competition Rulebook (VCR), publication #5684 dated March 2005. Roll cages as defined in Appendix Z of the current VCR are required in all production cars considered model year 1973 or later. There is no requirement for cars from model year 1972 or earlier to have roll cages; however, members are encouraged to install roll cages in such cars where satisfactory installation can be achieved. At a minimum, roll bars are required for production cars from model year 1972 or earlier. Where allowed, roll bars must conform to Appendix Z of the current VCR. Driver restraint systems must meet current GCR requirements. Driver restraint systems must meet current GCR requirements. Driver window safety net or arm restraints are required in closed cars. Open cars require arm restraints. E. Vintage/Historic cars shall not be allowed to be grouped with any other SCCA racing classes in SCCA Regional and U.S. Majors Tour events (except in a Driver’s School). F. Vintage/Historic sanctioned race groups may include non-vintage classes.” In GCR Appendix B 1.4.2., make changes as follows: “H. Vintage cars may not be grouped with any other type of cars at SCCA Regional or U.S. Majors Tour events but may be combined except at Drivers’ Schools. I. Vintage/Historic sanctioned race groups may include non-vintage classes.” In GCR Appendix C, Table 1, make changes to Vintage Renewal OTHER as follows: “Results of 2 1 Vintage Races or 2 1 SCCA Regional Races from the prior 12 months.” In GCR Appendix C, Table 1, make changes to Full Competition Renewal OTHER as follows: “Results of 1 SCCA U.S. Majors Tour or Regional Sanctioned Race/Vintage/Pro/FIA weekend per year.” Note from the CRB: Current rules prohibit modern GCR classes from running in vintage-based run groups. This recommendation allows for special events (anniversaries, celebrations, etc.) to blend modern vehicles with vintage vehicles, but keeping the spirit of vintage racing where the focus is on exhibition rather than competition. The creation of a vintage sanction type differentiates the rules each run group on a weekend are run to. Since sanction/insurance/VIP fees are based on a per-entry basis, this will not introduce additional fees or paperwork to a host Region. The introduction of 13/13 aligns with the common practice of other vintage organizations, making SCCA events more relevant in that market.
In GCR section 3.7.4.A.1.a, add wording to Runoffs participant requirements as follows: “Participate on track in a minimum of three (3) separate U.S. Major Super Tour and/or Conference event weekends and have a minimum of three (3) individual race starts, all in the same class. Events may be a part of any Conference. A driver may substitute two (2) Regional-sanctioned weekends for one (1) of his three (3) Majors weekend participation requirements. Eligible Regional weekends shall occur between January 1st of that year and a date not less than three (3) weeks prior to the start of the Runoffs or as otherwise specified in the Runoffs supplemental regulations. Endurance races
Show 8 more lines
are not eligible. Drivers in the following classes may replace participation in one up to two (2) Majors weekends with an SCCA Pro Racing weekends in the corresponding class. Drivers who substitute one (1) Majors weekend with an SCCA Pro Racing weekend must have three (3) Majors/Super Tour race starts. Drivers who substitute two (2) Majors weekends with two (2) SCCA Pro Racing weekends must have two (2) Majors/Super Tour race starts. Drivers must request this replacement through the Club Racing Department, and pay the entry fee to a the Majors event(s) of their choice, to be collected and distributed by SCCA.”
In GCR section 4.3, add Karting Licensing as follows: “.6 Karting License Divisional licensing administrators may consider karting experience toward a full competition license. Organizations with robust licensing processes (ie. SKUSA) will be considered for automatic issuance of a full competition license. Ease of entry via this path will be promoted within SCCA and to karting groups through all available communication resources.”
Regarding notification of a penalty, every effort shall be made to inform the individual, but if they have left the track and do not respond to voicemails, emails or texts, the decision will be considered final.
Align seat belt restraint expiration with SFI foundation labeling
In GCR section 3.5.1, make changes to the wording as follows: “a. All participants must be properly credentialed for the event. Each adult participant must also either sign the SCCA waiver at the event or have an SCCA annual waiver on file at the National Office and present his hard card it at registration. Each minor participant must also have the event minor waiver signed by one or both parents. If the minor, between the ages of 14 and the age of majority as determined by the law in the state of the individual’s residence (typically 18 years old, varies by state), requires hazardous area credentials they must have an executed annual minor waiver on file at the National Office and present his hard card at
Show 4 more lines
registration. b. A PARTICIPANT is one who has been permitted to compete, officiate, observe, work for, or participate in any way at an SCCA sanctioned event AND/OR being permitted to enter, for any purpose, any restricted area.”
Application to ST Committee
#25940 from John Weisberg Racing · Member feedback requested · Minutes (2019-01 Fastrack)
John Weisberg has been added to the STAC. TECH BULLETIN DATE: December 20, 2018
To be effective 1/1/2019: Definition of Control Line: CONTROL LINE (GCR 8.2.) A car crosses a control line when any portion of the car first intercepts the vertical plane of the control line, as observed by the officials assigned to record the passage, who may be aided by suitable automatic or semi-automatic equipment. Add to GCR 6.10.1. and change reference from Starting Line to Start/Finish Lines 6.10.1. Starting Line for Timing and Scoring Unless otherwise defined in the Supplemental Regulations, the start/finish line is the control
Show 4 more lines
line where timing begins/ends when crossed by a car. Per 8.2, A car crosses a control line when any portion of the car first intercepts the vertical plane of the control line, as observed by the officials assigned to record the passage, who may be aided by suitable automatic or semi- automatic equipment.
Effective 1/1/19: In GCR section 9.1.1.H.4.2, make changes as follows: “Regional, Divisional and/or Race Series Tire Options: 1. Option 1. The spec tire manufacturer for Formula First shall be the FF Hoosier Tire. Front tires shall be #43130 20.0” x 6.0” – 13” R60 or R60A compound 13 inch. Rear tires shall also be #43302 22.5” x 7.5” – 13” R60 compound or #43307 22.5” x 7.2” x 13” R60A compound 13 inch. 2. Option 2. The spec tire manufacture for Formula First shall be Goodyear Tire. Front tires
Show 22 more lines
shall be #807-366-068 3321 20.0” x 6.0” – 13” R600 compound. Rear tires shall be #870-274- 068 2015 22.5” x 7.5”– 13” R600 compound. 3 2. Option 3 2. If a division chooses an alternate spec tire manufacturer for Formula First it The spec tire manufacture for Formula First shall be the American Racer Tire. Front tires shall be 20.0” x 6.0” – 13” 133 compound. Rear tires shall be # 22.5” x 7.5” – 13” 133 compound. 4 3. Inter divisional races or special events may choose to allow more than one tire option by listing the options allowed for said event in the event supplemental regulations. Intermediate tires are not allowed. 3 4. Any tires (brand, size, tread or construction) fitting the 13 x 6 rims may be used when the Chief Steward declares a rain race. This includes the radial Formula Ford rain tire.” In GCR section 9.1.1.H.5.2, make changes as follows: “Rod weight with bolt and small end bushing: Minimum 560 grams. Rod length, center to center: 5.35” to 5.45”. Any manufacturer’s piston rod may be used that meets the VW dimensional and weight specifications listed herein. Competitors may use VW or Chevy bearings for rod big end and may modify rods accordingly as long as weight of 560 grams is maintained. Piston weight with pin, clips, and rings: Minimum 515 grams.” In GCR section 9.1.1.H.5.3.1, make changes as follows: “Any 1200 or 1600 VW case or exact replica may be used. ( Aftermarket competition cases that vary in design from the original VW case are not permitted except for the Auto Linea aluminum VW case, which must meet all other GCR/FST requirements.) The engine case may be painted as long as casting stampings are visible.”
Supports Letter #25080 (SCCA Staff) Clarify Wording in GCR
Thank you for your request. There is no need if the current start rules are followed by competitors. Additionally, in multi-class groups your proposal will not work as it prevents position changes on the start for different class cars.
Thank you for your request. Regions are encouraged to offer victory laps in their schedule now. Mandating Victory Laps for groups that have many individual classes in each group will take away from other groups racing time and cause schedules to run long triggering overtime costs for some regions.
Thank you for your request. The classes identified all have a single weight for all cars in the class. Creating your requested list will increase the redundancy in the GCR we are trying to reduce.
Thank you for your letter. SCCA acknowledges challenges in the changing marketplace and is developing ways to uniquely capture the new motorsports enthusiast while respecting the heritage and continued successes of its road racing program.